WO2021172111A1 - Pattern formation method, method for producing electronic device, and actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition - Google Patents

Pattern formation method, method for producing electronic device, and actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2021172111A1
WO2021172111A1 PCT/JP2021/005775 JP2021005775W WO2021172111A1 WO 2021172111 A1 WO2021172111 A1 WO 2021172111A1 JP 2021005775 W JP2021005775 W JP 2021005775W WO 2021172111 A1 WO2021172111 A1 WO 2021172111A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
group
sensitive
radiation
preferable
alkyl group
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/JP2021/005775
Other languages
French (fr)
Japanese (ja)
Inventor
文博 吉野
佑真 楜澤
Original Assignee
富士フイルム株式会社
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 富士フイルム株式会社 filed Critical 富士フイルム株式会社
Priority to CN202180009570.5A priority Critical patent/CN114945868A/en
Priority to JP2022503285A priority patent/JP7336018B2/en
Publication of WO2021172111A1 publication Critical patent/WO2021172111A1/en

Links

Classifications

    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07CACYCLIC OR CARBOCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07C309/00Sulfonic acids; Halides, esters, or anhydrides thereof
    • C07C309/01Sulfonic acids
    • C07C309/02Sulfonic acids having sulfo groups bound to acyclic carbon atoms
    • C07C309/03Sulfonic acids having sulfo groups bound to acyclic carbon atoms of an acyclic saturated carbon skeleton
    • C07C309/06Sulfonic acids having sulfo groups bound to acyclic carbon atoms of an acyclic saturated carbon skeleton containing halogen atoms, or nitro or nitroso groups bound to the carbon skeleton
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07CACYCLIC OR CARBOCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07C309/00Sulfonic acids; Halides, esters, or anhydrides thereof
    • C07C309/01Sulfonic acids
    • C07C309/02Sulfonic acids having sulfo groups bound to acyclic carbon atoms
    • C07C309/03Sulfonic acids having sulfo groups bound to acyclic carbon atoms of an acyclic saturated carbon skeleton
    • C07C309/07Sulfonic acids having sulfo groups bound to acyclic carbon atoms of an acyclic saturated carbon skeleton containing oxygen atoms bound to the carbon skeleton
    • C07C309/12Sulfonic acids having sulfo groups bound to acyclic carbon atoms of an acyclic saturated carbon skeleton containing oxygen atoms bound to the carbon skeleton containing esterified hydroxy groups bound to the carbon skeleton
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07CACYCLIC OR CARBOCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07C309/00Sulfonic acids; Halides, esters, or anhydrides thereof
    • C07C309/01Sulfonic acids
    • C07C309/02Sulfonic acids having sulfo groups bound to acyclic carbon atoms
    • C07C309/03Sulfonic acids having sulfo groups bound to acyclic carbon atoms of an acyclic saturated carbon skeleton
    • C07C309/17Sulfonic acids having sulfo groups bound to acyclic carbon atoms of an acyclic saturated carbon skeleton containing carboxyl groups bound to the carbon skeleton
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07CACYCLIC OR CARBOCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07C317/00Sulfones; Sulfoxides
    • C07C317/02Sulfones; Sulfoxides having sulfone or sulfoxide groups bound to acyclic carbon atoms
    • C07C317/04Sulfones; Sulfoxides having sulfone or sulfoxide groups bound to acyclic carbon atoms of an acyclic saturated carbon skeleton
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07CACYCLIC OR CARBOCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07C381/00Compounds containing carbon and sulfur and having functional groups not covered by groups C07C301/00 - C07C337/00
    • C07C381/12Sulfonium compounds
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08FMACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS OBTAINED BY REACTIONS ONLY INVOLVING CARBON-TO-CARBON UNSATURATED BONDS
    • C08F12/00Homopolymers and copolymers of compounds having one or more unsaturated aliphatic radicals, each having only one carbon-to-carbon double bond, and at least one being terminated by an aromatic carbocyclic ring
    • C08F12/02Monomers containing only one unsaturated aliphatic radical
    • C08F12/04Monomers containing only one unsaturated aliphatic radical containing one ring
    • C08F12/14Monomers containing only one unsaturated aliphatic radical containing one ring substituted by hetero atoms or groups containing heteroatoms
    • C08F12/22Oxygen
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08FMACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS OBTAINED BY REACTIONS ONLY INVOLVING CARBON-TO-CARBON UNSATURATED BONDS
    • C08F20/00Homopolymers and copolymers of compounds having one or more unsaturated aliphatic radicals, each having only one carbon-to-carbon double bond, and only one being terminated by only one carboxyl radical or a salt, anhydride, ester, amide, imide or nitrile thereof
    • C08F20/02Monocarboxylic acids having less than ten carbon atoms, Derivatives thereof
    • C08F20/10Esters
    • C08F20/26Esters containing oxygen in addition to the carboxy oxygen
    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03FPHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/004Photosensitive materials
    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03FPHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/004Photosensitive materials
    • G03F7/038Macromolecular compounds which are rendered insoluble or differentially wettable
    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03FPHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/004Photosensitive materials
    • G03F7/039Macromolecular compounds which are photodegradable, e.g. positive electron resists
    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03FPHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/20Exposure; Apparatus therefor

Definitions

  • the present invention relates to a pattern forming method, a method for manufacturing an electronic device, a sensitive light-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition.
  • the resist for KrF excimer laser (248 nm) Since the resist for KrF excimer laser (248 nm), a pattern forming method using chemical amplification has been used to compensate for the decrease in sensitivity due to light absorption.
  • the positive chemical amplification method first, the photoacid generator contained in the exposed portion is decomposed by light irradiation to generate an acid. Then, in the post-exposure baking (PEB: Post Exposure Bake) process or the like, the alkali-insoluble group contained in the photosensitive composition is changed to the alkali-soluble group by the catalytic action of the generated acid. After that, development is performed using, for example, an alkaline solution. As a result, the exposed portion is removed to obtain a desired pattern.
  • various alkaline developers have been proposed. For example, as this alkaline developer, a 2.38 mass% TMAH (tetramethylammonium hydroxide aqueous solution) aqueous alkaline developer is generally used.
  • the wavelength of the exposure light source has been shortened and the numerical aperture (NA) of the projection lens has been increased.
  • NA numerical aperture
  • an exposure machine using an ArF excimer laser having a wavelength of 193 nm as a light source has been developed.
  • a method for further enhancing the resolving power a method (that is, an immersion method) of filling a liquid having a high refractive index (hereinafter, also referred to as "immersion liquid") between the projection lens and the sample has been proposed.
  • Patent Document 1 describes (a) a resin whose polarity is increased by the action of an acid and whose solubility in a developing solution containing an organic solvent is reduced, and (B) an acid is generated by irradiation with active light or radiation.
  • a method of forming a negative pattern including a step of developing with a developer containing an organic solvent.
  • Patent Document 2 describes a positive resist composition for an ion implantation process containing (A) a resin whose dissolution rate in an alkaline developer is increased by the action of an acid, and (B) a compound that generates an acid by irradiation with active light. Described is a positive resist composition for an ion implantation process, which comprises a resist film formed from the positive resist composition having a permeability of 30 to 60% with respect to 193 nm.
  • the present inventors examined the improvement of the resist performance in the resist pattern of a thick film (having a thickness of 700 nm or more), and found that the resist pattern had excellent resolution and cracks and resist patterns in the resist pattern. It was found that it is very difficult to suppress the peeling of the material at the same time.
  • An object of the present invention is that when a pattern is formed from a thick film (having a thickness of 700 nm or more), an actinic light-sensitive radiation-sensitive film, the resolution is excellent, and cracks in the resist pattern and peeling of the resist pattern are prevented. It is an object of the present invention to provide a pattern forming method using a suppressable actinic or radiation-sensitive resin composition, a method for producing an electronic device, and an actinic or radiation-sensitive resin composition.
  • the actinic light-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition contains (A) a polymer having an acid-degradable group and (B) a photoacid generator.
  • a pattern forming method wherein the polymer (A) has a repeating unit having a hydrophilic group, and the weight average molecular weight of the polymer (A) is 8000 or less.
  • R 1 represents an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an alkoxy group, a cycloalkoxy group, an aryl group, or an alkenyl group.
  • R 2 and R 3 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an alkoxy group, a cycloalkoxy group, or an aryl group.
  • R 2 and R 3 may be connected to each other to form a ring.
  • R 1 and R 2 may be connected to each other to form a ring.
  • RX and Ry independently represent an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an alkenyl group, an aryl group, a 2-oxoalkyl group, a 2-oxocycloalkyl group, an alkoxycarbonylalkyl group, or an alkoxycarbonylcycloalkyl group. .. RX and R y may be linked to each other to form a ring, and this ring structure may contain an oxygen atom, a nitrogen atom, a sulfur atom, a ketone group, an ether bond, an ester bond, and an amide bond.
  • Z - represents an anion.
  • l represents an integer of 0 to 2.
  • r represents an integer from 0 to 8.
  • R 13 represents a hydrogen atom, a fluorine atom, a hydroxyl group, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an alkoxy group, or an alkoxycarbonyl group.
  • R 14 represents a hydroxyl group, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an alkoxy group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, an alkylcarbonyl group, an alkylsulfonyl group, or a cycloalkylsulfonyl group.
  • R 14 is, if there are two or more, plural R 14 may being the same or different.
  • Each of R 15 independently represents an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group or a naphthyl group. Bonded to two R 15 each other may form a ring. When two R 15 are combined to form a ring together, the ring structure is an oxygen atom, a nitrogen atom, a sulfur atom, a ketone group, an ether bond, an ester bond, or an amide bond.
  • X - represents an anion.
  • R 21 and R 22 independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, a fluorine atom, an alkyl group substituted with a fluorine atom, or a cycloalkyl group substituted with a fluorine atom.
  • at least one of R 21 and R 22 is a fluorine atom, an alkyl group substituted with a fluorine atom, or a cycloalkyl group substituted with a fluorine atom.
  • L represents a single bond or a divalent linking group.
  • X represents an organic group.
  • Rx represents an organic group.
  • R 24 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, or a fluorine atom.
  • R 23 and R 24 may be coupled to each other to form a ring.
  • R 25 , R 26 , and R 27 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, or a fluorine atom.
  • At least two of R 25 , R 26 , and R 27 may be combined with each other to form a ring.
  • R 31 represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group.
  • a 31 represents a single bond or a (r + 1) valent linking group.
  • Y represents a carboxy group.
  • r represents an integer of 1 or more.
  • R 41 represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group.
  • a 41 represents a single bond or (s + 1) valent linking group. However, A 41 does not have an aromatic ring.
  • Z represents a hydroxyl group. s represents an integer of 1 or more.
  • R 1 represents an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an alkoxy group, a cycloalkoxy group, an aryl group, or an alkenyl group.
  • R 2 and R 3 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an alkoxy group, a cycloalkoxy group, or an aryl group.
  • R 2 and R 3 may be connected to each other to form a ring.
  • R 1 and R 2 may be connected to each other to form a ring.
  • RX and Ry independently represent an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an alkenyl group, an aryl group, a 2-oxoalkyl group, a 2-oxocycloalkyl group, an alkoxycarbonylalkyl group, or an alkoxycarbonylcycloalkyl group. .. RX and R y may be linked to each other to form a ring, and this ring structure may contain an oxygen atom, a nitrogen atom, a sulfur atom, a ketone group, an ether bond, an ester bond, and an amide bond.
  • Z ⁇ represents an anion represented by any of the following general formulas (A1) to (A3).
  • R 21 and R 22 independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, a fluorine atom, an alkyl group substituted with a fluorine atom, or a cycloalkyl group substituted with a fluorine atom.
  • at least one of R 21 and R 22 is a fluorine atom, an alkyl group substituted with a fluorine atom, or a cycloalkyl group substituted with a fluorine atom.
  • L represents a single bond or a divalent linking group.
  • X represents an organic group.
  • Rx represents an organic group.
  • R 24 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, or a fluorine atom.
  • R 23 and R 24 may be coupled to each other to form a ring.
  • R 25 , R 26 , and R 27 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, or a fluorine atom.
  • At least two of R 25 , R 26 , and R 27 may be combined with each other to form a ring.
  • the photoacid generator (B) is a mixture of two compounds represented by the general formula (ZI-3), and two acids are generated by irradiation with active light or radiation, and these two acids are generated.
  • the actinic light-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition contains (D) an acid diffusion control agent, and the content of the (D) acid diffusion control agent is higher than the content of the (B) photoacid generator.
  • the pattern forming method according to any one of [1] to [16], wherein the molar ratio is 0.40 or less.
  • the actinic light-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition contains (A) a polymer having an acid-degradable group and (B) a photoacid generator.
  • the polymer (A) has a repeating unit having a hydrophilic group, and the weight average molecular weight of the polymer (A) is 8000 or less.
  • a pattern when a pattern is formed from a thick film (having a thickness of 700 nm or more), an actinic light-sensitive radiation-sensitive film, the resolution is excellent, and cracks in the resist pattern and peeling of the resist pattern are prevented. It is possible to provide a pattern forming method using a suppressable actinic or radiation-sensitive resin composition, a method for producing an electronic device, and an actinic or radiation-sensitive resin composition.
  • the present invention will be described in detail.
  • the description of the constituent elements described below may be based on typical embodiments of the present invention, but the present invention is not limited to such embodiments.
  • the notation that does not describe substitution or non-substitution includes those having no substituent as well as those having a substituent.
  • the "alkyl group” includes not only an alkyl group having no substituent (unsubstituted alkyl group) but also an alkyl group having a substituent (substituted alkyl group).
  • the "organic group” in the present specification means a group containing at least one carbon atom.
  • the type of the substituent, the position of the substituent, and the number of the substituents when "may have a substituent” are not particularly limited.
  • the number of substituents may be, for example, one, two, three, or more.
  • the substituent include a monovalent non-metal atomic group excluding a hydrogen atom, and for example, the following substituent T can be selected.
  • substituent T examples include halogen atoms such as fluorine atom, chlorine atom, bromine atom and iodine atom; alkoxy group such as methoxy group, ethoxy group and tert-butoxy group; aryloxy group such as phenoxy group and p-tolyloxy group; Alkoxycarbonyl groups such as methoxycarbonyl group, butoxycarbonyl group and phenoxycarbonyl group; acyloxy groups such as acetoxy group, propionyloxy group and benzoyloxy group; acetyl group, benzoyl group, isobutyryl group, acryloyl group, methacryloyl group and metoxalyl group and the like.
  • halogen atoms such as fluorine atom, chlorine atom, bromine atom and iodine atom
  • alkoxy group such as methoxy group, ethoxy group and tert-butoxy group
  • aryloxy group such as
  • the term “active light” or “radiation” refers to, for example, the emission line spectrum of a mercury lamp, far ultraviolet rays typified by an excimer laser, extreme ultraviolet rays (EUV light: Extreme Ultraviolet), X-rays, and electron beams (EB). : Electron Beam) and the like.
  • the term “light” means active light or radiation.
  • the term “exposure” as used herein refers to not only exposure to the emission line spectrum of a mercury lamp, far ultraviolet rays typified by excimer lasers, extreme ultraviolet rays, X-rays, EUV light, etc., but also electron beams, and the term “exposure”. It also includes drawing with particle beams such as ion beams. In the present specification, "-" is used to mean that the numerical values described before and after it are included as the lower limit value and the upper limit value.
  • (meth) acrylate represents acrylate and methacrylate
  • (meth) acrylic represents acrylic and methacryl
  • the weight average molecular weight (Mw), the number average molecular weight (Mn), and the degree of dispersion (also referred to as molecular weight distribution) (Mw / Mn) of the resin are referred to as GPC (Gel Permeation Chromatography) apparatus (HLC-manufactured by Toso Co., Ltd.).
  • the amount of each component in the composition is the total amount of the plurality of applicable substances present in the composition unless otherwise specified, when a plurality of the substances corresponding to each component are present in the composition. means.
  • the term "process” is included in this term not only as an independent process but also as long as the intended purpose of the process is achieved even when it cannot be clearly distinguished from other processes.
  • total solid content refers to the total mass of the components excluding the solvent from the total composition of the composition.
  • the “solid content” is a component excluding the solvent as described above, and may be, for example, a solid or a liquid at 25 ° C.
  • “% by mass” and “% by weight” are synonymous, and “parts by mass” and “parts by weight” are synonymous.
  • a combination of two or more preferred embodiments is a more preferred embodiment.
  • the pattern forming method of the present invention (I) A step of forming a sensitive light-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film having a film thickness of 700 nm or more by a sensitive light-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition (film formation step). (Ii) A step (exposure step) of irradiating the above-mentioned sensitive light-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film with active light or radiation having a wavelength of 200 nm or less, and (Iii) A step of developing a sensitive light or radiation sensitive film irradiated with active light or radiation having a wavelength of 200 nm or less using a developing solution (development step).
  • the actinic light-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition contains (A) a polymer having an acid-degradable group and (B) a photoacid generator.
  • the polymer (A) has a repeating unit having a hydrophilic group, and the weight average molecular weight of the polymer (A) is 8000 or less, which is a pattern forming method.
  • the active light or radiation having a wavelength of 200 nm or less is irradiated to the sensitive light or radiation sensitive film.
  • the sensitive light-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition used in the step (i) of the pattern forming method of the present invention contains (A) a polymer having an acid-degradable group and (B) a photoacid generator.
  • the polymer (A) has a repeating unit having a hydrophilic group, and the weight average molecular weight of the polymer (A) is 8000 or less.
  • a resist film that irradiates active light or radiation (for example, ArF light) having a wavelength of 200 nm or less is generally a thin film (typically less than 700 nm), and in order to secure the strength of the film itself, the film is used.
  • the weight average molecular weight of the resin is typically around 10,000 (for example, more than 8,000 to 12,000 or less) for the purpose of increasing the glass transition temperature (Tg) of the resin contained in the resist composition for forming the resin. There was a tendency. By using such a resin, it was possible to suppress the diffusion of acid even in a thin film and improve the resolution.
  • the present inventors have found that the polymer (A) has a repeating unit having a hydrophilic group and the weight average molecular weight of the polymer (A) is 8000 or less.
  • the resist film and thus the resist pattern
  • the polymer (A) has a hydrophilic group, it can interact with the acid generated in the exposed portion and suppress the diffusion of the acid in the unexposed portion, so that the film is thick. Nevertheless, it is probable that the resolution was excellent.
  • the weight average molecular weight can be lowered while the weight average molecular weight can be reduced, and the weight average molecular weight can be further increased.
  • the value By setting the value to 8000 or less, it is considered that the thick film can be less affected by stress, and cracks and peeling of the resist pattern can be suppressed in the resist film (and thus the resist pattern).
  • the polymer (A) has a hydrophilic group, the interaction with the substrate is increased, and the adhesion to the resist film tends to be improved.
  • the active light or radiation having a wavelength of 200 nm or less is irradiated to the sensitive light or radiation sensitive film, and is used in the pattern forming method of the present invention.
  • the polymer (A) contained in the sensitive light-sensitive or radiation-sensitive composition has a repeating unit having a hydrophilic group, and the weight average molecular weight of the polymer (A) is 8000 or less. Therefore, surprisingly, when a pattern is formed from a thick film (having a thickness of 700 nm or more), a light-sensitive radiation-sensitive film, the resolution is excellent, and cracks and resist patterns in the resist pattern are formed. It is probable that the peeling could be suppressed.
  • Actinic cheilitis or radiation-sensitive resin composition The actinic light-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition used in the step (i) of the pattern forming method will be described.
  • the actinic light-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition contains (A) a polymer having an acid-degradable group and (B) a photoacid generator.
  • the polymer (A) has a repeating unit having a hydrophilic group, and the weight average molecular weight of the polymer (A) is 8000 or less.
  • the sensitive light-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition of the present invention is preferably a resist composition, and may be a positive-type resist composition or a negative-type resist composition. Further, it may be a resist composition for alkaline development or a resist composition for organic solvent development.
  • the resist composition of the present invention is typically a chemically amplified resist composition.
  • composition of the present invention the components contained in the actinic or radiation-sensitive resin composition of the present invention (hereinafter, also referred to as “composition of the present invention”) will be described in detail.
  • the sensitive light-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition of the present invention is a polymer having an acid-degradable group, the polymer has a repeating unit having a hydrophilic group, and the weight average molecular weight of the polymer is It contains 8000 or more polymers (also referred to as "(A) polymer” or "polymer (A)").
  • a positive pattern is preferably formed, and when an organic developer is used as the developer.
  • a negative pattern is preferably formed.
  • the polymer (A) has a repeating unit having a hydrophilic group.
  • the hydrophilic group is not particularly limited as long as it is a group having an affinity for water, and for example, a group having a carboxy group, a hydroxyl group, a lactone group, a sulton group, a cyano group, a sulfonamide group, or an ester group (provided that the group has an ester group). , The ester group does not form a ring).
  • the repeating unit having a hydrophilic group preferably contains a repeating unit having a carboxy group or a hydroxyl group.
  • the repeating unit having a hydrophilic group includes a repeating unit having a carboxy group. Since the carboxy group has strong hydrophilicity and the interaction between the carboxy group and other hydrophilic groups becomes stronger, the effect of the present invention can be further enhanced. It is particularly preferable that the polymer (A) has a repeating unit having a carboxy group.
  • the repeating unit having a carboxy group is not particularly limited, but is preferably a repeating unit represented by the following general formula (1).
  • R 31 represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group.
  • a 31 represents a single bond or a (r + 1) valent linking group.
  • Y represents a carboxy group.
  • r represents an integer of 1 or more.
  • the alkyl group of R 31 is not particularly limited, but an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms is preferable.
  • the alkyl group of R 31 may have a substituent, and examples of the substituent include the above-mentioned substituent T.
  • the divalent linking group when r is 1 is not particularly limited, but is an alkylene group, a cycloalkylene group, an aromatic group, -CO-, -COO-, Alternatively, a group consisting of a combination of two or more of these can be mentioned.
  • the alkylene group may be linear or branched, preferably having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, and even more preferably 1 to 10 carbon atoms.
  • the cycloalkylene group may be monocyclic or polycyclic, and preferably has 3 to 20 carbon atoms, and more preferably 3 to 10 carbon atoms.
  • the aromatic group is a divalent aromatic group, preferably an aromatic group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms, and further preferably an aromatic group having 6 to 15 carbon atoms.
  • the aromatic ring constituting the aromatic group is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include an aromatic ring having 6 to 20 carbon atoms, and specific examples thereof include a benzene ring, a naphthalene ring, an anthracene ring, and a thiophene ring. can. It is preferably a benzene ring or a naphthalene ring, and more preferably a benzene ring.
  • the alkylene group, cycloalkylene group, and aromatic group may further have a substituent.
  • the further substituent is not particularly limited, but the above-mentioned substituent T is preferable.
  • (r + 1) -valent linking group when r is an integer of 2 or more, (r-1) arbitrary hydrogen atoms are removed from the above-mentioned specific example of the divalent linking group. Can be preferably mentioned.
  • the (r + 1) -valent linking group may further have a substituent.
  • r represents an integer of 1 or more.
  • r represents the number of Y.
  • the upper limit of r is not particularly limited, but is preferably an integer of 9 or less.
  • r is preferably an integer of 1 to 5, and more preferably an integer of 1 to 2.
  • the repeating unit having the above hydroxyl group is not particularly limited, but is preferably a repeating unit represented by the following general formula (2).
  • R 41 represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group.
  • a 41 represents a single bond or (s + 1) valent linking group. However, A 41 does not have an aromatic ring.
  • Z represents a hydroxyl group. s represents an integer of 1 or more.
  • the alkyl group of R 41 is not particularly limited, but is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms.
  • the alkyl group of R 41 may have a substituent, and examples of the substituent include the above-mentioned substituent T.
  • the (s + 1) valent linking group of A 41 is not particularly limited as a divalent linking group when s is 1, but an alkylene group, a cycloalkylene group, -CO-, -COO-, or these can be used. A group consisting of a combination of two or more can be mentioned.
  • the alkylene group may be linear or branched, preferably having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, and even more preferably 1 to 10 carbon atoms.
  • the cycloalkylene group may be monocyclic or polycyclic, and preferably has 3 to 20 carbon atoms, and more preferably 3 to 10 carbon atoms.
  • the alkylene group and the cycloalkylene group may further have a substituent.
  • the further substituent is not particularly limited, but the above-mentioned substituent T is preferable.
  • (s + 1) -valent linking group when s is an integer of 2 or more, (s-1) arbitrary hydrogen atoms are removed from the above-mentioned specific example of the divalent linking group. Can be preferably mentioned.
  • the (s + 1) valence linking group may further have a substituent. Note that A 41 does not have an aromatic ring.
  • s represents an integer of 1 or more.
  • s represents the number of Z.
  • the upper limit of s is not particularly limited, but is preferably an integer of 6 or less.
  • s is preferably an integer of 1 to 5, and more preferably an integer of 1 to 2.
  • the lactone group and sultone group are described below.
  • any one having a lactone structure or a sultone structure can be used, but a 5- to 7-membered ring lactone structure or a 5- to 7-membered ring sultone structure is preferable, and 5 to 7 members.
  • a bicyclo structure or a spiro structure formed on a member ring lactone structure and another ring structure is condensed, or a bicyclo structure or a spiro structure is formed on a 5 to 7 member ring sultone structure. Is more preferable.
  • lactone structure represented by any of the following general formulas (LC1-1) to (LC1-21) or a sultone structure represented by any of the following general formulas (SL1-1) to (SL1-3). It is more preferred to have a repeating unit. Further, the lactone structure or the sultone structure may be directly bonded to the main chain. Preferred structures are (LC1-1), (LC1-4), (LC1-5), (LC1-8), (LC1-16), (LC1-21), (SL1-1).
  • the lactone-structured portion or the sultone-structured portion may or may not have a substituent (Rb 2).
  • Preferred substituents (Rb 2 ) include an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, a cycloalkyl group having 4 to 7 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, an alkoxycarbonyl group having 2 to 8 carbon atoms, and a carboxyl group. , Halogen atom, hydroxyl group, cyano group, acid-degradable group and the like. More preferably, it is an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, a cyano group, and an acid-decomposable group.
  • n 2 represents an integer from 0 to 4. When n 2 is 2 or more, the plurality of substituents (Rb 2 ) may be the same or different. Further, a plurality of existing substituents (Rb 2 ) may be bonded to each other to form a ring.
  • the repeating unit having a lactone group or a sultone group is preferably a repeating unit represented by the following general formula (III).
  • A represents an ester bond (a group represented by -COO-) or an amide bond (a group represented by -CONH-).
  • n is the number of repetitions of the structure represented by ⁇ R 0 ⁇ Z ⁇ , represents an integer of 0 to 5, is preferably 0 or 1, and more preferably 0.
  • R 0 represents an alkylene group, a cycloalkylene group, or a combination thereof. When there are a plurality of R 0 , each independently represents an alkylene group, a cycloalkylene group, or a combination thereof.
  • Z represents a single bond, an ether bond, an ester bond, an amide bond, a urethane bond or a urea bond.
  • each independently represents a single bond, an ether bond, an ester bond, an amide bond, a urethane bond or a urea bond.
  • R 8 represents a monovalent organic group having a lactone structure or a sultone structure.
  • R 7 represents a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom or a monovalent organic group (preferably a methyl group).
  • the alkylene group or cycloalkylene group of R 0 may have a substituent.
  • Z is preferably an ether bond or an ester bond, and more preferably an ester bond.
  • the following monomers are also suitably used as raw materials for the polymer (A).
  • the sulfonamide group is a group represented by -SO 2 NR 51 R 52 .
  • R 51 and R 52 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, or an aryl group.
  • the alkyl group as R 51 and R 52 is not particularly limited, but may be linear or branched, and an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms is preferable, an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms is more preferable, and an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms is more preferable. Alkyl groups 1 to 4 are more preferred.
  • the cycloalkyl group as R 51 and R 52 is not particularly limited, but may be monocyclic or polycyclic, a cycloalkyl group having 3 to 15 carbon atoms is preferable, and a cycloalkyl group having 3 to 10 carbon atoms is more preferable. A cycloalkyl group having 3 to 6 carbon atoms is more preferable.
  • the aryl group as R 51 and R 52 is not particularly limited, but an aryl group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms is preferable, an aryl group having 6 to 15 carbon atoms is more preferable, and an aryl group having 6 to 10 carbon atoms is further preferable. ..
  • the alkyl group, cycloalkyl group, and aryl group may have a substituent.
  • the substituent is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include the above-mentioned substituent T.
  • a group having an ester group (however, the ester group does not form a ring) (hereinafter, also simply referred to as a "group having an ester group”) is a group having an ester group (-COO-). However, the ester group does not form a ring. The ester group in the group having an ester group does not directly bond to the main chain of the polymer (A).
  • the group having an ester group is not particularly limited, but -COO-R 61 or -OCO-R 62 is preferable.
  • R 61 and R 62 each independently represent an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, or an aryl group.
  • the alkyl group as R 61 and R 62 is not particularly limited, but may be linear or branched, and an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms is preferable, an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms is more preferable, and an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms is more preferable. Alkyl groups 1 to 4 are more preferred.
  • the cycloalkyl group as R 61 and R 62 is not particularly limited, but may be monocyclic or polycyclic, a cycloalkyl group having 3 to 15 carbon atoms is preferable, and a cycloalkyl group having 3 to 10 carbon atoms is more preferable. A cycloalkyl group having 3 to 6 carbon atoms is more preferable.
  • the carbon constituting the cycloalkyl group may be a carbonyl carbon or may be replaced with a hetero atom (for example, an oxygen atom or a sulfur atom).
  • a hetero atom for example, an oxygen atom or a sulfur atom.
  • one carbon constituting the cycloalkyl group (carbon contributing to ring formation) is a carbonyl carbon, and another carbon constituting the cycloalkyl group (carbon contributing to ring formation) is replaced with a heteroatom. Is preferable.
  • the aryl group as R 61 and R 62 is not particularly limited, but an aryl group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms is preferable, an aryl group having 6 to 15 carbon atoms is more preferable, and an aryl group having 6 to 10 carbon atoms is further preferable. ..
  • the alkyl group, cycloalkyl group, and aryl group may have a substituent.
  • the substituent is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include the above-mentioned substituent T.
  • the repeating unit having a hydrophilic group may have one hydrophilic group or may have a plurality of hydrophilic groups.
  • the repeating unit having a hydrophilic group preferably has 1 to 8 hydrophilic groups, more preferably 1 to 4 groups, and further preferably 1 to 2 hydrophilic groups. It is most preferable to have one.
  • the repeating unit having a hydrophilic group has a plurality of hydrophilic groups, the plurality of hydrophilic groups may be the same or different.
  • the repeating unit having a hydrophilic group may have an acid-degradable group.
  • the acid-degradable groups are as described below.
  • the repeating unit having a hydrophilic group also corresponds to the repeating unit having an acid-degradable group described later.
  • the repeating unit having a hydrophilic group preferably does not have an acid-degradable group.
  • the content of the repeating unit having a hydrophilic group contained in the polymer (A) (the total of a plurality of repeating units having a hydrophilic group) is 10 to 10 to all the repeating units of the polymer (A). 80 mol% is preferable, 20 to 70 mol% is more preferable, and 30 to 70 mol% is further preferable.
  • the content of the repeating unit having a carboxy group contained in the polymer (A) is 1 to 1 to all the repeating units of the polymer (A). 30 mol% is preferable, 5 to 25 mol% is more preferable, and 5 to 20 mol% is further preferable. Further, the content of the repeating unit having a carboxy group contained in the repeating unit having a hydrophilic group of the polymer (A) (the total of a plurality of repeating units having a carboxy group) has all the hydrophilic groups. With respect to the repeating unit, 1 to 40 mol% is preferable, 1 to 30 mol% is more preferable, and 1 to 20 mol% is further preferable.
  • the polymer (A) preferably has a repeating unit having an acid-degradable group.
  • the acid-degradable group preferably has a structure in which the polar group is protected by a group (leaving group) that is decomposed and eliminated by the action of an acid.
  • the polar group include a carboxyl group, a phenolic hydroxyl group, a fluorinated alcohol group, a sulfonic acid group, a sulfonamide group, a sulfonylimide group, a (alkylsulfonyl) (alkylcarbonyl) methylene group, and (alkylsulfonyl) (alkylcarbonyl).
  • Imid group bis (alkylcarbonyl) methylene group, bis (alkylcarbonyl) imide group, bis (alkylsulfonyl) methylene group, bis (alkylsulfonyl) imide group, tris (alkylcarbonyl) methylene group, and tris (alkylsulfonyl) methylene
  • acidic groups such as groups (typically, groups dissociating in a 2.38 mass% tetramethylammonium hydroxide aqueous solution), alcoholic hydroxyl groups and the like.
  • the alcoholic hydroxyl group is a hydroxyl group bonded to a hydrocarbon group and refers to a hydroxyl group other than the hydroxyl group directly bonded on the aromatic ring (phenolic hydroxyl group), and the ⁇ -position of the hydroxyl group is electron attraction such as a fluorine atom. Excludes aliphatic alcohol groups substituted with sex groups (eg, hexafluoroisopropanol groups, etc.).
  • the alcoholic hydroxyl group is preferably a hydroxyl group having a pKa (acid dissociation constant) of 12 or more and 20 or less.
  • Preferred polar groups include carboxyl groups, phenolic hydroxyl groups, fluorinated alcohol groups (preferably hexafluoroisopropanol groups), and sulfonic acid groups.
  • a preferable group as an acid-degradable group is a group in which the hydrogen atom of these groups is replaced with a group (leaving group) that is eliminated by the action of an acid.
  • Examples of the group (leaving group) desorbed by the action of acid include -C (R 36 ) (R 37 ) (R 38 ), -C (R 36 ) (R 37 ) (OR 39 ), and-.
  • C (R 01 ) (R 02 ) (OR 39 ) and the like can be mentioned.
  • R 36 to R 39 each independently represent an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aryl group, an aralkyl group or an alkenyl group.
  • R 36 and R 37 may be combined with each other to form a ring.
  • R 01 and R 02 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aryl group, an aralkyl group or an alkenyl group.
  • the alkyl groups of R 36 to R 39 , R 01 and R 02 are not particularly limited, but alkyl groups having 1 to 8 carbon atoms are preferable, and for example, methyl group, ethyl group, propyl group, n-butyl group and sec- Butyl group, hexyl group, octyl group and the like can be mentioned.
  • the cycloalkyl groups of R 36 to R 39 , R 01 and R 02 may be monocyclic or polycyclic.
  • the monocyclic type is not particularly limited, but a cycloalkyl group having 3 to 8 carbon atoms is preferable, and examples thereof include a cyclopropyl group, a cyclobutyl group, a cyclopentyl group, a cyclohexyl group, and a cyclooctyl group. ..
  • a cycloalkyl group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms is preferable. Groups, androstanyl groups and the like can be mentioned.
  • at least one carbon atom in the cycloalkyl group may be substituted with a hetero atom such as an oxygen atom.
  • the aryl group of R 36 to R 39 , R 01 and R 02 is not particularly limited, but an aryl group having 6 to 10 carbon atoms is preferable, and examples thereof include a phenyl group, a naphthyl group, and an anthryl group.
  • the aralkyl group of R 36 to R 39 , R 01 and R 02 is not particularly limited, but an aralkyl group having 7 to 12 carbon atoms is preferable, and examples thereof include a benzyl group, a phenethyl group and a naphthylmethyl group. ..
  • the alkenyl group of R 36 to R 39 , R 01 and R 02 is not particularly limited, but an alkenyl group having 2 to 8 carbon atoms is preferable, and for example, a vinyl group, an allyl group, a butenyl group, a cyclohexenyl group and the like can be used. Can be mentioned.
  • the ring formed by bonding R 36 and R 37 to each other is preferably a cycloalkyl group (monocyclic or polycyclic).
  • cycloalkyl group a monocyclic cycloalkyl group such as a cyclopentyl group and a cyclohexyl group, or a polycyclic cycloalkyl group such as a norbornyl group, a tetracyclodecanyl group, a tetracyclododecanyl group, and an adamantyl group is preferable. ..
  • a cumyl ester group, an enol ester group, an acetal ester group, a tertiary alkyl ester group and the like are preferable, and an acetal group or a tertiary alkyl ester group is more preferable.
  • the polymer (A) preferably has a repeating unit represented by the following general formula (AI) as a repeating unit having an acid-decomposable group.
  • Xa 1 represents a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, or a monovalent organic group.
  • T represents a single bond or a divalent linking group.
  • Rx 1 to Rx 3 independently represent an alkyl group or a cycloalkyl group, respectively. Any two of Rx 1 to Rx 3 may or may not be combined to form a ring structure.
  • T examples include an alkylene group, an arylene group, -COO-Rt-, and -O-Rt-.
  • Rt represents an alkylene group, a cycloalkylene group or an arylene group.
  • T is preferably single bond or -COO-Rt-.
  • Rt is preferably a chain alkylene group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, and more preferably -CH 2 -,-(CH 2 ) 2- , or- (CH 2 ) 3- . More preferably, T is a single bond.
  • Xa 1 is preferably a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group.
  • the alkyl group of Xa 1 may have a substituent, and examples of the substituent include a hydroxyl group and a halogen atom (preferably a fluorine atom).
  • the alkyl group of Xa 1 preferably has 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and examples thereof include a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, a hydroxymethyl group, and a trifluoromethyl group.
  • the alkyl group of Xa 1 is preferably a methyl group.
  • the alkyl groups of Rx 1 , Rx 2 and Rx 3 may be linear or branched, and may be a methyl group, an ethyl group, an n-propyl group, an isopropyl group, an n-butyl group, or an isobutyl group. Groups, t-butyl groups and the like are preferably mentioned.
  • the alkyl group preferably has 1 to 10 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 5 carbon atoms, and even more preferably 1 to 3 carbon atoms.
  • the alkyl groups of Rx 1 , Rx 2 and Rx 3 may have a part of the carbon-carbon bond as a double bond.
  • Examples of the cycloalkyl group of Rx 1 , Rx 2 and Rx 3 include a monocyclic cycloalkyl group such as a cyclopentyl group and a cyclohexyl group, or a norbornyl group, a tetracyclodecanyl group, a tetracyclododecanyl group, and an adamantyl group.
  • the polycyclic cycloalkyl group of is preferred.
  • the ring structure formed by combining Rx 1 , Rx 2 and Rx 3 is a monocyclic cycloalkane ring such as a cyclopentyl ring, a cyclohexyl ring, a cycloheptyl ring, and a cyclooctane ring, or a norbornane ring or a tetracyclo.
  • Polycyclic cycloalkyl rings such as decane rings, tetracyclododecane rings, and adamantane rings are preferred.
  • a cyclopentyl ring, a cyclohexyl ring, or an adamantane ring is more preferable.
  • the ring structure formed by combining Rx 1 , Rx 2 and Rx 3 the structure shown below is also preferable.
  • the polymer (A) has the repeating unit described in paragraphs [0336] to [0369] of US Patent Application Publication No. 2016/0070167A1 as a repeating unit having an acid-degradable group.
  • the polymer (A) is decomposed as a repeating unit having an acid-degradable group by the action of an acid described in paragraphs [0363] to [0364] of US Patent Application Publication No. 2016/0070167A1 to form an alcohol. It may have a repeating unit containing a group that produces a sex hydroxyl group.
  • the repeating unit having an acid-decomposable group may have the above-mentioned hydrophilic group.
  • the repeating unit having an acid-degradable group has the above-mentioned hydrophilic group
  • the repeating unit having an acid-degradable group also corresponds to the repeating unit having a hydrophilic group.
  • the polymer (A) may contain a repeating unit having an acid-decomposable group alone or in combination of two or more.
  • the content of the repeating unit having an acid-degradable group contained in the polymer (A) is based on all the repeating units of the polymer (A). It is preferably 10 to 90 mol%, more preferably 20 to 80 mol%, still more preferably 30 to 70 mol%.
  • the polymer (A) can further have a repeating unit that has neither an acid-degradable group nor a hydrophilic group.
  • the repeating unit having neither an acid-decomposable group nor a hydrophilic group preferably has an alicyclic hydrocarbon structure. Examples of the repeating unit having neither an acid-degradable group nor a hydrophilic group include the repeating units described in paragraphs [0236] to [0237] of US Patent Application Publication No. 2016/0026083A1. Preferred examples of monomers corresponding to repeating units having neither an acid-degradable group nor a hydrophilic group are shown below.
  • the polymer (A) may contain a repeating unit having neither an acid-decomposable group nor a hydrophilic group alone or in combination of two or more.
  • the content of the repeating unit having neither an acid-decomposable group nor a hydrophilic group is preferably more than 0 to 50 mol%, preferably more than 0 to 30 mol%, based on all the repeating units in the polymer (A). More preferably, more than 0 to 20 mol% is further preferable.
  • the polymer (A) has dry etching resistance, standard developer suitability, substrate adhesion, resist profile, and general necessary properties of resist such as resolution, heat resistance, and sensitivity. It can have various repeating structural units for regulatory purposes. Examples of such a repeating structural unit include, but are not limited to, a repeating structural unit corresponding to a monomer.
  • the monomer examples include compounds having one addition-polymerizable unsaturated bond selected from acrylic acid esters, methacrylic acid esters, acrylamides, methacrylamides, allyl compounds, vinyl ethers, vinyl esters and the like. Can be mentioned. In addition, any addition-polymerizable unsaturated compound that can be copolymerized with the monomers corresponding to the various repeating structural units may be copolymerized. In the polymer (A), the molar ratio of each repeating unit is appropriately set in order to adjust various performances.
  • the Onishi parameter of the polymer (A) is not particularly limited, but is preferably 4.2 or less, more preferably 3.9 or less, and further preferably 3.7 or less.
  • the value of the Onishi parameter of the polymer (A) is reduced, the carbon density becomes high.
  • the value of the Onishi parameter is 4.2 or less, it is possible to obtain a high carbon density while having a hydrophilic group.
  • the hydrophobicity of the resist film is increased, and in a hydrophobic field such as when the resist film is exposed, the diffusion of acid to the unexposed area due to exposure is further suppressed by the hydrophilic group, and the developability is further improved. Can be considered.
  • the lower limit of the Onishi parameter of the polymer (A) is not particularly limited, but is preferably 2.0 or more.
  • the Onishi parameter of the polymer (A) can be measured as follows. When the polymer (A) has only one type of repeating unit, the Onishi parameter of the monomer corresponding to the repeating unit becomes the Onishi parameter of the polymer (A).
  • the Onishi parameter of the monomer corresponding to each repeating unit is obtained by the above method, and each of the Onishi parameters of each monomer is used.
  • the sum of the values obtained by multiplying the content (% by mass) in the polymer (A) of the repeating unit and dividing by 100 was used as the Onishi parameter of the polymer (A).
  • the Onishi parameter of the polymer (A) is calculated from the following formula (1).
  • Onishi parameter of polymer (A) N 1 (Onishi parameter of monomer corresponding to repeating unit 1) ⁇ W 1 (content rate of repeating unit 1 (mass%)) / 100 + N 2 (corresponding to repeating unit 2) Ohnishi parameter) ⁇ W 2 (the content of the repeating unit 2 (wt%) of monomer) / 100+ ⁇ ⁇ ⁇ N X (Ohnishi parameter of the monomer corresponding to the repeating unit X) ⁇ W X (repeating units X Content rate (mass%)) / 100 ... (1)
  • the method for setting the Onishi parameter of the polymer (A) to 4.2 or less is not particularly limited, but one preferred embodiment is that the polymer (A) contains a repeating unit having a high carbon density such as adamantane. Be done.
  • the polymer (A) has two or more repeating units having a hydrophilic group, and the repeating units are different from each other.
  • the polymer (A) has three or more kinds of repeating units having a hydrophilic group, and the repeating units are different from each other.
  • the repeating unit having a hydrophilic group preferably contains a repeating unit having a carboxy group or a hydroxyl group. Further, it is particularly preferable that the repeating unit having a hydrophilic group includes a repeating unit having a carboxy group.
  • the polymer (A) has at least one repeating unit having a carboxylic acid group and one or more repeating units having a hydroxyl group. It is preferable that the repeating unit having the carboxylic acid group is the repeating unit represented by the general formula (1). Further, it is preferable that the repeating unit having a hydroxyl group is the repeating unit represented by the general formula (2).
  • the polymer (A) has substantially no aromatic group from the viewpoint of the transparency of ArF light. More specifically, among all the repeating units of the polymer (A), the repeating unit having an aromatic group is preferably 5 mol% or less, more preferably 3 mol% or less, which is ideal. Is more preferably 0 mol%, i.e. not having a repeating unit having an aromatic group. Further, the polymer (A) preferably has a monocyclic or polycyclic alicyclic hydrocarbon structure.
  • all the repeating units of the polymer (A) are composed of (meth) acrylate-based repeating units.
  • all of the repeating units are methacrylate-based repeating units
  • all of the repeating units are acrylate-based repeating units
  • all of the repeating units are either methacrylate-based repeating units or acrylate-based repeating units.
  • the acrylate-based repeating unit is 50 mol% or less with respect to all the repeating units of the polymer (A).
  • the weight average molecular weight of the polymer (A) is 8,000 or less.
  • the polymer (A) has a repeating unit having a hydrophilic group, and the weight average molecular weight of the polymer (A) is set to 8,000 or less to form a pattern from a thick film sensitive light-sensitive radiation-sensitive film. In this case, the resolution is further excellent, and cracks in the resist pattern and peeling of the resist pattern can be further suppressed.
  • the weight average molecular weight of the polymer (A) exceeds 8,000, the above effect cannot be achieved, and when a pattern is formed from a thick film sensitive light-sensitive radiation-sensitive film, a resist pattern is formed. It becomes difficult to suppress cracks and peeling of the resist pattern in the above.
  • the weight average molecular weight of the polymer (A) is preferably 7,000 or less, and more preferably 6,000 or less.
  • the lower limit of the weight average molecular weight of the polymer (A) is not particularly limited, but is preferably 1,000 or more.
  • the dispersity (Mw / Mn) of the polymer (A) is usually 1.0 to 3.0, preferably 1.0 to 2.6, more preferably 1.0 to 2.0, and 1.1. ⁇ 2.0 is more preferable.
  • the polymer (A) may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
  • the content of the polymer (A) in the total solid content of the composition of the present invention is generally 50.0% by mass or more. 60.0% by mass or more is preferable, 70.0% by mass or more is more preferable, and 80.0% by mass or more is further preferable.
  • the upper limit is not particularly limited, but 99.8% by mass or less is preferable, 99.5% by mass or less is more preferable, and 99.2% by mass or less is further preferable.
  • the composition of the present invention contains a photoacid generator (hereinafter, also referred to as "photoacid generator (B)").
  • a photoacid generator is a compound that generates an acid when irradiated with active light or radiation.
  • the photoacid generator a compound that generates an organic acid by irradiation with active light or radiation is preferable.
  • a sulfonium salt compound for example, a sulfonium salt compound, an iodonium salt compound, a diazonium salt compound, a phosphonium salt compound, an imide sulfonate compound, an oxime sulfonate compound, a diazodisulfone compound, a disulfone compound, and an o-nitrobenzyl sulfonate compound can be mentioned.
  • a known compound that generates an acid by irradiation with active light or radiation can be appropriately selected and used alone or as a mixture thereof.
  • paragraphs [0125]-[0319] of U.S. Patent Application Publication No. 2016/0070167A1 paragraphs [0083]-[0094] of U.S. Patent Application Publication No. 2015/0004544A1, U.S. Patent Application Publication No. 2016/0237190A1.
  • the known compounds disclosed in paragraphs [0323] to [0402] of the specification can be suitably used as the photoacid generator (B).
  • Preferable embodiments of the photoacid generator (B) include, for example, compounds represented by the following general formulas (ZI), (ZII) and (ZIII).
  • R 201 , R 202 and R 203 each independently represent an organic group.
  • the number of carbon atoms of the organic group as R 201 , R 202 and R 203 is generally 1 to 30, preferably 1 to 20.
  • two of R 201 to R 203 may be bonded to form a ring structure, and the ring may contain an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom, an ester bond, an amide bond, or a carbonyl group.
  • the two of the group formed by bonding of the R 201 ⁇ R 203, an alkylene group (e.g., butylene, pentylene) and -CH 2 -CH 2 -O-CH 2 -CH 2 - and the like can.
  • Z - represents an anion.
  • the photoacid generator (B) may be a compound having a plurality of structures represented by the general formula (ZI). For example, at least one of R 201 ⁇ R 203 of the compound represented by formula (ZI), and at least one of R 201 ⁇ R 203 of another compound represented by formula (ZI), a single bond Alternatively, it may be a compound having a structure bonded via a linking group.
  • the compound (ZI-1) is an aryl sulfonium compound in which at least one of R 201 to R 203 of the above general formula (ZI) is an aryl group, that is, a compound having an aryl sulfonium as a cation.
  • all of R 201 to R 203 may be an aryl group, or a part of R 201 to R 203 may be an aryl group and the rest may be an alkyl group or a cycloalkyl group.
  • aryl sulfonium compound examples include a triaryl sulfonium compound, a diallyl alkyl sulfonium compound, an aryl dialkyl sulfonium compound, a diallyl cycloalkyl sulfonium compound, and an aryl dicycloalkyl sulfonium compound.
  • aryl group of the aryl sulfonium compound a phenyl group or a naphthyl group is preferable, and a phenyl group is more preferable.
  • the aryl group may be an aryl group having a heterocyclic structure having an oxygen atom, a nitrogen atom, a sulfur atom or the like. Examples of the heterocyclic structure include pyrrole residues, furan residues, thiophene residues, indole residues, benzofuran residues, benzothiophene residues and the like.
  • the aryl sulfonium compound has two or more aryl groups, the two or more aryl groups may be the same or different.
  • the alkyl group or cycloalkyl group contained in the arylsulfonium compound as required is a linear alkyl group having 1 to 15 carbon atoms, a branched alkyl group having 3 to 15 carbon atoms, or a cycloalkyl group having 3 to 15 carbon atoms.
  • the group is preferable, and examples thereof include a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, an n-butyl group, a sec-butyl group, a t-butyl group, a cyclopropyl group, a cyclobutyl group, and a cyclohexyl group.
  • the aryl group, alkyl group, and cycloalkyl group of R 201 to R 203 are independently an alkyl group (for example, 1 to 15 carbon atoms), a cycloalkyl group (for example, 3 to 15 carbon atoms), and an aryl group (for example, carbon number of carbon atoms). 6 to 14), an alkoxy group (for example, 1 to 15 carbon atoms), a halogen atom, a hydroxyl group, or a phenylthio group may be used as a substituent.
  • the compound (ZI-2) is a compound in which R 201 to R 203 in the formula (ZI) each independently represent an organic group having no aromatic ring.
  • the aromatic ring also includes an aromatic ring containing a hetero atom.
  • the organic group having no aromatic ring as R 201 to R 203 generally has 1 to 30 carbon atoms, and preferably 1 to 20 carbon atoms.
  • Each of R 201 to R 203 is independently preferably an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an allyl group, or a vinyl group, and more preferably a linear or branched 2-oxoalkyl group or 2-oxocycloalkyl group. Alternatively, it is an alkoxycarbonylmethyl group, more preferably a linear or branched 2-oxoalkyl group.
  • the alkyl group and cycloalkyl group of R 201 to R 203 are preferably a linear alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms or a branched alkyl group having 3 to 10 carbon atoms (for example, a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, etc.). Butyl group and pentyl group), and cycloalkyl group having 3 to 10 carbon atoms (for example, cyclopentyl group, cyclohexyl group, and norbornyl group) can be mentioned.
  • R 201 to R 203 may be further substituted with a halogen atom, an alkoxy group (for example, 1 to 5 carbon atoms), a hydroxyl group, a cyano group, or a nitro group.
  • the compound (ZI-3) is a compound represented by the following general formula (ZI-3) and has a phenacylsulfonium salt structure.
  • R 1 represents an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an alkoxy group, a cycloalkoxy group, an aryl group, or an alkenyl group.
  • R 2 and R 3 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an alkoxy group, a cycloalkoxy group, or an aryl group.
  • R 2 and R 3 may be connected to each other to form a ring.
  • R 1 and R 2 may be connected to each other to form a ring.
  • RX and Ry independently represent an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an alkenyl group, an aryl group, a 2-oxoalkyl group, a 2-oxocycloalkyl group, an alkoxycarbonylalkyl group, or an alkoxycarbonylcycloalkyl group. .. RX and R y may be linked to each other to form a ring, and this ring structure may contain an oxygen atom, a nitrogen atom, a sulfur atom, a ketone group, an ether bond, an ester bond, and an amide bond.
  • Z - represents an anion.
  • the alkyl group as R 1 is not particularly limited, but may be linear or branched, preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, more preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 15 carbon atoms, and 1 to 10 carbon atoms. Alkyl groups of are more preferred.
  • the alkyl group may have a substituent.
  • the substituent is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include the above-mentioned substituent T.
  • the cycloalkyl group as R 1 is not particularly limited, but may be monocyclic or polycyclic, a cycloalkyl group having 3 to 20 carbon atoms is preferable, a cycloalkyl group having 3 to 15 carbon atoms is more preferable, and a cycloalkyl group having 3 to 15 carbon atoms is more preferable.
  • a cycloalkyl group of ⁇ 10 is more preferred.
  • Specific examples of the cycloalkyl group include a cyclopentyl group, a cyclohexyl group, and a decahydronaphthalenyl group.
  • the cycloalkyl group may have a substituent.
  • the substituent is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include the above-mentioned substituent T.
  • the alkoxy group as R 1 is not particularly limited, but an alkoxy group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms is preferable, an alkoxy group having 1 to 15 carbon atoms is more preferable, and an alkoxy group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms is further preferable.
  • the alkoxy group may have a substituent.
  • the substituent is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include the above-mentioned substituent T.
  • the cycloalkoxy group as R 1 is not particularly limited, but a cycloalkoxy group having 3 to 20 carbon atoms is preferable, a cycloalkoxy group having 3 to 15 carbon atoms is more preferable, and a cycloalkoxy group having 3 to 10 carbon atoms is further preferable.
  • the cycloalkoxy group may have a substituent.
  • the substituent is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include the above-mentioned substituent T.
  • the aryl group as R 1 is not particularly limited, but may be monocyclic or polycyclic, and an aryl group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms is preferable, an aryl group having 6 to 15 carbon atoms is more preferable, and an aryl group having 6 to 10 carbon atoms is preferable.
  • Aryl groups are more preferred.
  • the aryl group may have a substituent.
  • the substituent is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include the above-mentioned substituent T, but an alkoxy group is preferable.
  • the alkenyl group as R 1 is not particularly limited, but an alkenyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms is preferable, an alkenyl group having 1 to 15 carbon atoms is more preferable, and an alkenyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms is further preferable.
  • the alkenyl group may have a substituent.
  • the substituent is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include the above-mentioned substituent T.
  • R 1 is preferably an aryl group.
  • the alkyl group as R 2 and R 3 is not particularly limited, but may be linear or branched, and an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms is preferable, an alkyl group having 1 to 15 carbon atoms is more preferable, and an alkyl group having 1 to 15 carbon atoms is more preferable. Alkyl groups from 1 to 10 are more preferred.
  • the alkyl group may have a substituent.
  • the substituent is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include the above-mentioned substituent T.
  • the cycloalkyl group as R 2 and R 3 is not particularly limited, but may be monocyclic or polycyclic, a cycloalkyl group having 3 to 20 carbon atoms is preferable, and a cycloalkyl group having 3 to 15 carbon atoms is more preferable. A cycloalkyl group having 3 to 10 carbon atoms is more preferable. Specific examples of the cycloalkyl group include a cyclopentyl group, a cyclohexyl group, and a decahydronaphthalenyl group.
  • the cycloalkyl group may have a substituent.
  • the substituent is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include the above-mentioned substituent T.
  • the aryl groups as R 2 and R 3 are not particularly limited, but may be monocyclic or polycyclic, and an aryl group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms is preferable, an aryl group having 6 to 15 carbon atoms is more preferable, and an aryl group having 6 to 15 carbon atoms is more preferable.
  • Aryl groups of ⁇ 10 are more preferred.
  • the aryl group may have a substituent.
  • the substituent is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include the above-mentioned substituent T.
  • the alkoxy groups as R 2 and R 3 are not particularly limited, but an alkoxy group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms is preferable, an alkoxy group having 1 to 15 carbon atoms is more preferable, and an alkoxy group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms is further preferable. ..
  • the alkoxy group may have a substituent.
  • the substituent is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include the above-mentioned substituent T.
  • the cycloalkoxy groups as R 2 and R 3 are not particularly limited, but a cycloalkoxy group having 3 to 20 carbon atoms is preferable, a cycloalkoxy group having 3 to 15 carbon atoms is more preferable, and a cycloalkoxy group having 3 to 10 carbon atoms is preferable. Groups are even more preferred.
  • the cycloalkoxy group may have a substituent.
  • the substituent is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include the above-mentioned substituent T.
  • R 2 and R 3 are each independently preferably a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group or an alkoxy group, and more preferably a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group.
  • R 2 and R 3 may be connected to each other to form a ring, and examples of the ring structure include a 3- to 10-membered ring, preferably a 4- to 8-membered ring, and a 5- or 6-membered ring. More preferred. Further, R 1 and R 2 may be connected to each other to form a ring, and the ring structure may include a 3 to 10-membered ring, preferably a 4- to 8-membered ring, and a 5- or 6-membered ring. Is more preferable.
  • the alkyl groups as RX and R y are not particularly limited, but may be linear or branched, and an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms is preferable, an alkyl group having 1 to 15 carbon atoms is more preferable, and an alkyl group having 1 to 15 carbon atoms is more preferable. Alkyl groups from 1 to 10 are more preferred.
  • the alkyl group may have a substituent.
  • the substituent is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include the above-mentioned substituent T.
  • the cycloalkyl group as R X and R y is not particularly limited, may be monocyclic or polycyclic, preferably a cycloalkyl group having 3 to 20 carbon atoms, more preferably a cycloalkyl group having 3 to 15 carbon atoms, A cycloalkyl group having 3 to 10 carbon atoms is more preferable.
  • Specific examples of the cycloalkyl group include a cyclopentyl group, a cyclohexyl group, and a decahydronaphthalenyl group.
  • the cycloalkyl group may have a substituent.
  • the substituent is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include the above-mentioned substituent T.
  • Alkenyl group as R X and R y is not particularly limited, preferably an alkenyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, more preferably an alkenyl group having 1 to 15 carbon atoms, more preferably an alkenyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms .
  • the alkenyl group may have a substituent.
  • the substituent is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include the above-mentioned substituent T.
  • the aryl group as R X and R y is not particularly limited, may be monocyclic or polycyclic, preferably an aryl group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms, more preferably an aryl group having 6 to 15 carbon atoms, 6 carbon atoms Aryl groups of ⁇ 10 are more preferred.
  • the aryl group may have a substituent.
  • the substituent is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include the above-mentioned substituent T.
  • the 2-oxoalkyl groups as RX and Ry are not particularly limited, but 2-oxoalkyl having 1 to 20 carbon atoms is preferable, 2-oxoalkyl group having 1 to 15 carbon atoms is more preferable, and 1 to 15 carbon atoms are more preferable. 10 2-oxoalkyl is more preferred.
  • the 2-oxoalkyl group may have a substituent.
  • the substituent is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include the above-mentioned substituent T.
  • the 2-oxocycloalkyl group as RX and Ry is not particularly limited, but a 2-oxocycloalkyl group having 3 to 20 carbon atoms is preferable, and a 2-oxocycloalkyl group having 3 to 15 carbon atoms is more preferable. , A 2-oxocycloalkyl group having 3 to 10 carbon atoms is more preferable.
  • the 2-oxocycloalkyl group may have a substituent.
  • the substituent is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include the above-mentioned substituent T.
  • Alkoxycarbonylalkyl group as R X and R y is not particularly limited, preferably an alkoxycarbonyl group having 3 to 22 carbon atoms, more preferably an alkoxycarbonyl group having 3 to 17 carbon atoms, 3 to 12 carbon atoms Alkoxycarbonylalkyl groups of are more preferred.
  • the alkoxycarbonylalkyl group may have a substituent.
  • the substituent is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include the above-mentioned substituent T.
  • Alkoxycarbonyl cycloalkyl group as R X and R y is not particularly limited, preferably an alkoxycarbonyl cycloalkyl group having 5 to 24 carbon atoms, more preferably an alkoxycarbonyl cycloalkyl group having 5 to 19 carbon atoms, carbon atoms 5-14 alkoxycarbonylcycloalkyl groups are more preferred.
  • the alkoxycarbonylcycloalkyl group may have a substituent.
  • the substituent is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include the above-mentioned substituent T.
  • RX and R y may be linked to each other to form a ring, and this ring structure may contain an oxygen atom, a nitrogen atom, a sulfur atom, a ketone group, an ether bond, an ester bond, and an amide bond.
  • the ring structure preferably contains an oxygen atom.
  • the ring structure include aromatic or non-aromatic hydrocarbon rings, aromatic or non-aromatic heterocycles, and polycyclic fused rings in which two or more of these rings are combined.
  • Examples of the ring structure include a 3- to 10-membered ring, preferably a 4- to 8-membered ring, and more preferably a 5- or 6-membered ring.
  • the compound (ZI-4) is a compound represented by the following general formula (ZI-4).
  • l represents an integer of 0 to 2.
  • r represents an integer from 0 to 8.
  • R 13 represents a hydrogen atom, a fluorine atom, a hydroxyl group, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an alkoxy group, or an alkoxycarbonyl group.
  • R 14 represents a hydroxyl group, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an alkoxy group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, an alkylcarbonyl group, an alkylsulfonyl group, or a cycloalkylsulfonyl group.
  • R 14 is, if there are two or more, plural R 14 may being the same or different.
  • Each of R 15 independently represents an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group or a naphthyl group. Bonded to two R 15 each other may form a ring. When two R 15 are combined to form a ring together, the ring structure is an oxygen atom, a nitrogen atom, a sulfur atom, a ketone group, an ether bond, an ester bond, or an amide bond.
  • X - represents an anion.
  • the alkyl group as R 13 is not particularly limited, but may be linear or branched, preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, more preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 15 carbon atoms, and 1 to 10 carbon atoms. Alkyl groups of are more preferred.
  • the alkyl group may have a substituent.
  • the substituent is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include the above-mentioned substituent T.
  • the cycloalkyl group as R 13 is not particularly limited, but may be monocyclic or polycyclic, a cycloalkyl group having 3 to 20 carbon atoms is preferable, a cycloalkyl group having 3 to 15 carbon atoms is more preferable, and a cycloalkyl group having 3 to 15 carbon atoms is more preferable.
  • a cycloalkyl group of ⁇ 10 is more preferred.
  • Specific examples of the cycloalkyl group include a cyclopentyl group, a cyclohexyl group, and a decahydronaphthalenyl group.
  • the cycloalkyl group may have a substituent.
  • the substituent is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include the above-mentioned substituent T.
  • the alkoxy group as R 13 is not particularly limited, but an alkoxy group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms is preferable, an alkoxy group having 1 to 15 carbon atoms is more preferable, and an alkoxy group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms is further preferable.
  • the alkoxy group may have a substituent.
  • the substituent is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include the above-mentioned substituent T.
  • the alkoxycarbonyl group as R 13 is not particularly limited, but an alkoxycarbonyl group having 2 to 21 carbon atoms is preferable, an alkoxycarbonyl group having 2 to 16 carbon atoms is more preferable, and an alkoxycarbonyl group having 2 to 11 carbon atoms is further preferable. preferable.
  • the alkoxycarbonyl group may have a substituent.
  • the substituent is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include the above-mentioned substituent T.
  • the alkyl group as R 14 is not particularly limited, but may be linear or branched, preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, more preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 15 carbon atoms, and 1 to 10 carbon atoms. Alkyl groups of are more preferred.
  • the alkyl group may have a substituent.
  • the substituent is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include the above-mentioned substituent T.
  • the cycloalkyl group as R 14 is not particularly limited, but may be monocyclic or polycyclic, a cycloalkyl group having 3 to 20 carbon atoms is preferable, a cycloalkyl group having 3 to 15 carbon atoms is more preferable, and a cycloalkyl group having 3 to 15 carbon atoms is more preferable.
  • a cycloalkyl group of ⁇ 10 is more preferred.
  • Specific examples of the cycloalkyl group include a cyclopentyl group, a cyclohexyl group, and a decahydronaphthalenyl group.
  • the cycloalkyl group may have a substituent.
  • the substituent is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include the above-mentioned substituent T.
  • the alkoxy group as R 14 is not particularly limited, but an alkoxy group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms is preferable, an alkoxy group having 1 to 15 carbon atoms is more preferable, and an alkoxy group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms is further preferable.
  • the alkoxy group may have a substituent.
  • the substituent is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include the above-mentioned substituent T.
  • the alkoxycarbonyl group as R 14 is not particularly limited, but an alkoxycarbonyl group having 2 to 21 carbon atoms is preferable, an alkoxycarbonyl group having 2 to 16 carbon atoms is more preferable, and an alkoxycarbonyl group having 2 to 11 carbon atoms is further preferable. preferable.
  • the alkoxycarbonyl group may have a substituent.
  • the substituent is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include the above-mentioned substituent T.
  • the alkylcarbonyl group as R 14 is not particularly limited, but an alkylcarbonyl group having 2 to 21 carbon atoms is preferable, an alkylcarbonyl group having 2 to 16 carbon atoms is more preferable, and an alkylcarbonyl group having 2 to 11 carbon atoms is further preferable.
  • the alcoholylcarbonyl group may have a substituent.
  • the substituent is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include the above-mentioned substituent T.
  • the alkylsulfonyl group as R 14 is not particularly limited, but an alkylsulfonyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms is preferable, an alkylsulfonyl group having 1 to 15 carbon atoms is more preferable, and an alkylsulfonyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms is further preferable. preferable.
  • the alkylsulfonyl group may have a substituent.
  • the substituent is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include the above-mentioned substituent T.
  • the cycloalkylsulfonyl group as R 14 is not particularly limited, but a cycloalkylsulfonyl group having 3 to 20 carbon atoms is preferable, a cycloalkylsulfonyl group having 3 to 15 carbon atoms is more preferable, and a cycloalkylsulfonyl group having 3 to 10 carbon atoms is more preferable. A sulfonyl group is more preferred.
  • the cycloalkylsulfonyl group may have a substituent.
  • the substituent is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include the above-mentioned substituent T.
  • R 14 is, if there are two or more, plural R 14 may being the same or different.
  • the alkyl group as R 15 is not particularly limited, but may be linear or branched, preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, more preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 15 carbon atoms, and 1 to 10 carbon atoms. Alkyl groups of are more preferred.
  • the alkyl group may have a substituent.
  • the substituent is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include the above-mentioned substituent T.
  • the cycloalkyl group as R 15 is not particularly limited, may be monocyclic or polycyclic, preferably a cycloalkyl group having 3 to 20 carbon atoms, more preferably a cycloalkyl group having 3 to 15 carbon atoms, 3 carbon atoms A cycloalkyl group of ⁇ 10 is more preferred.
  • Specific examples of the cycloalkyl group include a cyclopentyl group, a cyclohexyl group, and a decahydronaphthalenyl group.
  • the cycloalkyl group may have a substituent.
  • the substituent is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include the above-mentioned substituent T.
  • the naphthyl group as R 15 may have a substituent.
  • the substituent is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include the above-mentioned substituent T.
  • the ring structure is an oxygen atom, a nitrogen atom, a sulfur atom, a ketone group, an ether bond, an ester bond, or an amide bond.
  • the ring structure preferably contains an oxygen atom.
  • the ring structure include aromatic or non-aromatic hydrocarbon rings, aromatic or non-aromatic heterocycles, and polycyclic fused rings in which two or more of these rings are combined.
  • the ring structure include a 3- to 10-membered ring, preferably a 4- to 8-membered ring, and more preferably a 5- or 6-membered ring.
  • two R 15 is an alkyl group, it is preferable to form a ring structure.
  • R 204 to R 207 each independently represent an aryl group, an alkyl group or a cycloalkyl group.
  • aryl group of R 204 to R 207 a phenyl group or a naphthyl group is preferable, and a phenyl group is more preferable.
  • the aryl group of R 204 to R 207 may be an aryl group having a heterocyclic structure having an oxygen atom, a nitrogen atom, a sulfur atom or the like.
  • Examples of the skeleton of the aryl group having a heterocyclic structure include pyrrole, furan, thiophene, indole, benzofuran, and benzothiophene.
  • the alkyl group and cycloalkyl group of R 204 to R 207 are preferably a linear alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms or a branched alkyl group having 3 to 10 carbon atoms (for example, a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, etc.). Butyl group and pentyl group), cycloalkyl group having 3 to 10 carbon atoms (for example, cyclopentyl group, cyclohexyl group, and norbornyl group) can be mentioned.
  • the aryl group, alkyl group, and cycloalkyl group of R 204 to R 207 may each have an independent substituent.
  • substituents that the aryl group, alkyl group, and cycloalkyl group of R 204 to R 207 may have include an alkyl group (for example, 1 to 15 carbon atoms) and a cycloalkyl group (for example, 3 to 15 carbon atoms). 15), aryl groups (for example, 6 to 15 carbon atoms), alkoxy groups (for example, 1 to 15 carbon atoms), halogen atoms, hydroxyl groups, phenylthio groups and the like can be mentioned.
  • Z - represents an anion.
  • the photoacid generator (B) contains a compound represented by the general formula (ZI-3) or a compound represented by the general formula (ZI-4).
  • ZI-3 a compound represented by the general formula (ZI-3)
  • ZI-4 a compound represented by the general formula
  • Z in the general formula (ZI) -, Z in the general formula (ZII) - is not particularly limited, it is preferably an anion represented by any one of the following formulas (A1) ⁇ (A3).
  • Z ⁇ in the general formula (ZI-3) or X ⁇ in the general formula (ZI-4) is not particularly limited, but is represented by any of the following general formulas (A1) to (A3). It is preferably an anion.
  • Z ⁇ in the general formula (ZI-3) and X ⁇ in the general formula (ZI-4) are anions represented by any of the following general formulas (A1) to (A3).
  • R 21 and R 22 independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, a fluorine atom, an alkyl group substituted with a fluorine atom, or a cycloalkyl group substituted with a fluorine atom.
  • at least one of R 21 and R 22 is a fluorine atom, an alkyl group substituted with a fluorine atom, or a cycloalkyl group substituted with a fluorine atom.
  • L represents a single bond or a divalent linking group.
  • X represents an organic group.
  • Rx represents an organic group.
  • R 24 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, or a fluorine atom.
  • R 23 and R 24 may be coupled to each other to form a ring.
  • R 25 , R 26 , and R 27 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, or a fluorine atom.
  • At least two of R 25 , R 26 , and R 27 may be combined with each other to form a ring.
  • the alkyl groups as R 21 and R 22 are not particularly limited, but may be linear or branched, and an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms is preferable, an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms is more preferable, and an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms is more preferable. Alkyl groups 1 to 4 are more preferred.
  • the cycloalkyl group as R 21 and R 22 is not particularly limited, but may be monocyclic or polycyclic, a cycloalkyl group having 3 to 15 carbon atoms is preferable, and a cycloalkyl group having 3 to 10 carbon atoms is more preferable. A cycloalkyl group having 3 to 6 carbon atoms is more preferable.
  • the alkyl group substituted with a fluorine atom as R 21 and R 22 is specifically an alkyl group substituted with at least one fluorine atom.
  • the alkyl group preferably has 1 to 10 carbon atoms, and more preferably 1 to 4 carbon atoms.
  • the alkyl group substituted with at least one fluorine atom is preferably a perfluoroalkyl group.
  • the cycloalkyl group substituted with a fluorine atom as R 21 and R 22 is specifically a cycloalkyl group substituted with at least one fluorine atom.
  • the alkyl group preferably has 1 to 10 carbon atoms, and more preferably 1 to 4 carbon atoms.
  • the alkyl group, the cycloalkyl group, the alkyl group substituted with the fluorine atom, and the cycloalkyl group substituted with the fluorine atom may have a substituent.
  • the substituent is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include the above-mentioned substituent T.
  • At least one of R 21 and R 22 is a fluorine atom, an alkyl group substituted with a fluorine atom, and a cycloalkyl group substituted with a fluorine atom.
  • the alkylene group, cycloalkylene group, and alkenylene group may have a substituent. It may have a substituent.
  • the substituent is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include the above-mentioned substituent T, and a fluorine atom is preferable.
  • X represents an organic group.
  • the number of carbon atoms of the organic group is not particularly limited, but is generally 1 to 30, preferably 1 to 20.
  • the organic group is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include an alkyl group and an alkoxy group.
  • the alkyl group is not particularly limited, but may be linear or branched, preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, more preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, and an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms. More preferred.
  • the alkoxy group is not particularly limited, but an alkoxy group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms is preferable, an alkoxy group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms is more preferable, and an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms is further preferable.
  • the alkyl group and the alkoxy group may have a substituent. It may have a substituent.
  • the substituent is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include the above-mentioned substituent T, and a fluorine atom is preferable.
  • X may represent an organic group containing a cyclic structure.
  • a cyclic organic group is preferable.
  • the cyclic organic group include an alicyclic group, an aryl group, and a heterocyclic group.
  • the alicyclic group may be a monocyclic type or a polycyclic type.
  • the monocyclic alicyclic group include a monocyclic cycloalkyl group such as a cyclopentyl group, a cyclohexyl group, and a cyclooctyl group.
  • polycyclic alicyclic group examples include a polycyclic cycloalkyl group such as a norbornyl group, a tricyclodecanyl group, a tetracyclodecanyl group, a tetracyclododecanyl group, and an adamantyl group.
  • alicyclic groups having a bulky structure having 7 or more carbon atoms such as a norbornyl group, a tricyclodecanyl group, a tetracyclodecanyl group, a tetracyclododecanyl group, and an adamantyl group, are preferable.
  • the aryl group may be monocyclic or polycyclic.
  • Examples of the aryl group include a phenyl group, a naphthyl group, a phenanthryl group and an anthryl group.
  • the heterocyclic group may be monocyclic or polycyclic.
  • the polycyclic type can suppress the diffusion of acid more.
  • the heterocyclic group may or may not have aromaticity.
  • Examples of the aromatic heterocycle include a furan ring, a thiophene ring, a benzofuran ring, a benzothiophene ring, a dibenzofuran ring, a dibenzothiophene ring, and a pyridine ring.
  • non-aromatic heterocycle examples include a tetrahydropyran ring, a lactone ring, a sultone ring and a decahydroisoquinoline ring.
  • lactone ring and the sultone ring examples include the lactone structure and the sultone structure exemplified in the above-mentioned resin.
  • the heterocycle in the heterocyclic group a furan ring, a thiophene ring, a pyridine ring, or a decahydroisoquinoline ring is particularly preferable.
  • the cyclic organic group may have a substituent.
  • the substituent may be, for example, an alkyl group (which may be linear or branched, preferably having 1 to 12 carbon atoms) and a cycloalkyl group (which may be monocyclic, polycyclic or spirocyclic). Often, 3 to 20 carbon atoms are preferable), an aryl group (preferably 6 to 14 carbon atoms), a hydroxyl group, an alkoxy group, an ester group, an amide group, a urethane group, a ureido group, a thioether group, a sulfonamide group, and a sulfonic acid. Examples include ester groups.
  • the carbon constituting the cyclic organic group may be carbonyl carbon.
  • the alkyl group as R 23 is not particularly limited, but may be linear or branched, preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, more preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, and 1 to 4 carbon atoms. Alkyl groups of are more preferred.
  • the cycloalkyl group as R 23 is not particularly limited, but may be monocyclic or polycyclic, a cycloalkyl group having 3 to 15 carbon atoms is preferable, a cycloalkyl group having 3 to 10 carbon atoms is more preferable, and a cycloalkyl group having 3 to 10 carbon atoms is more preferable. Cycloalkyl groups of ⁇ 6 are more preferred.
  • the alkyl group and the cycloalkyl group may have a substituent. It may have a substituent.
  • the substituent is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include the above-mentioned substituent T, and a fluorine atom is preferable.
  • R x represents an organic group.
  • the organic group as R x is the same as the organic group described as X above.
  • the alkyl group as R 24 is the same as the alkyl group described as R 23 above.
  • the cycloalkyl group as R 24 is the same as the cycloalkyl group described as R 23 above.
  • R 23 and R 24 may be coupled to each other to form a ring.
  • the ring structure is an oxygen atom, a nitrogen atom, a sulfur atom, a ketone group, an ether bond, an ester bond, an amide bond or a sulfonyl bond.
  • the ring structure include a non-aromatic heterocycle and a polycyclic condensed ring formed by combining two or more of these rings.
  • Examples of the ring structure include a 3- to 10-membered ring, preferably a 4- to 8-membered ring, and more preferably a 5- or 6-membered ring.
  • the alkyl groups as R 25 , R 26 , and R 27 are the same as the alkyl groups described as R 23 above.
  • the cycloalkyl groups as R 25 , R 26 , and R 27 are the same as the cycloalkyl groups described as R 23 above.
  • At least two of R 25 , R 26 , and R 27 may be combined with each other to form a ring.
  • this ring structure forms an oxygen atom, a nitrogen atom, a sulfur atom, a ketone group, an ether bond, an ester bond, an amide bond, and a sulfonyl bond. It may be included.
  • the ring structure include a non-aromatic hydrocarbon ring, a non-aromatic heterocycle, and a polycyclic condensed ring formed by combining two or more of these rings.
  • Examples of the ring structure include a 3- to 10-membered ring, preferably a 4- to 8-membered ring, and more preferably a 5- or 6-membered ring.
  • Bu represents a butyl group.
  • the photoacid generators (PAG-A to PAG-Z, PAG-AA to PAG-AK) used in the examples can also be preferably used.
  • the photoacid generator may be in the form of a small molecule compound or may be incorporated in a part of the polymer. Further, the form of the small molecule compound and the form incorporated in a part of the polymer may be used in combination.
  • the photoacid generator is preferably in the form of a small molecule compound.
  • the molecular weight is preferably 3,000 or less, more preferably 2,000 or less, still more preferably 1,000 or less.
  • the photoacid generator is in the form of being incorporated in a part of the polymer, it may be incorporated in a part of the resin (A) described above, or may be incorporated in a resin different from the resin (A). ..
  • the photoacid generator may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
  • the content of the photoacid generator in the composition (the total of a plurality of types, if present) is preferably 0.1 to 35% by mass, preferably 0.5 to 25% by mass, based on the total solid content of the composition. Is more preferable, 0.8 to 15% by mass is further preferable, and 1 to 10% by mass is particularly preferable.
  • the content of the photoacid generator in the composition is preferably 6% by mass or less, preferably 5% by mass or less, based on the total solid content of the composition. More preferred.
  • the photoacid generator (B) is preferably a mixture of two compounds represented by the following general formula (ZI-3).
  • R 1 represents an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an alkoxy group, a cycloalkoxy group, an aryl group, or an alkenyl group.
  • R 2 and R 3 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an alkoxy group, a cycloalkoxy group, or an aryl group.
  • R 2 and R 3 may be connected to each other to form a ring.
  • R 1 and R 2 may be connected to each other to form a ring.
  • RX and Ry independently represent an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an alkenyl group, an aryl group, a 2-oxoalkyl group, a 2-oxocycloalkyl group, an alkoxycarbonylalkyl group, or an alkoxycarbonylcycloalkyl group. .. RX and R y may be linked to each other to form a ring, and this ring structure may contain an oxygen atom, a nitrogen atom, a sulfur atom, a ketone group, an ether bond, an ester bond, and an amide bond.
  • Z ⁇ represents an anion represented by any of the following general formulas (A1) to (A3).
  • R 21 and R 22 independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, a fluorine atom, an alkyl group substituted with a fluorine atom, or a cycloalkyl group substituted with a fluorine atom.
  • at least one of R 21 and R 22 is a fluorine atom, an alkyl group substituted with a fluorine atom, or a cycloalkyl group substituted with a fluorine atom.
  • L represents a single bond or a divalent linking group.
  • X represents an organic group.
  • Rx represents an organic group.
  • R 24 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, or a fluorine atom.
  • R 23 and R 24 may be coupled to each other to form a ring.
  • R 25 , R 26 , and R 27 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, or a fluorine atom.
  • At least two of R 25 , R 26 , and R 27 may be combined with each other to form a ring.
  • the acid dissociation constant pKa values of these two kinds of acids are different by 0.5 or more. It is preferable that the difference is 1.0 or more, more preferably 1.5 or more, and even more preferably 1.5 or more.
  • the acid dissociation constant pKa represents the acid dissociation constant pKa in an aqueous solution, and is defined in, for example, Chemical Handbook (II) (Revised 4th Edition, 1993, edited by Japan Chemical Society, Maruzen Co., Ltd.). The lower the value of the acid dissociation constant pKa, the higher the acid strength. Specifically, the acid dissociation constant pKa in an aqueous solution can be actually measured by measuring the acid dissociation constant at 25 ° C. using an infinitely diluted aqueous solution. Alternatively, the following software package 1 can be used to calculate Hammett's substituent constants and values based on a database of publicly known literature values. All the values of pKa described in the present specification indicate the values obtained by calculation using the following software package 1. Software Package 1: Advanced Chemistry Development (ACD / Labs) Software V8.14 for Solaris (1994-2007 ACD / Labs).
  • the photoacid generator (B) is a mixture of two compounds represented by the general formula (ZI-3), and two acids are generated by irradiation with active light or radiation.
  • the acid dissociation constant pKa values of these two acids at 25 ° C. are preferably different by 0.5 or more, more preferably 1.0 or more, and even more preferably 1.5 or more.
  • the acid dissociation constant pKa value of the acid generated from the photoacid generator at 25 ° C. by irradiation with active light or radiation preferably satisfies pKa ⁇ -1, and more preferably pKa ⁇ -3.
  • the composition of the present invention preferably contains an acid diffusion control agent (D).
  • the acid diffusion control agent (D) acts as a quencher that traps the acid generated from the acid generator or the like during exposure and suppresses the reaction of the acid-degradable resin in the unexposed portion due to the excess generated acid.
  • a basic compound (DA) a basic compound (DB) whose basicity is reduced or eliminated by irradiation with active light or radiation, an onium salt (DC) which is a relatively weak acid with respect to an acid generator, and a nitrogen atom.
  • a low molecular weight compound (DD) having a group having a group desorbed by the action of an acid, an onium salt compound (DE) having a nitrogen atom in the cation portion, or the like can be used as an acid diffusion control agent.
  • a known acid diffusion control agent can be appropriately used.
  • the known compounds disclosed in paragraphs [0403] to [0423] of the specification and paragraphs [0259] to [0328] of US Patent Application Publication No. 2016/0274458A1 are preferably used as the acid diffusion control agent (D). can.
  • DA basic compound
  • a compound having a structure represented by the following formulas (A) to (E) can be mentioned.
  • R 200 , R 201 and R 202 may be the same or different, and each independently has a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group (preferably 1 to 20 carbon atoms), a cycloalkyl group (preferably 3 to 20 carbon atoms) or an aryl. Represents a group (6 to 20 carbon atoms).
  • R 201 and R 202 may be combined with each other to form a ring.
  • R 203 , R 204 , R 205 and R 206 may be the same or different, and each independently represents an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms.
  • the alkyl groups in the general formulas (A) and (E) may have a substituent or may be unsubstituted.
  • the alkyl group having a substituent an aminoalkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, a hydroxyalkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, or a cyanoalkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms is preferable. It is more preferable that the alkyl groups in the general formulas (A) and (E) are unsubstituted.
  • guanidine As the basic compound (DA), guanidine, aminopyrrolidin, pyrazole, pyrazoline, piperazin, aminomorpholine, aminoalkylmorpholin, piperidine and the like are preferable, and imidazole structure, diazabicyclo structure, onium hydroxide structure, onium carboxylate structure, etc.
  • a compound having a trialkylamine structure, an aniline structure or a pyridine structure, an alkylamine derivative having a hydroxyl group and / or an ether bond, an aniline derivative having a hydroxyl group and / or an ether bond, and the like are more preferable.
  • a basic compound (DB) whose basicity is reduced or eliminated by irradiation with active light or radiation (hereinafter, also referred to as “compound (DB)”) has a proton acceptor functional group and is active light or It is a compound that is decomposed by irradiation with radiation to reduce or disappear its proton accepting property, or to change from proton accepting property to acidic.
  • a proton-accepting functional group is a functional group having a group or an electron capable of electrostatically interacting with a proton, for example, a functional group having a macrocyclic structure such as a cyclic polyether, or a ⁇ -conjugated group. It means a functional group having a nitrogen atom with an unshared electron pair that does not contribute.
  • the nitrogen atom having an unshared electron pair that does not contribute to ⁇ conjugation is, for example, a nitrogen atom having a partial structure shown in the following formula.
  • Preferred partial structures of the proton acceptor functional group include, for example, crown ethers, aza-crown ethers, primary to tertiary amines, pyridines, imidazoles, and pyrazine structures.
  • the compound (DB) is decomposed by irradiation with active light or radiation to reduce or eliminate the proton acceptor property, or generate a compound in which the proton acceptor property is changed to acidic.
  • the decrease or disappearance of the proton acceptor property, or the change from the proton acceptor property to the acidity is a change in the proton acceptor property due to the addition of a proton to the proton acceptor property functional group, and is specific.
  • the acid dissociation constant pKa of the compound generated by decomposing the compound (DB) by irradiation with active light or radiation preferably satisfies pKa ⁇ -1, more preferably -13 ⁇ pKa ⁇ -1, and -13 ⁇ pKa. ⁇ -3 is more preferable.
  • the acid dissociation constant pKa represents the acid dissociation constant pKa in an aqueous solution, and is defined in, for example, Chemical Handbook (II) (Revised 4th Edition, 1993, edited by Japan Chemical Society, Maruzen Co., Ltd.). The lower the value of the acid dissociation constant pKa, the higher the acid strength. Specifically, the acid dissociation constant pKa in an aqueous solution can be actually measured by measuring the acid dissociation constant at 25 ° C. using an infinitely diluted aqueous solution. Alternatively, the following software package 1 can be used to calculate Hammett's substituent constants and values based on a database of publicly known literature values. All pKa values described herein indicate values calculated using this software package.
  • an onium salt which is a weak acid relative to the acid generator
  • DC an onium salt
  • an acid generator and an onium salt that generates an acid which is a weak acid relative to the acid generated from the acid generator
  • the acid generator is generated by active light or irradiation with radiation.
  • salt exchange releases the weak acid to produce an onium salt with a strong acid anion.
  • the strong acid is exchanged for the weak acid having a lower catalytic ability, so that the acid is apparently inactivated and the acid diffusion can be controlled.
  • the onium salt which is a weak acid relative to the acid generator, is preferably a compound represented by the following general formulas (d1-1) to (d1-3).
  • R 51 is a hydrocarbon group which may have a substituent
  • Z 2c is a hydrocarbon group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms which may have a substituent (however, carbon adjacent to S).
  • R 52 is an organic group
  • Y 3 is a linear, branched or cyclic alkylene group or arylene group
  • Rf is a fluorine atom. It is a hydrocarbon group containing, and M + is independently an ammonium cation, a sulfonium cation or an iodonium cation.
  • Preferred examples of the sulfonium cation or iodonium cation represented by M + include the sulfonium cation exemplified by the general formula (ZI) and the iodonium cation exemplified by the general formula (ZII).
  • the compound (DCA) is preferably a compound represented by any of the following general formulas (C-1) to (C-3).
  • R 1 , R 2 , and R 3 each independently represent a substituent having one or more carbon atoms.
  • L 1 represents a divalent linking group or a single bond that links the cation site and the anion site.
  • -X - is, -COO -, -SO 3 - represents an anion portion selected from -R 4 -, -SO 2 -, and -N.
  • R 1 , R 2 , R 3 , R 4 , and L 1 may be combined with each other to form a ring structure. Further, in the general formula (C-3), two of R 1 to R 3 are combined to represent one divalent substituent, which may be bonded to an N atom by a double bond.
  • Substituents having 1 or more carbon atoms in R 1 to R 3 include an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aryl group, an alkyloxycarbonyl group, a cycloalkyloxycarbonyl group, an aryloxycarbonyl group, an alkylaminocarbonyl group, and a cycloalkylamino. Examples thereof include a carbonyl group and an arylaminocarbonyl group. It is preferably an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, or an aryl group.
  • L 1 as a divalent linking group includes a linear or branched alkylene group, a cycloalkylene group, an arylene group, a carbonyl group, an ether bond, an ester bond, an amide bond, a urethane bond, a urea bond, and two kinds thereof. Examples thereof include groups formed by combining the above.
  • L 1 is preferably an alkylene group, an arylene group, an ether bond, an ester bond, or a group formed by combining two or more of these.
  • a small molecule compound (DD) having a nitrogen atom and having a group desorbed by the action of an acid has a group desorbed by the action of an acid on the nitrogen atom. It is preferably an amine derivative having.
  • an acetal group, a carbonate group, a carbamate group, a tertiary ester group, a tertiary hydroxyl group, or a hemiaminoal ether group is preferable, and a carbamate group or a hemiaminol ether group is more preferable. ..
  • the molecular weight of compound (DD) is preferably 100 to 1000, more preferably 100 to 700, and even more preferably 100 to 500.
  • Compound (DD) may have a carbamate group having a protecting group on the nitrogen atom.
  • the protecting group constituting the carbamate group can be represented by the following general formula (d-1).
  • Rb is independently a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group (preferably 1 to 10 carbon atoms), a cycloalkyl group (preferably 3 to 30 carbon atoms), an aryl group (preferably 3 to 30 carbon atoms), and an aralkyl group (preferably 3 to 30 carbon atoms). It preferably represents 1 to 10 carbon atoms) or an alkoxyalkyl group (preferably 1 to 10 carbon atoms). Rb may be connected to each other to form a ring.
  • the alkyl group, cycloalkyl group, aryl group, and aralkyl group represented by Rb are independently hydroxyl groups, cyano groups, amino groups, pyrrolidino groups, piperidino groups, morpholino groups, oxo groups and other functional groups, alkoxy groups, or alkyl groups. It may be substituted with a halogen atom. The same applies to the alkoxyalkyl group indicated by Rb.
  • Rb a linear or branched alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, or an aryl group is preferable, and a linear or branched alkyl group or a cycloalkyl group is more preferable.
  • the ring formed by connecting the two Rbs to each other include an alicyclic hydrocarbon, an aromatic hydrocarbon, a heterocyclic hydrocarbon and a derivative thereof.
  • Specific structures of the group represented by the general formula (d-1) include, but are not limited to, the structure disclosed in paragraph [0466] of the US Patent Publication No. US2012 / 0135348A1. ..
  • the compound (DD) preferably has a structure represented by the following general formula (6).
  • l represents an integer of 0 to 2
  • m represents an integer of 1 to 3
  • Ra represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aryl group or an aralkyl group.
  • the two Ras may be the same or different, and the two Ras may be interconnected to form a heterocycle with the nitrogen atom in the equation. This heterocycle may contain a heteroatom other than the nitrogen atom in the formula.
  • Rb has the same meaning as Rb in the above general formula (d-1), and the same applies to preferred examples.
  • the alkyl group, cycloalkyl group, aryl group, and aralkyl group as Ra are independently substituted with the alkyl group, cycloalkyl group, aryl group, and aralkyl group as Rb, respectively.
  • it may be substituted with a group similar to the group described above.
  • alkyl group, cycloalkyl group, aryl group, and aralkyl group of Ra include groups similar to the above-mentioned specific examples for Rb. Be done.
  • Specific structures of the particularly preferred compound (DD) in the present invention include, but are limited to, the compounds disclosed in paragraph [0475] of U.S. Patent Application Publication No. 2012/01335348A1. is not it.
  • the onium salt compound (DE) having a nitrogen atom in the cation portion is preferably a compound having a basic moiety containing a nitrogen atom in the cation portion.
  • the basic moiety is preferably an amino group, more preferably an aliphatic amino group. It is more preferable that all the atoms adjacent to the nitrogen atom in the basic moiety are hydrogen atoms or carbon atoms. Further, from the viewpoint of improving basicity, it is preferable that an electron-attracting functional group (carbonyl group, sulfonyl group, cyano group, halogen atom, etc.) is not directly bonded to the nitrogen atom.
  • Preferred specific structures of compound (DE) include, but are not limited to, the compounds disclosed in paragraph [0203] of US Patent Application Publication 2015/0309408A1.
  • a preferable example of the acid diffusion control agent (D) is shown below.
  • Quencher-A to Quencher-K used in the examples can also be preferably used.
  • the acid diffusion control agent (D) may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
  • the content of the acid diffusion control agent (D) in the composition (the total of a plurality of types, if present) is preferably 0.01 to 10% by mass, preferably 0.05 to 10% by mass, based on the total solid content of the composition. 5% by mass is more preferable.
  • the content of the acid diffusion control agent (D) in the composition (the total of a plurality of types if present) is the content of the photoacid generator (B) in the composition (if a plurality of types are present, the total thereof). In terms of molar ratio, 0.40 or less is preferable, 0.30 or less is more preferable, and 0.25 or less is further preferable.
  • the composition of the present invention may contain a hydrophobic resin (E) different from the polymer (A).
  • a hydrophobic resin (E) By containing the hydrophobic resin (E) in the composition of the present invention, it is possible to control the static / dynamic contact angle on the surface of the sensitive light-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film. This makes it possible to improve development characteristics, suppress outgas, improve immersion liquid followability in immersion exposure, reduce immersion defects, and the like.
  • the hydrophobic resin (E) is preferably designed to be unevenly distributed on the surface of the resist film, but unlike a surfactant, it does not necessarily have to have a hydrophilic group in the molecule, and a polar / non-polar substance is used. It does not have to contribute to uniform mixing.
  • Hydrophobic resin (E) from the viewpoint of uneven distribution in the film surface layer, "fluorine atom”, “silicon atom”, and is selected from the group consisting of "CH 3 partial structure contained in the side chain portion of the resin” It is preferable that the resin contains a repeating unit having at least one of them.
  • the hydrophobic resin (E) contains a fluorine atom and / or a silicon atom
  • the fluorine atom and / or the silicon atom in the hydrophobic resin (E) may be contained in the main chain of the resin, and the side chain may be contained. It may be contained in the chain.
  • the partial structure having a fluorine atom may be a resin having an alkyl group having a fluorine atom, a cycloalkyl group having a fluorine atom, or an aryl group having a fluorine atom. preferable.
  • the hydrophobic resin (E) preferably has at least one group selected from the following groups (x) to (z).
  • Examples of the acid group (x) include a phenolic hydroxyl group, a carboxylic acid group, a fluorinated alcohol group, a sulfonic acid group, a sulfonyl group, a sulfonylimide group, a (alkylsulfonyl) (alkylcarbonyl) methylene group, and (alkylsulfonyl) (alkyl).
  • Carbonyl) imide group bis (alkylcarbonyl) methylene group, bis (alkylcarbonyl) imide group, bis (alkylsulfonyl) methylene group, bis (alkylsulfonyl) imide group, tris (alkylcarbonyl) methylene group, and tris (alkylsulfonyl) ) Methylene groups and the like can be mentioned.
  • the acid group a fluorinated alcohol group (preferably a hexafluoroisopropanol group), a sulfonimide group, or a bis (alkylcarbonyl) methylene group is preferable.
  • Examples of the group (y) that decomposes due to the action of the alkaline developing solution and increases the solubility in the alkaline developing solution include a lactone group, a carboxylic acid ester group (-COO-), and an acid anhydride group (-C (O) OC). (O)-), acidimide group (-NHCONH-), carboxylic acid thioester group (-COS-), carbonate ester group (-OC (O) O-), sulfate ester group (-OSO 2 O-), and Examples thereof include a sulfonic acid ester group (-SO 2 O-), and a lactone group or a carboxylic acid ester group (-COO-) is preferable.
  • the repeating unit containing these groups is a repeating unit in which these groups are directly bonded to the main chain of the resin, and examples thereof include a repeating unit made of an acrylic acid ester and a methacrylic acid ester.
  • these groups may be bonded to the main chain of the resin via a linking group.
  • the repeating unit may be introduced into the end of the resin by using a polymerization initiator or chain transfer agent having these groups at the time of polymerization.
  • Examples of the repeating unit having a lactone group include the same repeating units having the lactone structure described above in the section of resin (A).
  • the content of the repeating unit having a group (y) that decomposes by the action of the alkaline developer and increases the solubility in the alkaline developer is 1 to 100 mol% based on all the repeating units in the hydrophobic resin (E). Is preferable, 3 to 98 mol% is more preferable, and 5 to 95 mol% is further preferable.
  • the repeating unit having a group (z) that decomposes by the action of an acid may be the same as the repeating unit having an acid-degradable group mentioned in the resin (A).
  • the repeating unit having a group (z) decomposed by the action of an acid may have at least one of a fluorine atom and a silicon atom.
  • the content of the repeating unit having the group (z) decomposed by the action of the acid is preferably 1 to 80 mol%, more preferably 10 to 80 mol%, and 20 to 20 mol% with respect to all the repeating units in the resin (E). -60 mol% is more preferred.
  • the hydrophobic resin (E) may further have a repeating unit different from the repeating unit described above.
  • the repeating unit containing a fluorine atom is preferably 10 to 100 mol%, more preferably 30 to 100 mol%, based on all the repeating units contained in the hydrophobic resin (E).
  • the repeating unit containing a silicon atom is preferably 10 to 100 mol%, more preferably 20 to 100 mol%, based on all the repeating units contained in the hydrophobic resin (E).
  • hydrophobic resin (E) comprises a CH 3 partial structure side chain moiety
  • a hydrophobic resin (E) is a form that does not contain a fluorine atom and a silicon atom substantially also preferred. Further, it is preferable that the hydrophobic resin (E) is substantially composed of only repeating units composed of only atoms selected from carbon atoms, oxygen atoms, hydrogen atoms, nitrogen atoms and sulfur atoms.
  • the weight average molecular weight of the hydrophobic resin (E) in terms of standard polystyrene is preferably more than 8,000 to 100,000, more preferably more than 8,000 to 50,000.
  • the total content of the residual monomer and / or oligomer component contained in the hydrophobic resin (E) is preferably 0.01 to 5% by mass, more preferably 0.01 to 3% by mass.
  • the dispersity (Mw / Mn) is preferably in the range of 1 to 5, and more preferably in the range of 1 to 3.
  • hydrophobic resin (E) a known resin can be appropriately selected and used alone or as a mixture thereof.
  • the known resins disclosed in paragraphs [0451]-[0704] of U.S. Patent Application Publication 2015 / 0168830A1 and paragraphs [0340]-[0356] of U.S. Patent Application Publication 2016 / 0274458A1 are hydrophobic. It can be suitably used as the sex resin (E).
  • the repeating unit disclosed in paragraphs [0177] to [0258] of US Patent Application Publication No. 2016/0237190A1 is also preferable as the repeating unit constituting the hydrophobic resin (E).
  • a preferable example of the monomer corresponding to the repeating unit constituting the hydrophobic resin (E) is shown below.
  • the hydrophobic resin (E) may be used alone or in combination of two or more. It is preferable to mix and use two or more kinds of hydrophobic resins (E) having different surface energies from the viewpoint of both immersion liquid followability and development characteristics in immersion exposure.
  • the content of the hydrophobic resin (E) in the composition is preferably 0.01 to 10% by mass, more preferably 0.05 to 8% by mass, based on the total solid content in the composition of the present invention.
  • compositions of the present invention usually contain a solvent.
  • a known resist solvent can be appropriately used.
  • paragraphs [0665]-[0670] of US Patent Application Publication 2016/0070167A1 paragraphs [0210]-[0235] of US Patent Application Publication 2015/0004544A1, US Patent Application Publication 2016/0237190A1.
  • the known solvents disclosed in paragraphs [0424] to [0426] of the specification and paragraphs [0357] to [0366] of US Patent Application Publication No. 2016/0274458A1 can be preferably used.
  • Examples of the solvent that can be used in preparing the composition include alkylene glycol monoalkyl ether carboxylate, alkylene glycol monoalkyl ether, lactic acid alkyl ester, alkyl alkoxypropionate, and cyclic lactone (preferably having 4 to 10 carbon atoms).
  • Examples thereof include organic solvents such as monoketone compounds (preferably having 4 to 10 carbon atoms) which may have a ring, alkylene carbonate, alkyl alkoxyacetate, and alkyl pyruvate.
  • a mixed solvent in which a solvent containing a hydroxyl group in the structure and a solvent not containing a hydroxyl group may be used may be used.
  • the solvent containing a hydroxyl group and the solvent not containing a hydroxyl group the above-mentioned exemplified compounds can be appropriately selected, but as the solvent containing a hydroxyl group, alkylene glycol monoalkyl ether, alkyl lactate and the like are preferable, and propylene glycol monomethyl ether is preferable. (PGME), propylene glycol monoethyl ether (PGEE), methyl 2-hydroxyisobutyrate, or ethyl lactate is more preferred.
  • alkylene glycol monoalkyl ether acetate, alkylalkoxypropionate, monoketone compound which may contain a ring, cyclic lactone, alkyl acetate and the like are preferable, and among these, propylene glycol monomethyl Ether acetate (PGMEA), ethyl ethoxypropionate, 2-heptanone, ⁇ -butyrolactone, cyclohexanone, cyclopentanone or butyl acetate are more preferred, propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, ⁇ -butyrolactone, ethyl ethoxypropionate, cyclohexanone, Cyclopentanone or 2-heptanone is more preferred.
  • PMEA propylene glycol monomethyl Ether acetate
  • ethyl ethoxypropionate 2-heptanone
  • ⁇ -butyrolactone cyclohexanone
  • Propylene carbonate is also preferable as the solvent containing no hydroxyl group.
  • the mixing ratio (mass ratio) of the solvent containing a hydroxyl group and the solvent not containing a hydroxyl group is 1/99 to 99/1, preferably 10/90 to 90/10, more preferably 20/80 to 60/40. preferable.
  • a mixed solvent containing 50% by mass or more of a solvent containing no hydroxyl group is preferable in terms of coating uniformity.
  • the solvent preferably contains propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, and may be a propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate single solvent or a mixed solvent of two or more kinds containing propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate.
  • the composition of the present invention may or may not contain a surfactant.
  • a surfactant When a surfactant is contained, a fluorine-based and / or a silicon-based surfactant (specifically, a fluorine-based surfactant, a silicon-based surfactant, or a surfactant having both a fluorine atom and a silicon atom) ) Is preferable.
  • a surfactant in the composition of the present invention, it is possible to obtain a resist pattern having good sensitivity and resolution and few adhesions and development defects when an exposure light source of 250 nm or less, particularly 220 nm or less is used.
  • fluorine-based and / or silicon-based surfactants include the surfactants described in paragraph [0276] of US Patent Application Publication No. 2008/0248425.
  • surfactants other than the fluorine-based and / or silicon-based surfactants described in paragraph [0280] of US Patent Application Publication No. 2008/0248425 can also be used.
  • surfactants may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
  • the content of the surfactant is preferably 0.0001 to 2% by mass, preferably 0.0005 to 1% by mass, based on the total solid content of the composition. More preferred.
  • the content of the surfactant is 10 ppm or more with respect to the total solid content of the composition, the uneven distribution of the surface of the hydrophobic resin is increased. As a result, the surface of the sensitive light-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film can be made more hydrophobic, and the water followability during immersion exposure is improved.
  • composition of the present invention may further contain an acid growth agent, a dye, a plasticizer, a photosensitizer, a light absorber, an alkali-soluble resin, a dissolution inhibitor, a dissolution accelerator and the like.
  • the film thickness of the actinic light-sensitive film or the radiation-sensitive film (typically, the resist film) formed from the composition of the present invention is 700 nm or more.
  • the upper limit of the film thickness is not particularly limited, but is usually 10 ⁇ m.
  • the film thickness is preferably 700 to 5000 nm, more preferably 700 to 3000 nm, and even more preferably 700 to 2000 nm.
  • Such a film thickness can be obtained by setting the solid content concentration in the composition to an appropriate range to give an appropriate viscosity and improving the coatability or film forming property.
  • the solid content concentration of the composition of the present invention is usually 8 to 40% by mass, preferably 10 to 30% by mass, and more preferably 12 to 25% by mass.
  • the solid content concentration is the mass percentage of the mass of other resist components excluding the solvent with respect to the total mass of the composition.
  • the composition of the present invention is used by dissolving the above-mentioned components in a predetermined organic solvent, preferably the above-mentioned mixed solvent, filtering the mixture, and then applying the above-mentioned components on a predetermined support (substrate).
  • the pore size of the filter used for filter filtration is preferably 0.1 ⁇ m or less, more preferably 0.05 ⁇ m or less, and even more preferably 0.03 ⁇ m or less.
  • the pore size of the filter used for filter filtration is preferably 3 ⁇ m or less, more preferably 0.5 ⁇ m or less, still more preferably 0.3 ⁇ m or less.
  • the filter is preferably made of polytetrafluoroethylene, polyethylene, or nylon.
  • filter filtration for example, as disclosed in Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2002-62667 (Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2002-62667), cyclic filtration may be performed, and a plurality of types of filters may be arranged in series or in parallel. It may be connected to and filtered.
  • the composition may be filtered a plurality of times. Further, the composition may be degassed before and after the filter filtration.
  • the composition of the present invention relates to a sensitive light-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition whose properties change in response to irradiation with active light or radiation. More specifically, the composition of the present invention comprises a semiconductor manufacturing process such as an IC (Integrated Circuit), a circuit board manufacturing such as a liquid crystal or a thermal head, a molding structure for imprinting, another photofabrication step, or a photofabrication step.
  • the present invention relates to a lithographic printing plate or a radiation-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition used for producing an acid-curable composition.
  • the resist pattern formed in the present invention can be used in an etching step, an ion implantation step, a bump electrode forming step, a rewiring forming step, a MEMS (Micro Electro Mechanical Systems), and the like.
  • the pattern forming method of the present invention is as described above.
  • (Iii) A step of developing a sensitive light or radiation sensitive film irradiated with active light or radiation having a wavelength of 200 nm or less using a developing solution (development step).
  • the pattern forming method of the present invention is not particularly limited as long as it includes the steps (i) to (iii) above, and may further include the following steps.
  • the exposure method in the (ii) exposure step may be immersion exposure.
  • the pattern forming method of the present invention preferably includes (iv) preheating (PB: PreBake) step before the (ii) exposure step.
  • the pattern forming method of the present invention preferably includes (v) post-exposure heating (PEB: Post Exposure Bake) step after the (ii) exposure step and before the (iii) development step.
  • the pattern forming method of the present invention may include (ii) exposure steps a plurality of times.
  • the pattern forming method of the present invention may include (iv) a preheating step a plurality of times.
  • the pattern forming method of the present invention may include (v) a post-exposure heating step a plurality of times.
  • the film forming step is specifically a step of forming a sensitive light-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film having a film thickness of 700 nm or more on the support by using the sensitive light-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition.
  • the above-mentioned (i) film forming step, (ii) exposure step, and (iii) developing step can be performed by a generally known method.
  • a resist underlayer film for example, SOG (Spin On Glass), SOC (Spin On Carbon), antireflection film
  • SOG Silicon On Glass
  • SOC Spin On Carbon
  • antireflection film is formed between the sensitive light-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film and the support. You may.
  • As the resist underlayer film a known organic or inorganic material can be appropriately used.
  • a protective film (top coat) may be formed on the upper layer of the sensitive light-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film.
  • a known material can be appropriately used.
  • composition for forming a protective film disclosed in US Patent Application Publication No. 2013/02444438 and International Patent Application Publication No. 2016/157988A can be preferably used.
  • the composition for forming a protective film preferably contains the above-mentioned acid diffusion control agent.
  • a protective film may be formed on the upper layer of the sensitive light-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film containing the above-mentioned hydrophobic resin.
  • the support is not particularly limited, and is generally used in a semiconductor manufacturing process such as an IC, a circuit board manufacturing process such as a liquid crystal or a thermal head, and other photolithography lithography processes.
  • a substrate can be used.
  • Specific examples of the support include an inorganic substrate such as silicon, SiO 2 , and SiN.
  • the heating temperature is preferably 70 to 130 ° C., more preferably 80 to 120 ° C. in both the (iv) preheating step and the (v) post-exposure heating step.
  • the heating time is preferably 30 to 300 seconds, more preferably 30 to 180 seconds, still more preferably 30 to 90 seconds in both the (iv) preheating step and the (v) post-exposure heating step.
  • the heating can be performed by means provided in the exposure apparatus and the developing apparatus, and may be performed by using a hot plate or the like.
  • the light source wavelength used in the exposure process is 200 nm or less. Thereby, the resolvability of the obtained pattern can be made excellent. On the other hand, when the light source wavelength exceeds 200 nm, a pattern having a desired resolution cannot be obtained in a thick film.
  • the light source if the light source wavelength is 200nm or less, in particular, without limitation, specifically, ArF excimer laser (193 nm), F 2 excimer laser (157 nm), X-ray, EUV (13 nm), or electron beam Is preferable, and ArF excimer laser, EUV or electron beam is more preferable.
  • the developing solution may be an alkaline developing solution or a developing solution containing an organic solvent (hereinafter, also referred to as an organic developing solution), but an alkaline developing solution is preferable.
  • alkaline developer a quaternary ammonium salt typified by tetramethylammonium hydroxide is usually used, but in addition to this, alkaline aqueous solutions such as inorganic alkalis, primary to tertiary amines, alcohol amines, and cyclic amines are also available. It can be used. Further, the alkaline developer may contain an appropriate amount of alcohols and / or a surfactant.
  • the alkali concentration of the alkaline developer is usually 0.1 to 20% by mass.
  • the pH of the alkaline developer is usually 10 to 15.
  • the time for developing with an alkaline developer is usually 10 to 300 seconds. The alkali concentration, pH, and development time of the alkaline developer can be appropriately adjusted according to the pattern to be formed.
  • the organic developer is a developer containing at least one organic solvent selected from the group consisting of a ketone solvent, an ester solvent, an alcohol solvent, an amide solvent, an ether solvent, and a hydrocarbon solvent. It is preferable to have it.
  • ketone solvent examples include 1-octanone, 2-octanone, 1-nonanone, 2-nonanone, acetone, 2-heptanone (methylamyl ketone), 4-heptanone, 1-hexanone, 2-hexanone, and diisobutyl ketone.
  • Cyclohexanone, methylcyclohexanone, phenylacetone, methylethylketone, methylisobutylketone, acetylacetone, acetonylacetone, ionone, diacetonyl alcohol, acetylcarbinol, acetophenone, methylnaphthylketone, isophorone, propylene carbonate and the like can be mentioned.
  • ester solvent examples include methyl acetate, butyl acetate, ethyl acetate, isopropyl acetate, pentyl acetate, isoamyl acetate, amyl acetate, propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, ethylene glycol monoethyl ether acetate, diethylene glycol monobutyl ether acetate, and diethylene glycol monoethyl.
  • the solvents disclosed in paragraphs [0715] to [0718] of US Patent Application Publication No. 2016/0070167A1 can be used.
  • a plurality of the above solvents may be mixed, or may be mixed with a solvent other than the above or water.
  • the water content of the developer as a whole is preferably less than 50% by mass, more preferably less than 20% by mass, further preferably less than 10% by mass, and particularly preferably substantially free of water.
  • the content of the organic solvent in the organic developer is preferably 50% by mass or more and 100% by mass or less, more preferably 80% by mass or more and 100% by mass or less, and 90% by mass or more and 100% by mass or less, based on the total amount of the developing solution. The following is more preferable, and 95% by mass or more and 100% by mass or less is particularly preferable.
  • the organic developer can contain an appropriate amount of a known surfactant, if necessary.
  • the content of the surfactant is usually 0.001 to 5% by mass, preferably 0.005 to 2% by mass, more preferably 0.01 to 0.5% by mass, based on the total amount of the developing solution.
  • the organic developer may contain the above-mentioned acid diffusion control agent.
  • Examples of the developing method include a method of immersing the substrate in a tank filled with a developing solution for a certain period of time (dip method), a method of raising the developing solution on the surface of the substrate by surface tension and allowing it to stand for a certain period of time (paddle method).
  • dip method a method of immersing the substrate in a tank filled with a developing solution for a certain period of time
  • paddle method a method of raising the developing solution on the surface of the substrate by surface tension and allowing it to stand for a certain period of time
  • a method of spraying the developer on the surface of the substrate spray method
  • a method of continuously ejecting the developer while scanning the developer discharge nozzle on the substrate rotating at a constant speed etc.
  • a step of developing with an alkaline aqueous solution (alkaline developing step) and a step of developing with a developer containing an organic solvent (organic solvent developing step) may be combined.
  • the pattern can be formed without dissolving only the region having an intermediate exposure intensity, so that a finer pattern can be formed.
  • pure water can be used as the rinsing solution used in the rinsing step after the developing step using the alkaline developer.
  • Pure water may contain an appropriate amount of a surfactant.
  • a process of removing the developing solution or the rinsing solution adhering to the pattern with a supercritical fluid may be added.
  • a heat treatment may be performed to remove the water remaining in the pattern.
  • the rinsing solution used in the rinsing step after the developing step using the developing solution containing an organic solvent is not particularly limited as long as it does not dissolve the resist pattern, and a general solution containing an organic solvent can be used.
  • a rinsing solution containing at least one organic solvent selected from the group consisting of a hydrocarbon solvent, a ketone solvent, an ester solvent, an alcohol solvent, an amide solvent, and an ether solvent is used. Is preferable.
  • Specific examples of the hydrocarbon solvent, the ketone solvent, the ester solvent, the alcohol solvent, the amide solvent, and the ether solvent include those similar to those described in the developing solution containing an organic solvent.
  • a rinsing liquid containing a monohydric alcohol is more preferable.
  • Examples of the monohydric alcohol used in the rinsing step include linear, branched, and cyclic monohydric alcohols. Specifically, 1-butanol, 2-butanol, 3-methyl-1-butanol, tert-butyl alcohol, 1-pentanol, 2-pentanol, 1-hexanol, 4-methyl-2-pentanol, 1 -Heptanol, 1-octanol, 2-hexanol, cyclopentanol, 2-heptanol, 2-octanol, 3-hexanol, 3-heptanol, 3-octanol, 4-octanol, and methylisobutylcarbinol can be mentioned.
  • Examples of monohydric alcohols having 5 or more carbon atoms include 1-hexanol, 2-hexanol, 4-methyl-2-pentanol, 1-pentanol, 3-methyl-1-butanol, methyl isobutyl carbinol and the like. ..
  • a plurality of each component may be mixed, or may be mixed and used with an organic solvent other than the above.
  • the water content in the rinse liquid is preferably 10% by mass or less, more preferably 5% by mass or less, and even more preferably 3% by mass or less. Good development characteristics can be obtained by setting the water content to 10% by mass or less.
  • the rinse liquid may contain an appropriate amount of a surfactant.
  • the substrate developed with an organic developer is washed with a rinsing solution containing an organic solvent.
  • the cleaning treatment method is not particularly limited, but for example, a method of continuously discharging the rinse liquid onto a substrate rotating at a constant speed (rotary coating method), or a method of immersing the substrate in a tank filled with the rinse liquid for a certain period of time.
  • a method (dip method), a method of spraying a rinse liquid on the substrate surface (spray method), or the like can be applied.
  • the cleaning treatment by the rotary coating method, and after cleaning, rotate the substrate at a rotation speed of 2,000 to 4,000 rpm to remove the rinse liquid from the substrate.
  • the heating temperature is usually 40 to 160 ° C., preferably 70 to 95 ° C.
  • the heating time is usually 10 seconds to 3 minutes, preferably 30 seconds to 90 seconds.
  • the sensitive light-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition of the present invention, and various materials used in the pattern forming method of the present invention preferably does not contain impurities such as metal components, isomers, and residual monomers.
  • the content of these impurities contained in the above-mentioned various materials is preferably 1 ppm or less, more preferably 100 ppt or less, further preferably 10 ppt or less, and substantially not contained (below the detection limit of the measuring device). Is particularly preferable.
  • the filter pore size is preferably 10 nm or less, more preferably 5 nm or less, and even more preferably 3 nm or less.
  • a filter made of polytetrafluoroethylene, polyethylene, or nylon is preferable.
  • the filter may be one that has been pre-cleaned with an organic solvent.
  • Filter In the filtration step, a plurality of types of filters may be connected in series or in parallel. When using a plurality of types of filters, filters having different pore diameters and / or materials may be used in combination.
  • various materials may be filtered a plurality of times, and the step of filtering the various materials a plurality of times may be a circulation filtration step.
  • the filter preferably has a reduced amount of eluate as disclosed in Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2016-201426 (Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2016-201426).
  • impurities may be removed by an adsorbent, or filter filtration and an adsorbent may be used in combination.
  • the adsorbent a known adsorbent can be used, and for example, an inorganic adsorbent such as silica gel or zeolite, or an organic adsorbent such as activated carbon can be used.
  • Examples of the metal adsorbent include those disclosed in Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2016-206500 (Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2016-206500). Further, as a method for reducing impurities such as metals contained in the various materials, a raw material having a low metal content is selected as a raw material constituting the various materials, and filter filtration is performed on the raw materials constituting the various materials. Alternatively, a method such as lining the inside of the apparatus with Teflon (registered trademark) or the like to perform distillation under conditions in which contamination is suppressed as much as possible can be mentioned.
  • Teflon registered trademark
  • Glass lining processing is also applied to all processes of the manufacturing equipment that synthesizes various materials (binder, PAG, etc.) of resist components, and filters are applied to the raw materials that make up various materials that are preferable in order to reduce metal to the ppt order.
  • the preferred conditions for filtration are the same as those described above.
  • a method for improving the surface roughness of the pattern may be applied to the pattern formed by the pattern forming method of the present invention.
  • the method for improving the surface roughness of the pattern include a method of treating a resist pattern with a plasma of a gas containing hydrogen disclosed in US Patent Application Publication No. 2015/010497.
  • Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2004-235468 Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2004-2354608
  • US Patent Application Publication No. 2010/0020297 Proc. of SPIE Vol.
  • a known method as described in 8328 83280N-1 “EUV Resist Curing Technology for LWR Reduction and Etch Sensitivity Enhancement” may be applied.
  • the resist pattern formed by the above method is a spacer disclosed in, for example, Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 1991-270227 (Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 3-270227) and US Patent Application Publication No. 2013/209941. It can be used as a core material (Core) for the process.
  • the aspect ratio of the cross-sectional shape from the thick film sensitive light-sensitive radiation film (the ratio of the line width of the space pattern to the film thickness of the resist pattern, that is, (thickness of the resist pattern) / (line of the space pattern) It is preferable to form a pattern having a very high width)).
  • the aspect ratio is not particularly limited, but is preferably 2 or more, more preferably 3 or more, and even more preferably 4 or more.
  • the upper limit is not particularly limited, but is, for example, 30 or less.
  • the formed resist pattern can be used for implant applications. Further, the formed resist pattern can be used for etching.
  • the present invention also relates to a method for manufacturing an electronic device, including the above-mentioned pattern forming method.
  • the electronic device manufactured by the method for manufacturing an electronic device of the present invention is suitably mounted on an electric electronic device (for example, a home appliance, an OA (Office Automation) related device, a media related device, an optical device, a communication device, etc.). Will be done.
  • an electric electronic device for example, a home appliance, an OA (Office Automation) related device, a media related device, an optical device, a communication device, etc.
  • the present invention (I) A step of forming an actinic cheilitis or radiation-sensitive film having a film thickness of 700 nm or more with an actinic cheilitis or radiation-sensitive resin composition. (Ii) A step of irradiating the above-mentioned sensitive light-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film with active light or radiation having a wavelength of 200 nm or less, and (Iii) A step of developing a sensitive light-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film irradiated with active light or radiation having a wavelength of 200 nm or less using a developing solution. A sensitive light-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition used in a pattern forming method having the above.
  • the actinic light-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition contains (A) a polymer having an acid-degradable group and (B) a photoacid generator.
  • the polymer (A) also relates to a sensitive light-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition having a repeating unit having a hydrophilic group and having a weight average molecular weight of the polymer (A) of 8000 or less.
  • the polymer (A) and the photoacid generator (B) are as described above.
  • ⁇ Polymer (A)> The structures of the polymers (A) used (Polymer-A to Polymer-V, Polymer-AA, Polymer-AB, and Polymer-AC) are shown below.
  • the weight average molecular weight (Mw), number average molecular weight (Mn), and dispersity (Mw / Mn) of the polymer (A) were measured by GPC (carrier: tetrahydrofuran (THF)) as described above (polystyrene equivalent). Is).
  • the composition ratio (mol% ratio) of the polymer was measured by 13 C-NMR (Nuclear Magnetic Resonance).
  • the polymers (Polymer-W to Polymer-Z) are not the polymer (A), they are described below for convenience.
  • Photoacid generator (B)> The structures of the photoacid generators (PAG-A to PAG-Z, PAG-AA to PAG-AK) used are shown below.
  • the structure of the acid generated by each photoacid generator by irradiation with active light or radiation is shown in Table 1 below.
  • Table 1 also shows the values of the acid dissociation constant pKa at 25 ° C. for each compound.
  • pKa is a value calculated by using software package 1.
  • the acid generated by PAG-A by irradiation with active light or radiation is the same as the acid generated by PAG-I to PAG-S and PAG-AA to PAG-AC by irradiation with active light or radiation.
  • the acid generated by PAG-B by irradiation with active light or radiation is the same as the acid generated by PAG-T by irradiation with active light or radiation.
  • the acid generated by PAG-C by irradiation with active light or radiation is the same as the acid generated by PAG-U, PAG-AD to PAG-AE by irradiation with active light or radiation.
  • the acid generated by PAG-D by irradiation with active light or radiation is the same as the acid generated by PAG-V by irradiation with active light or radiation.
  • the acid generated by PAG-E by irradiation with active light or radiation is the same as the acid generated by PAG-W and PAG-AF to PAG-AG by irradiation with active light or radiation.
  • the acid generated by PAG-F by irradiation with active light or radiation is the same as the acid generated by PAG-X by irradiation with active light or radiation.
  • the acid generated by PAG-G by irradiation with active light or radiation is the same as the acid generated by PAG-Y, PAG-AH to PAG-AI by irradiation with active light or radiation.
  • the acid generated by PAG-H by irradiation with active light or radiation is the same as the acid generated by PAG-Z and PAG-AJ to PAG-AK by irradiation with active light or radiation.
  • Surfactant-A Megafuck R-41 (manufactured by DIC Corporation)
  • PGMEA Propylene Glycol Monomethyl Ether Acetate
  • PGME Propylene glycol monomethyl ether
  • CyHx Cyclohexanone EEP: Ethylethoxypropionate
  • Ethyl lactate GBL: Gamma-butyrolactone
  • the content (% by mass) of each component other than the solvent means the content ratio with respect to the total solid content.
  • the content ratio (mass%) of the solvent used to the total solvent is shown in the table.
  • the Onishi parameters of the polymer (A) are also shown in Table 2. The Onishi parameter can be obtained by the above method.
  • ⁇ Pattern formation method (1) ArF exposure, alkaline aqueous solution development (positive)> A film thickness targeting the resist composition prepared above without providing an antireflection layer on a Si substrate (manufactured by Advanced Materials Technology) treated with hexamethyldisilazane (film thickness shown in Table 2). The coating was applied at a speed of 120 ° C. and baked (PBake; PB) for 60 seconds at a temperature of 120 ° C. to form an active light-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film (resist film) having each film thickness.
  • the space pattern width of the pattern formed after reduced projection exposure and development using an ArF excimer laser scanner (ASML, PAS5500 / 1500, wavelength 193 nm, NA 0.50) on the wafer on which the resist film is formed (hereinafter, simply space).
  • Pattern exposure was performed through a mask having a line-and-space pattern such that the width (also referred to as width) is 500 nm and the pitch width is 1500 nm.
  • PEB Post Exposure Bake; PEB), developed with 2.38% by mass of tetramethylammonium hydroxide aqueous solution (TMAHaq) for 30 seconds, rinsed with pure water, and then spin-dried. bottom.
  • PEB Post Exposure Bake
  • TMAHaq tetramethylammonium hydroxide aqueous solution
  • the formed actinic or radiation-sensitive film was measured at 16 points in a circle at a position 10 cm from the center by VM-3210 (manufactured by SCREEN), and the average value was taken as the film thickness.
  • the evaluation pattern wafer was observed with a defect evaluation device KLA2360 (manufactured by KLA), and the number of pattern cracks and pattern peeling formed in one shot (that is, a rectangle having a length of 12 mm and a width of 6 mm) was determined. It was confirmed by the defect evaluation device KLA2360.
  • the number of cracks and pattern peeling of the formed pattern is the total of the number of cracks of the formed pattern and the number of pattern peeling.
  • ⁇ Pattern formation method (2) ArF exposure, organic solvent development (negative)> A film thickness targeting the resist composition prepared above without providing an antireflection layer on a Si substrate (manufactured by Advanced Materials Technology) treated with hexamethyldisilazane (film thickness shown in Table 2). The coating was applied at a speed of 120 ° C. and baked (PBake; PB) for 60 seconds at a temperature of 120 ° C. to form an active light-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film (resist film) having each film thickness.
  • the space pattern width of the pattern formed after reduced projection exposure and development using an ArF excimer laser scanner (ASML, PAS5500 / 1500, wavelength 193 nm, NA 0.50) on the wafer on which the resist film is formed (hereinafter, simply space).
  • Pattern exposure was performed through a mask having a line-and-space pattern such that the width (also referred to as width) is 500 nm and the pitch width is 1500 nm. Then, it was baked at a temperature of 115 ° C. for 60 seconds (Post Exposure Bake; PEB), developed with nBA or MAK for 30 seconds, rinsed with pure water, and then spin-dried.
  • PEB Post Exposure Bake
  • nBA represents n-butyl acetate
  • MAK represents 2-heptanone (methylamyl ketone).
  • the film thickness was measured in the same manner as above.
  • the evaluation pattern wafer was observed with a defect evaluation device KLA2360 (manufactured by KLA), and the number of pattern cracks and pattern peeling formed in one shot (that is, a rectangle having a length of 12 mm and a width of 6 mm) was determined. It was confirmed by the defect evaluation device KLA2360.
  • the number of cracks and pattern peeling of the formed pattern is the total of the number of cracks of the formed pattern and the number of pattern peeling.
  • ⁇ Pattern formation method (3) EUV exposure, alkaline development (positive)> AL412 (manufactured by Brewer Science) was applied onto a silicon wafer and baked at 205 ° C. for 60 seconds to form an underlayer film having a film thickness of 30 nm.
  • the resist composition shown in the table was applied onto the resist composition and baked (PB) at 120 ° C. for 60 seconds to form a positive resist film having a film thickness of 700 nm.
  • the resist film was subjected to pattern irradiation using an EUV exposure apparatus (Micro Exposure Tool, NA0.3, Quadrupole, outer sigma 0.68, inner sigma 0.36, manufactured by Exitech).
  • the exposed resist film was baked (PEB) at 120 ° C. for 60 seconds, then developed with an aqueous solution of tetramethylammonium hydroxide (TMAH, 2.38% by mass) (TMAHaq) for 30 seconds, and then rinsed with pure water for 30 seconds. ..
  • TMAH tetramethylammonium hydroxide
  • TMAHaq tetramethylammonium hydroxide
  • a silicon wafer was rotated at a rotation speed of 1500 rpm for 30 seconds and further baked at 90 ° C. for 60 seconds to obtain a line-and-space pattern having a pitch of 80 nm and a line width of 40 nm (space width of 40 nm).
  • the film thickness was measured in the same manner as above.
  • the evaluation pattern wafer was observed with a defect evaluation device KLA2360 (manufactured by KLA), and the number of pattern cracks and pattern peeling formed in one shot (that is, a rectangle having a length of 12 mm and a width of 6 mm) was determined. It was confirmed by the defect evaluation device KLA2360.
  • the number of cracks and pattern peeling of the formed pattern is the total of the number of cracks of the formed pattern and the number of pattern peeling.
  • ⁇ Pattern formation method (4) KrF exposure, alkaline aqueous solution development (positive)>
  • the film thickness was measured in the same manner as above.
  • ⁇ Pattern formation method (5) i-line exposure, alkaline aqueous solution development (positive)>
  • an i-line excimer laser scanner (CANON FPA-3000i5 +, wavelength 365 nm) is used instead of the ArF excimer laser scanner (ASML, PAS5500 / 1500, wavelength 193 nm, NA0.50).
  • a pattern was formed in the same manner as in the pattern forming method (1), except that a pattern wafer for evaluation having a substrate and a pattern formed on the surface of the substrate was obtained.
  • the film thickness was measured in the same manner as above.
  • a pattern when a pattern is formed from a thick film (having a thickness of 700 nm or more), an actinic light-sensitive radiation-sensitive film, the resolution is excellent, and cracks in the resist pattern and peeling of the resist pattern are prevented. It is possible to provide a pattern forming method using a suppressable actinic or radiation-sensitive resin composition, a method for producing an electronic device, and an actinic or radiation-sensitive resin composition.

Abstract

The present invention provides a pattern formation method having (i) a step for forming an actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film 700 nm or more thick by a specific actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, (ii) a step for irradiating the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film with actinic rays or radiation of a wavelength of 200 nm or less, and (iii) a step for developing the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film that has been irradiated with actinic rays or radiation of a wavelength of 200 nm or less by a developer; a method for producing an electronic device; and an actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition.

Description

パターン形成方法、電子デバイスの製造方法、及び感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物Pattern forming method, manufacturing method of electronic device, and sensitive light-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition
 本発明は、パターン形成方法、電子デバイスの製造方法、感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物に関する。 The present invention relates to a pattern forming method, a method for manufacturing an electronic device, a sensitive light-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition.
 KrFエキシマレーザー(248nm)用レジスト以降、光吸収による感度低下を補うべく、化学増幅を利用したパターン形成方法が用いられている。例えば、ポジ型の化学増幅法では、まず、露光部に含まれる光酸発生剤が、光照射により分解して酸を発生する。そして、露光後のベーク(PEB:Post Exposure Bake)過程等において、発生した酸の触媒作用により、感光性組成物に含まれるアルカリ不溶性の基をアルカリ可溶性の基に変化させる。その後、例えばアルカリ溶液を用いて、現像を行う。これにより、露光部を除去して、所望のパターンを得る。
 上記方法において、アルカリ現像液としては、種々のものが提案されている。例えば、このアルカリ現像液として、2.38質量%TMAH(テトラメチルアンモニウムヒドロキシド水溶液)の水系アルカリ現像液が汎用的に用いられている。
Since the resist for KrF excimer laser (248 nm), a pattern forming method using chemical amplification has been used to compensate for the decrease in sensitivity due to light absorption. For example, in the positive chemical amplification method, first, the photoacid generator contained in the exposed portion is decomposed by light irradiation to generate an acid. Then, in the post-exposure baking (PEB: Post Exposure Bake) process or the like, the alkali-insoluble group contained in the photosensitive composition is changed to the alkali-soluble group by the catalytic action of the generated acid. After that, development is performed using, for example, an alkaline solution. As a result, the exposed portion is removed to obtain a desired pattern.
In the above method, various alkaline developers have been proposed. For example, as this alkaline developer, a 2.38 mass% TMAH (tetramethylammonium hydroxide aqueous solution) aqueous alkaline developer is generally used.
 半導体素子の微細化のために、露光光源の短波長化及び投影レンズの高開口数(高NA)化が進み、現在では、193nmの波長を有するArFエキシマレーザーを光源とする露光機が開発されている。解像力を更に高める技術として、投影レンズと試料との間に高屈折率の液体(以下、「液浸液」ともいう)を満たす方法(即ち、液浸法)が提唱されている。
 特許文献1には、(ア)(A)酸の作用により極性が増大して有機溶剤を含む現像液に対する溶解性が減少する樹脂と、(B)活性光線又は放射線の照射により酸を発生する化合物と、(C)溶剤とを含有する化学増幅型レジスト組成物により膜厚が200nm以上の膜を形成する工程、(イ)該膜を露光する工程、及び(ウ)該露光された膜を、有機溶剤を含む現像液で現像する工程、を含むネガ型パターン形成方法が記載されている。
 特許文献2には、(A)酸の作用によりアルカリ現像液に対する溶解速度が増加する樹脂、及び、(B)活性光線の照射により酸を発生する化合物を含有するイオン注入工程用ポジ型レジスト組成物であって、該ポジ型レジスト組成物より形成したレジスト膜の193nmに対する透過率が30~60%であることを特徴とするイオン注入工程用ポジ型レジスト組成物が記載されている。
Due to the miniaturization of semiconductor devices, the wavelength of the exposure light source has been shortened and the numerical aperture (NA) of the projection lens has been increased. Currently, an exposure machine using an ArF excimer laser having a wavelength of 193 nm as a light source has been developed. ing. As a technique for further enhancing the resolving power, a method (that is, an immersion method) of filling a liquid having a high refractive index (hereinafter, also referred to as "immersion liquid") between the projection lens and the sample has been proposed.
Patent Document 1 describes (a) a resin whose polarity is increased by the action of an acid and whose solubility in a developing solution containing an organic solvent is reduced, and (B) an acid is generated by irradiation with active light or radiation. A step of forming a film having a film thickness of 200 nm or more by a chemically amplified resist composition containing a compound and (C) a solvent, (a) a step of exposing the film, and (c) the exposed film. , A method of forming a negative pattern including a step of developing with a developer containing an organic solvent.
Patent Document 2 describes a positive resist composition for an ion implantation process containing (A) a resin whose dissolution rate in an alkaline developer is increased by the action of an acid, and (B) a compound that generates an acid by irradiation with active light. Described is a positive resist composition for an ion implantation process, which comprises a resist film formed from the positive resist composition having a permeability of 30 to 60% with respect to 193 nm.
日本国特開2012-133329号公報Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2012-133329 日本国特開2006-189713号公報Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2006-189713
 一方、近年、各種電子デバイスの高機能化が求められており、それに伴い、微細加工に用いられるレジストパターンのより一層の特性向上が求められている。
 そこで、本発明者らは、厚膜(700nm以上の厚さを有する)のレジストパターンにおけるレジスト性能の向上について検討したところ、優れた解像性、並びに、レジストパターンにおけるクラック(割れ)及びレジストパターンの剥がれを抑制することを両立することは非常に困難であることを見出した。
 本発明の課題は、厚膜(700nm以上の厚さを有する)の感活性光線性感放射線性膜からパターンを形成する場合において、解像性に優れ、かつレジストパターンにおけるクラック及びレジストパターンの剥がれを抑制可能な感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物を用いたパターン形成方法、電子デバイスの製造方法、及び感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物を提供することにある。
On the other hand, in recent years, there has been a demand for higher functionality of various electronic devices, and along with this, there is a demand for further improvement in the characteristics of resist patterns used for microfabrication.
Therefore, the present inventors examined the improvement of the resist performance in the resist pattern of a thick film (having a thickness of 700 nm or more), and found that the resist pattern had excellent resolution and cracks and resist patterns in the resist pattern. It was found that it is very difficult to suppress the peeling of the material at the same time.
An object of the present invention is that when a pattern is formed from a thick film (having a thickness of 700 nm or more), an actinic light-sensitive radiation-sensitive film, the resolution is excellent, and cracks in the resist pattern and peeling of the resist pattern are prevented. It is an object of the present invention to provide a pattern forming method using a suppressable actinic or radiation-sensitive resin composition, a method for producing an electronic device, and an actinic or radiation-sensitive resin composition.
 すなわち、本発明者らは、以下の構成により上記課題が解決できることを見出した。 That is, the present inventors have found that the above problem can be solved by the following configuration.
[1]
(i)感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物によって膜厚700nm以上の感活性光線性又は感放射線性膜を形成する工程、
(ii)上記感活性光線性又は感放射線性膜に波長200nm以下の活性光線又は放射線を照射する工程、及び、
(iii)上記波長200nm以下の活性光線又は放射線が照射された感活性光線性又は感放射線性膜を、現像液を用いて現像する工程、
を有するパターン形成方法であって、
 上記感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物は、(A)酸分解性基を有する重合体、及び(B)光酸発生剤を含有し、
 上記(A)重合体は親水基を有する繰り返し単位を有し、上記(A)重合体の重量平均分子量が8000以下である、パターン形成方法。
[1]
(I) A step of forming an actinic cheilitis or radiation-sensitive film having a film thickness of 700 nm or more with an actinic cheilitis or radiation-sensitive resin composition.
(Ii) A step of irradiating the above-mentioned sensitive light-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film with active light or radiation having a wavelength of 200 nm or less, and
(Iii) A step of developing a sensitive light-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film irradiated with active light or radiation having a wavelength of 200 nm or less using a developing solution.
It is a pattern forming method having
The actinic light-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition contains (A) a polymer having an acid-degradable group and (B) a photoacid generator.
A pattern forming method, wherein the polymer (A) has a repeating unit having a hydrophilic group, and the weight average molecular weight of the polymer (A) is 8000 or less.
[2]
 上記(B)光酸発生剤が下記一般式(ZI-3)で表される化合物又は下記一般式(ZI-4)で表される化合物を含む、[1]に記載のパターン形成方法。
[2]
The pattern forming method according to [1], wherein the (B) photoacid generator contains a compound represented by the following general formula (ZI-3) or a compound represented by the following general formula (ZI-4).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000008
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000008
 上記一般式(ZI-3)中、
は、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、アルコキシ基、シクロアルコキシ基、アリール基、又はアルケニル基を表す。
及びRは、各々独立に、水素原子、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、アルコキシ基、シクロアルコキシ基、又はアリール基を表す。RとRが互いに連結して環を形成してもよい。
とRは、互いに連結して環を形成してもよい。
及びRは、各々独立に、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、アルケニル基、アリール基、2-オキソアルキル基、2-オキソシクロアルキル基、アルコキシカルボニルアルキル基、又はアルコキシカルボニルシクロアルキル基を表す。RとRが互いに連結して環を形成してもよく、この環構造は酸素原子、窒素原子、硫黄原子、ケトン基、エーテル結合、エステル結合、アミド結合を含んでいてもよい。
は、アニオンを表す。
In the above general formula (ZI-3),
R 1 represents an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an alkoxy group, a cycloalkoxy group, an aryl group, or an alkenyl group.
R 2 and R 3 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an alkoxy group, a cycloalkoxy group, or an aryl group. R 2 and R 3 may be connected to each other to form a ring.
R 1 and R 2 may be connected to each other to form a ring.
RX and Ry independently represent an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an alkenyl group, an aryl group, a 2-oxoalkyl group, a 2-oxocycloalkyl group, an alkoxycarbonylalkyl group, or an alkoxycarbonylcycloalkyl group. .. RX and R y may be linked to each other to form a ring, and this ring structure may contain an oxygen atom, a nitrogen atom, a sulfur atom, a ketone group, an ether bond, an ester bond, and an amide bond.
Z - represents an anion.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000009
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000009
 一般式(ZI-4)中、
 lは0~2の整数を表す。
 rは0~8の整数を表す。
 R13は水素原子、フッ素原子、水酸基、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、アルコキシ基、又はアルコキシカルボニル基を表す。
 R14は、水酸基、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、アルコキシ基、アルコキシカルボニル基、アルキルカルボニル基、アルキルスルホニル基、又はシクロアルキルスルホニル基を表す。R14は、複数存在する場合は、複数のR14は、互いに同一であっても異なっていてもよい。
 R15は各々独立して、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基又はナフチル基を表す。2つのR15が互いに結合して環を形成してもよい。2つのR15が互いに結合して環を形成するとき、この環構造は酸素原子、窒素原子、硫黄原子、ケトン基、エーテル結合、エステル結合、アミド結合を含んでいてもよい。
 Xは、アニオンを表す。
In the general formula (ZI-4),
l represents an integer of 0 to 2.
r represents an integer from 0 to 8.
R 13 represents a hydrogen atom, a fluorine atom, a hydroxyl group, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an alkoxy group, or an alkoxycarbonyl group.
R 14 represents a hydroxyl group, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an alkoxy group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, an alkylcarbonyl group, an alkylsulfonyl group, or a cycloalkylsulfonyl group. R 14 is, if there are two or more, plural R 14 may being the same or different.
Each of R 15 independently represents an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group or a naphthyl group. Bonded to two R 15 each other may form a ring. When two R 15 are combined to form a ring together, the ring structure is an oxygen atom, a nitrogen atom, a sulfur atom, a ketone group, an ether bond, an ester bond, or an amide bond.
X - represents an anion.
[3]
 上記Z又は上記Xが、下記一般式(A1)~(A3)のいずれかで表されるアニオンである[2]に記載のパターン形成方法。
[3]
The Z - or the wherein X -, a pattern forming method according to an anion represented by any one of the following formulas (A1) ~ (A3) [ 2].
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000010
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000010
 上記一般式(A1)中、
21、R22は、各々独立に、水素原子、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、フッ素原子、フッ素原子で置換されたアルキル基、又はフッ素原子で置換されたシクロアルキル基を表す。ただし、R21、R22の少なくとも一つは、フッ素原子、フッ素原子で置換されたアルキル基、フッ素原子で置換されたシクロアルキル基である。
Lは単結合又は2価の連結基を表す。
Xは有機基を表す。
 上記一般式(A2)中、
23は、水素原子、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、フッ素原子、-C(=O)-Rx、又は-S(=O)-Rxを表す。Rxは有機基を表す。
24は水素原子、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、又はフッ素原子を表す。
は、-C(=O)-又は-S(=O)-を表す。
23とR24は互いに結合して環を形成していてもよい。
 上記一般式(A3)中、
25、R26、R27は、各々独立に、水素原子、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、又はフッ素原子を表す。
~Aは、各々独立に、-C(=O)-又は-S(=O)-を表す。
25、R26、R27の少なくとも2つが互いに結合して環を形成してもよい。
In the above general formula (A1),
R 21 and R 22 independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, a fluorine atom, an alkyl group substituted with a fluorine atom, or a cycloalkyl group substituted with a fluorine atom. However, at least one of R 21 and R 22 is a fluorine atom, an alkyl group substituted with a fluorine atom, or a cycloalkyl group substituted with a fluorine atom.
L represents a single bond or a divalent linking group.
X represents an organic group.
In the above general formula (A2),
R 23 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, a fluorine atom, -C (= O) -Rx, or -S (= O) 2- Rx. Rx represents an organic group.
R 24 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, or a fluorine atom.
A 1 represents -C (= O)-or -S (= O) 2- .
R 23 and R 24 may be coupled to each other to form a ring.
In the above general formula (A3),
R 25 , R 26 , and R 27 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, or a fluorine atom.
A 2 to A 4 independently represent -C (= O)-or -S (= O) 2-.
At least two of R 25 , R 26 , and R 27 may be combined with each other to form a ring.
[4]
 上記(A)重合体の大西パラメータが4.2以下である、[1]~[3]のいずれか1項に記載のパターン形成方法。
[5]
 上記(A)重合体は親水基を有する繰り返し単位を2種以上有し、かつ上記繰り返し単位はそれぞれ異なる、[1]~[4]のいずれか1項に記載のパターン形成方法。
[6]
 上記(A)重合体は親水基を有する繰り返し単位を3種以上有し、かつ上記繰り返し単位はそれぞれ異なる、[5]に記載のパターン形成方法。
[4]
The pattern forming method according to any one of [1] to [3], wherein the Onishi parameter of the polymer (A) is 4.2 or less.
[5]
The pattern forming method according to any one of [1] to [4], wherein the polymer (A) has two or more repeating units having a hydrophilic group, and the repeating units are different from each other.
[6]
The pattern forming method according to [5], wherein the polymer (A) has three or more types of repeating units having a hydrophilic group, and the repeating units are different from each other.
[7]
 上記親水基を有する繰り返し単位は、カルボキシ基又は水酸基を有する繰り返し単位を含む、[1]~[6]のいずれか1項に記載のパターン形成方法。
[8]
 上記親水基を有する繰り返し単位は、カルボキシ基を有する繰り返し単位を含む、[1]~[7]のいずれか1項に記載のパターン形成方法。
[9]
 上記(A)重合体が、カルボキシ基を有する繰り返し単位と水酸基を有する繰り返し単位をそれぞれ1種以上有する、[1]~[8]のいずれか1項に記載のパターン形成方法。
[7]
The pattern forming method according to any one of [1] to [6], wherein the repeating unit having a hydrophilic group includes a repeating unit having a carboxy group or a hydroxyl group.
[8]
The pattern forming method according to any one of [1] to [7], wherein the repeating unit having a hydrophilic group includes a repeating unit having a carboxy group.
[9]
The pattern forming method according to any one of [1] to [8], wherein the polymer (A) has at least one repeating unit having a carboxy group and one or more repeating units having a hydroxyl group.
[10]
 上記カルボキシ基を有する繰り返し単位が、下記一般式(1)で表される繰り返し単位である、[9]に記載のパターン形成方法。
[10]
The pattern forming method according to [9], wherein the repeating unit having a carboxy group is a repeating unit represented by the following general formula (1).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000011
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000011
 上記一般式(1)中、
31は水素原子、又はアルキル基を表す。
31は単結合又は(r+1)価の連結基を表す。
Yはカルボキシ基を表す。
rは、1以上の整数を表す。
In the above general formula (1),
R 31 represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group.
A 31 represents a single bond or a (r + 1) valent linking group.
Y represents a carboxy group.
r represents an integer of 1 or more.
[11]
 上記水酸基を有する繰り返し単位が、下記一般式(2)で表される繰り返し単位である、[9]又は[10]に記載のパターン形成方法。
[11]
The pattern forming method according to [9] or [10], wherein the repeating unit having a hydroxyl group is a repeating unit represented by the following general formula (2).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000012
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000012
 上記一般式(2)中、
41は水素原子、又はアルキル基を表す。
41は単結合又は(s+1)価の連結基を表す。但し、A41は、芳香環を有さない。
Zは水酸基を表す。
sは1以上の整数を表す。
In the above general formula (2),
R 41 represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group.
A 41 represents a single bond or (s + 1) valent linking group. However, A 41 does not have an aromatic ring.
Z represents a hydroxyl group.
s represents an integer of 1 or more.
[12]
 上記(A)重合体の重量平均分子量が7000以下である、[1]~[11]のいずれか1項に記載のパターン形成方法。
[13]
 上記(A)重合体の重量平均分子量が6000以下である、[1]~[12]のいずれか1項に記載のパターン形成方法。
[12]
The pattern forming method according to any one of [1] to [11], wherein the weight average molecular weight of the polymer (A) is 7,000 or less.
[13]
The pattern forming method according to any one of [1] to [12], wherein the weight average molecular weight of the polymer (A) is 6000 or less.
[14]
 上記(B)光酸発生剤が、下記一般式(ZI-3)で表される化合物2種の混合物である、[1]~[13]のいずれか1項に記載のパターン形成方法。
[14]
The pattern forming method according to any one of [1] to [13], wherein the photoacid generator (B) is a mixture of two compounds represented by the following general formula (ZI-3).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000013
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000013
 上記一般式(ZI-3)中、
は、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、アルコキシ基、シクロアルコキシ基、アリール基、又はアルケニル基を表す。
及びRは、各々独立に、水素原子、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、アルコキシ基、シクロアルコキシ基、又はアリール基を表す。RとRが互いに連結して環を形成してもよい。
とRは、互いに連結して環を形成してもよい。
及びRは、各々独立に、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、アルケニル基、アリール基、2-オキソアルキル基、2-オキソシクロアルキル基、アルコキシカルボニルアルキル基、又はアルコキシカルボニルシクロアルキル基を表す。RとRが互いに連結して環を形成してもよく、この環構造は酸素原子、窒素原子、硫黄原子、ケトン基、エーテル結合、エステル結合、アミド結合を含んでいてもよい。
は、下記一般式(A1)~(A3)のいずれかで表されるアニオンを表す。
In the above general formula (ZI-3),
R 1 represents an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an alkoxy group, a cycloalkoxy group, an aryl group, or an alkenyl group.
R 2 and R 3 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an alkoxy group, a cycloalkoxy group, or an aryl group. R 2 and R 3 may be connected to each other to form a ring.
R 1 and R 2 may be connected to each other to form a ring.
RX and Ry independently represent an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an alkenyl group, an aryl group, a 2-oxoalkyl group, a 2-oxocycloalkyl group, an alkoxycarbonylalkyl group, or an alkoxycarbonylcycloalkyl group. .. RX and R y may be linked to each other to form a ring, and this ring structure may contain an oxygen atom, a nitrogen atom, a sulfur atom, a ketone group, an ether bond, an ester bond, and an amide bond.
Z represents an anion represented by any of the following general formulas (A1) to (A3).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000014
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000014
 上記一般式(A1)中、
21、R22は、各々独立に、水素原子、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、フッ素原子、フッ素原子で置換されたアルキル基、又はフッ素原子で置換されたシクロアルキル基を表す。ただし、R21、R22の少なくとも一つは、フッ素原子、フッ素原子で置換されたアルキル基、フッ素原子で置換されたシクロアルキル基である。
Lは単結合又は2価の連結基を表す。
Xは有機基を表す。
 上記一般式(A2)中、
23は、水素原子、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、フッ素原子、-C(=O)-Rx、又は-S(=O)-Rxを表す。Rxは有機基を表す。
24は水素原子、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、又はフッ素原子を表す。
は、-C(=O)-又は-S(=O)-を表す。
23とR24は互いに結合して環を形成していてもよい。
 上記一般式(A3)中、
25、R26、R27は、各々独立に、水素原子、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、又はフッ素原子を表す。
~Aは、各々独立に、-C(=O)-又は-S(=O)-を表す。
25、R26、R27の少なくとも2つが互いに結合して環を形成してもよい。
In the above general formula (A1),
R 21 and R 22 independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, a fluorine atom, an alkyl group substituted with a fluorine atom, or a cycloalkyl group substituted with a fluorine atom. However, at least one of R 21 and R 22 is a fluorine atom, an alkyl group substituted with a fluorine atom, or a cycloalkyl group substituted with a fluorine atom.
L represents a single bond or a divalent linking group.
X represents an organic group.
In the above general formula (A2),
R 23 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, a fluorine atom, -C (= O) -Rx, or -S (= O) 2- Rx. Rx represents an organic group.
R 24 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, or a fluorine atom.
A 1 represents -C (= O)-or -S (= O) 2- .
R 23 and R 24 may be coupled to each other to form a ring.
In the above general formula (A3),
R 25 , R 26 , and R 27 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, or a fluorine atom.
A 2 to A 4 independently represent -C (= O)-or -S (= O) 2-.
At least two of R 25 , R 26 , and R 27 may be combined with each other to form a ring.
[15]
 上記(B)光酸発生剤が、上記一般式(ZI-3)で表される化合物2種の混合物であり、活性光線又は放射線の照射により2種の酸を発生し、これら2種の酸の25℃における酸解離定数pKa値が0.5以上異なる、[14]に記載のパターン形成方法。
[15]
The photoacid generator (B) is a mixture of two compounds represented by the general formula (ZI-3), and two acids are generated by irradiation with active light or radiation, and these two acids are generated. The pattern forming method according to [14], wherein the acid dissociation constant pKa value at 25 ° C. differs by 0.5 or more.
[16]
 上記(B)光酸発生剤の含有量が、上記感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物の全固形分を基準として、6質量%以下である、[1]~[15]のいずれか1項に記載のパターン形成方法。
[16]
Any of [1] to [15], wherein the content of the photoacid generator (B) is 6% by mass or less based on the total solid content of the actinic cheilitis or radiation-sensitive resin composition. The pattern forming method according to item 1.
[17]
 上記感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物が(D)酸拡散制御剤を含み、上記(D)酸拡散制御剤の含有量が、上記(B)光酸発生剤の含有量に対して、モル比で0.40以下である、[1]~[16]のいずれか1項に記載のパターン形成方法。
[17]
The actinic light-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition contains (D) an acid diffusion control agent, and the content of the (D) acid diffusion control agent is higher than the content of the (B) photoacid generator. The pattern forming method according to any one of [1] to [16], wherein the molar ratio is 0.40 or less.
[18]
 上記現像液がアルカリ現像液である、[1]~[17]のいずれか1項に記載のパターン形成方法。
[19]
 [1]~[18]のいずれか1項に記載のパターン形成方法を含む、電子デバイスの製造方法。
[18]
The pattern forming method according to any one of [1] to [17], wherein the developer is an alkaline developer.
[19]
A method for manufacturing an electronic device, which comprises the pattern forming method according to any one of [1] to [18].
[20]
(i)感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物によって膜厚700nm以上の感活性光線性又は感放射線性膜を形成する工程、
(ii)上記感活性光線性又は感放射線性膜に波長200nm以下の活性光線又は放射線を照射する工程、及び、
(iii)上記波長200nm以下の活性光線又は放射線が照射された感活性光線性又は感放射線性膜を、現像液を用いて現像する工程、
を有するパターン形成方法に用いられる感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物であって、
 上記感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物は、(A)酸分解性基を有する重合体、及び(B)光酸発生剤を含有し、
 上記(A)重合体は親水基を有する繰り返し単位を有し、上記(A)重合体の重量平均分子量が8000以下である、感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物。
[20]
(I) A step of forming an actinic cheilitis or radiation-sensitive film having a film thickness of 700 nm or more with an actinic cheilitis or radiation-sensitive resin composition.
(Ii) A step of irradiating the above-mentioned sensitive light-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film with active light or radiation having a wavelength of 200 nm or less, and
(Iii) A step of developing a sensitive light-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film irradiated with active light or radiation having a wavelength of 200 nm or less using a developing solution.
A sensitive light-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition used in a pattern forming method having the above.
The actinic light-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition contains (A) a polymer having an acid-degradable group and (B) a photoacid generator.
The polymer (A) has a repeating unit having a hydrophilic group, and the weight average molecular weight of the polymer (A) is 8000 or less.
 本発明によれば、厚膜(700nm以上の厚さを有する)の感活性光線性感放射線性膜からパターンを形成する場合において、解像性に優れ、かつレジストパターンにおけるクラック及びレジストパターンの剥がれを抑制可能な感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物を用いたパターン形成方法、電子デバイスの製造方法、及び感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物を提供することができる。 According to the present invention, when a pattern is formed from a thick film (having a thickness of 700 nm or more), an actinic light-sensitive radiation-sensitive film, the resolution is excellent, and cracks in the resist pattern and peeling of the resist pattern are prevented. It is possible to provide a pattern forming method using a suppressable actinic or radiation-sensitive resin composition, a method for producing an electronic device, and an actinic or radiation-sensitive resin composition.
 以下、本発明について詳細に説明する。
 以下に記載する構成要件の説明は、本発明の代表的な実施態様に基づいてなされることがあるが、本発明はそのような実施態様に限定されない。
 本明細書中における基(原子団)の表記について、置換及び無置換を記していない表記は、置換基を有さないものと共に置換基を有するものをも包含する。例えば、「アルキル基」とは、置換基を有さないアルキル基(無置換アルキル基)のみならず、置換基を有するアルキル基(置換アルキル基)をも包含する。また、本明細書中における「有機基」とは、少なくとも1個の炭素原子を含む基をいう。
Hereinafter, the present invention will be described in detail.
The description of the constituent elements described below may be based on typical embodiments of the present invention, but the present invention is not limited to such embodiments.
Regarding the notation of a group (atomic group) in the present specification, the notation that does not describe substitution or non-substitution includes those having no substituent as well as those having a substituent. For example, the "alkyl group" includes not only an alkyl group having no substituent (unsubstituted alkyl group) but also an alkyl group having a substituent (substituted alkyl group). Further, the "organic group" in the present specification means a group containing at least one carbon atom.
 また、本明細書において、「置換基を有していてもよい」というときの置換基の種類、置換基の位置、及び、置換基の数は特に限定されない。置換基の数は例えば、1つ、2つ、3つ、又はそれ以上であってもよい。置換基の例としては水素原子を除く1価の非金属原子団を挙げることができ、例えば、以下の置換基Tから選択することができる。 Further, in the present specification, the type of the substituent, the position of the substituent, and the number of the substituents when "may have a substituent" are not particularly limited. The number of substituents may be, for example, one, two, three, or more. Examples of the substituent include a monovalent non-metal atomic group excluding a hydrogen atom, and for example, the following substituent T can be selected.
(置換基T)
 置換基Tとしては、フッ素原子、塩素原子、臭素原子及びヨウ素原子等のハロゲン原子;メトキシ基、エトキシ基及びtert-ブトキシ基等のアルコキシ基;フェノキシ基及びp-トリルオキシ基等のアリールオキシ基;メトキシカルボニル基、ブトキシカルボニル基及びフェノキシカルボニル基等のアルコキシカルボニル基;アセトキシ基、プロピオニルオキシ基及びベンゾイルオキシ基等のアシルオキシ基;アセチル基、ベンゾイル基、イソブチリル基、アクリロイル基、メタクリロイル基及びメトキサリル基等のアシル基;メチルスルファニル基及びtert-ブチルスルファニル基等のアルキルスルファニル基;フェニルスルファニル基及びp-トリルスルファニル基等のアリールスルファニル基;アルキル基;シクロアルキル基;アリール基;ヘテロアリール基;水酸基;カルボキシ基;ホルミル基;スルホ基;シアノ基;アルキルアミノカルボニル基;アリールアミノカルボニル基;スルホンアミド基;シリル基;アミノ基;モノアルキルアミノ基;ジアルキルアミノ基;アリールアミノ基、ニトロ基;ホルミル基;並びにこれらの組み合わせが挙げられる。
(Substituent T)
Examples of the substituent T include halogen atoms such as fluorine atom, chlorine atom, bromine atom and iodine atom; alkoxy group such as methoxy group, ethoxy group and tert-butoxy group; aryloxy group such as phenoxy group and p-tolyloxy group; Alkoxycarbonyl groups such as methoxycarbonyl group, butoxycarbonyl group and phenoxycarbonyl group; acyloxy groups such as acetoxy group, propionyloxy group and benzoyloxy group; acetyl group, benzoyl group, isobutyryl group, acryloyl group, methacryloyl group and metoxalyl group and the like. Acrylic groups of: alkylsulfanyl groups such as methylsulfanyl group and tert-butylsulfanyl group; arylsulfanyl groups such as phenylsulfanyl group and p-tolylsulfanyl group; alkyl groups; cycloalkyl groups; aryl groups; heteroaryl groups; hydroxyl groups; Carboxy group; formyl group; sulfo group; cyano group; alkylaminocarbonyl group; arylaminocarbonyl group; sulfonamide group; silyl group; amino group; monoalkylamino group; dialkylamino group; arylamino group, nitro group; formyl group ; And combinations of these.
 本明細書中における「活性光線」又は「放射線」とは、例えば、水銀灯の輝線スペクトル、エキシマレーザーに代表される遠紫外線、極紫外線(EUV光: Extreme Ultraviolet)、X線、及び電子線(EB:Electron Beam)等を意味する。本明細書中における「光」とは、活性光線又は放射線を意味する。
 本明細書中における「露光」とは、特に断らない限り、水銀灯の輝線スペクトル、エキシマレーザーに代表される遠紫外線、極紫外線、X線、及びEUV光等による露光のみならず、電子線、及びイオンビーム等の粒子線による描画も含む。
 本明細書において、「~」とはその前後に記載される数値を下限値及び上限値として含む意味で使用される。
As used herein, the term "active light" or "radiation" refers to, for example, the emission line spectrum of a mercury lamp, far ultraviolet rays typified by an excimer laser, extreme ultraviolet rays (EUV light: Extreme Ultraviolet), X-rays, and electron beams (EB). : Electron Beam) and the like. As used herein, the term "light" means active light or radiation.
Unless otherwise specified, the term "exposure" as used herein refers to not only exposure to the emission line spectrum of a mercury lamp, far ultraviolet rays typified by excimer lasers, extreme ultraviolet rays, X-rays, EUV light, etc., but also electron beams, and the term "exposure". It also includes drawing with particle beams such as ion beams.
In the present specification, "-" is used to mean that the numerical values described before and after it are included as the lower limit value and the upper limit value.
 本明細書において、(メタ)アクリレートはアクリレート及びメタクリレートを表し、(メタ)アクリルはアクリル及びメタクリルを表す。
 本明細書において、樹脂の重量平均分子量(Mw)、数平均分子量(Mn)、及び分散度(分子量分布ともいう)(Mw/Mn)は、GPC(Gel Permeation Chromatography)装置(東ソー社製HLC-8120GPC)によるGPC測定(溶媒:テトラヒドロフラン、流量(サンプル注入量):10μL、カラム:東ソー社製TSK gel Multipore HXL-M、カラム温度:40℃、流速:1.0mL/分、検出器:示差屈折率検出器(Refractive Index Detector))によるポリスチレン換算値として定義される。
In the present specification, (meth) acrylate represents acrylate and methacrylate, and (meth) acrylic represents acrylic and methacryl.
In the present specification, the weight average molecular weight (Mw), the number average molecular weight (Mn), and the degree of dispersion (also referred to as molecular weight distribution) (Mw / Mn) of the resin are referred to as GPC (Gel Permeation Chromatography) apparatus (HLC-manufactured by Toso Co., Ltd.). 8120 GPC) GPC measurement (solvent: tetrahydrofuran, flow rate (sample injection volume): 10 μL, column: TSK gel Multipore HXL-M manufactured by Toso Co., Ltd., column temperature: 40 ° C., flow velocity: 1.0 mL / min, detector: differential refractometer It is defined as a polystyrene-equivalent value by a rate detector (Refractive Index Detector).
 本明細書において組成物中の各成分の量は、組成物中に各成分に該当する物質が複数存在する場合、特に断らない限り、組成物中に存在する該当する複数の物質の合計量を意味する。
 本明細書において「工程」との語は、独立した工程だけでなく、他の工程と明確に区別できない場合であっても工程の所期の目的が達成されれば、本用語に含まれる。
 本明細書において「全固形分」とは、組成物の全組成から溶剤を除いた成分の総質量をいう。また、「固形分」とは、上述のように、溶剤を除いた成分であり、例えば、25℃において固体であっても、液体であってもよい。
 本明細書において、「質量%」と「重量%」とは同義であり、「質量部」と「重量部」とは同義である。
 また、本明細書において、2以上の好ましい態様の組み合わせは、より好ましい態様である。
In the present specification, the amount of each component in the composition is the total amount of the plurality of applicable substances present in the composition unless otherwise specified, when a plurality of the substances corresponding to each component are present in the composition. means.
In the present specification, the term "process" is included in this term not only as an independent process but also as long as the intended purpose of the process is achieved even when it cannot be clearly distinguished from other processes.
As used herein, the term "total solid content" refers to the total mass of the components excluding the solvent from the total composition of the composition. Further, the "solid content" is a component excluding the solvent as described above, and may be, for example, a solid or a liquid at 25 ° C.
In the present specification, "% by mass" and "% by weight" are synonymous, and "parts by mass" and "parts by weight" are synonymous.
Further, in the present specification, a combination of two or more preferred embodiments is a more preferred embodiment.
〔パターン形成方法〕
 本発明のパターン形成方法について説明する。
[Pattern formation method]
The pattern forming method of the present invention will be described.
 本発明のパターン形成方法は、
(i)感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物によって膜厚700nm以上の感活性光線性又は感放射線性膜を形成する工程(成膜工程)、
(ii)上記感活性光線性又は感放射線性膜に波長200nm以下の活性光線又は放射線を照射する工程(露光工程)、及び、
(iii)上記波長200nm以下の活性光線又は放射線が照射された感活性光線性又は感放射線性膜を、現像液を用いて現像する工程(現像工程)、
を有するパターン形成方法であって、
 上記感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物は、(A)酸分解性基を有する重合体、及び(B)光酸発生剤を含有し、
 上記(A)重合体は親水基を有する繰り返し単位を有し、上記(A)重合体の重量平均分子量が8000以下である、パターン形成方法である。
The pattern forming method of the present invention
(I) A step of forming a sensitive light-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film having a film thickness of 700 nm or more by a sensitive light-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition (film formation step).
(Ii) A step (exposure step) of irradiating the above-mentioned sensitive light-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film with active light or radiation having a wavelength of 200 nm or less, and
(Iii) A step of developing a sensitive light or radiation sensitive film irradiated with active light or radiation having a wavelength of 200 nm or less using a developing solution (development step).
It is a pattern forming method having
The actinic light-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition contains (A) a polymer having an acid-degradable group and (B) a photoacid generator.
The polymer (A) has a repeating unit having a hydrophilic group, and the weight average molecular weight of the polymer (A) is 8000 or less, which is a pattern forming method.
 このような構成によれば、厚膜(700nm以上の厚さを有する)の感活性光線性感放射線性膜からパターンを形成する場合において、解像性に優れるとともに、かつレジストパターンにおけるクラック及びレジストパターンの剥がれを抑制することができる。
 本発明が上記効果を発現できるメカニズムは必ずしも明らかではないが、本発明者らは以下のように考えている。
According to such a configuration, when a pattern is formed from a thick film (having a thickness of 700 nm or more), a light-sensitive radiation-sensitive film, the resolution is excellent, and cracks and a resist pattern in the resist pattern are formed. Peeling can be suppressed.
The mechanism by which the present invention can exert the above effects is not always clear, but the present inventors consider it as follows.
 まず、本発明のパターン形成方法の工程(ii)では、波長200nm以下の活性光線又は放射線を感活性光線性又は感放射線性膜に照射する。これにより、得られるパターンの解像性を優れたものとすることができる。
 本発明のパターン形成方法の工程(i)で用いられる感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物は、(A)酸分解性基を有する重合体、及び(B)光酸発生剤を含有し、上記(A)重合体は親水基を有する繰り返し単位を有し、上記(A)重合体の重量平均分子量が8000以下である。
First, in the step (ii) of the pattern forming method of the present invention, the active light or radiation having a wavelength of 200 nm or less is irradiated to the sensitive light or radiation sensitive film. Thereby, the resolvability of the obtained pattern can be made excellent.
The sensitive light-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition used in the step (i) of the pattern forming method of the present invention contains (A) a polymer having an acid-degradable group and (B) a photoacid generator. The polymer (A) has a repeating unit having a hydrophilic group, and the weight average molecular weight of the polymer (A) is 8000 or less.
 従来、波長200nm以下の活性光線又は放射線(例えば、ArF光)を照射するレジスト膜は一般的に薄膜(典型的には、700nm未満)であり、上記膜自体の強度を確保すべく、上記膜を形成するためのレジスト組成物に含まれる樹脂のガラス転移温度(Tg)を高くする目的で、上記樹脂の重量平均分子量を典型的には、10000前後(例えば、8000超~12000以下)とする傾向があった。このような樹脂を使用することで、薄膜においても酸の拡散を抑制して解像性を良化させることができた。
 レジスト膜として厚膜(700nm以上)を用いることを検討したところ、レジスト膜(ひいてはレジストパターン)において、クラックや剥がれが生じた。本発明者らは、上記樹脂の重量平均分子量が9000以上となると、上記膜の厚みが700nm以上となるに伴い、パターン形成において、上記膜が応力に耐え切れずに、クラックやパターンの剥がれを生じるため、上記応力を鑑みると、上記樹脂の重量平均分子量を更に下げる必要があることを見出した。
 しかしながら、上記樹脂の重量平均分子量を更に下げたとしても、クラックやパターンの剥がれを改善することが困難であり、また重量平均分子量を更に下げることで、優れた解像性を得ることもできなかった。
 更に、本発明者らは鋭意検討を進めたところ、上記(A)重合体が親水基を有する繰り返し単位を有し、上記(A)重合体の重量平均分子量が8000以下であることで、厚膜においても、レジスト膜(ひいてはレジストパターン)において、クラックや剥がれを低減して、また、解像性を良化できることを見出した。
 上記(A)重合体が親水基を有していることで、露光部において発生した酸と相互作用して、上記酸の未露光部への拡散を抑制することができるため、厚膜であるにもかかわらず、優れた解像性とすることができたものと考えられる。
 また、上記(A)重合体の親水基同士の相互作用により、膜自体の強度を強化することで、重量平均分子量を下げつつも、厚膜においても使用できるものとなり、更に、重量平均分子量を8000以下とすることで、厚膜においても応力の影響を受けにくくでき、レジスト膜(ひいてはレジストパターン)において、クラック及びレジストパターンの剥がれを抑制することができたものと考えられる。
 更に、上記(A)重合体が親水基を有することで、基板との相互作用が大きくなり、レジスト膜と密着性が向上する傾向にある。
Conventionally, a resist film that irradiates active light or radiation (for example, ArF light) having a wavelength of 200 nm or less is generally a thin film (typically less than 700 nm), and in order to secure the strength of the film itself, the film is used. The weight average molecular weight of the resin is typically around 10,000 (for example, more than 8,000 to 12,000 or less) for the purpose of increasing the glass transition temperature (Tg) of the resin contained in the resist composition for forming the resin. There was a tendency. By using such a resin, it was possible to suppress the diffusion of acid even in a thin film and improve the resolution.
When it was examined to use a thick film (700 nm or more) as the resist film, cracks and peeling occurred in the resist film (and thus the resist pattern). When the weight average molecular weight of the resin is 9000 or more, the present inventors cannot withstand the stress in pattern formation as the thickness of the film becomes 700 nm or more, and cracks or peeling of the pattern occur. It has been found that it is necessary to further reduce the weight average molecular weight of the resin in view of the above stress.
However, even if the weight average molecular weight of the resin is further reduced, it is difficult to improve cracks and pattern peeling, and by further reducing the weight average molecular weight, excellent resolution cannot be obtained. rice field.
Further, as a result of diligent studies, the present inventors have found that the polymer (A) has a repeating unit having a hydrophilic group and the weight average molecular weight of the polymer (A) is 8000 or less. As for the film, it has been found that the resist film (and thus the resist pattern) can reduce cracks and peeling and improve the resolution.
Since the polymer (A) has a hydrophilic group, it can interact with the acid generated in the exposed portion and suppress the diffusion of the acid in the unexposed portion, so that the film is thick. Nevertheless, it is probable that the resolution was excellent.
Further, by strengthening the strength of the film itself by the interaction between the hydrophilic groups of the polymer (A), the weight average molecular weight can be lowered while the weight average molecular weight can be reduced, and the weight average molecular weight can be further increased. By setting the value to 8000 or less, it is considered that the thick film can be less affected by stress, and cracks and peeling of the resist pattern can be suppressed in the resist film (and thus the resist pattern).
Further, when the polymer (A) has a hydrophilic group, the interaction with the substrate is increased, and the adhesion to the resist film tends to be improved.
 このように、本発明のパターン形成方法の工程(ii)では、波長200nm以下の活性光線又は放射線を感活性光線性又は感放射線性膜に照射するものであり、本発明のパターン形成方法に用いられる感活性光線性又は感放射線性組成物が含有する(A)重合体は、親水基を有する繰り返し単位を有し、上記(A)重合体の重量平均分子量が8000以下である。そのため、驚くべきことに、厚膜(700nm以上の厚さを有する)の感活性光線性感放射線性膜からパターンを形成する場合において、解像性に優れるとともに、かつレジストパターンにおけるクラック及びレジストパターンの剥がれを抑制することができたものと考えられる。 As described above, in the step (ii) of the pattern forming method of the present invention, the active light or radiation having a wavelength of 200 nm or less is irradiated to the sensitive light or radiation sensitive film, and is used in the pattern forming method of the present invention. The polymer (A) contained in the sensitive light-sensitive or radiation-sensitive composition has a repeating unit having a hydrophilic group, and the weight average molecular weight of the polymer (A) is 8000 or less. Therefore, surprisingly, when a pattern is formed from a thick film (having a thickness of 700 nm or more), a light-sensitive radiation-sensitive film, the resolution is excellent, and cracks and resist patterns in the resist pattern are formed. It is probable that the peeling could be suppressed.
〔感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物〕
 上記パターン形成方法の工程(i)で使用される感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物について説明する。
[Actinic cheilitis or radiation-sensitive resin composition]
The actinic light-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition used in the step (i) of the pattern forming method will be described.
 上記感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物は、(A)酸分解性基を有する重合体、及び(B)光酸発生剤を含有し、
 上記(A)重合体は親水基を有する繰り返し単位を有し、上記(A)重合体の重量平均分子量が8000以下である。
The actinic light-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition contains (A) a polymer having an acid-degradable group and (B) a photoacid generator.
The polymer (A) has a repeating unit having a hydrophilic group, and the weight average molecular weight of the polymer (A) is 8000 or less.
 本発明の感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物は、レジスト組成物であることが好ましく、ポジ型のレジスト組成物であっても、ネガ型のレジスト組成物であってもよい。また、アルカリ現像用のレジスト組成物であっても、有機溶剤現像用のレジスト組成物であってもよい。
 本発明のレジスト組成物は、典型的には、化学増幅型のレジスト組成物である。
 以下、本発明の感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物(以下、「本発明の組成物」ともいう)に含まれる成分について詳述する。
The sensitive light-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition of the present invention is preferably a resist composition, and may be a positive-type resist composition or a negative-type resist composition. Further, it may be a resist composition for alkaline development or a resist composition for organic solvent development.
The resist composition of the present invention is typically a chemically amplified resist composition.
Hereinafter, the components contained in the actinic or radiation-sensitive resin composition of the present invention (hereinafter, also referred to as “composition of the present invention”) will be described in detail.
<(A)重合体>
 本発明の感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物は、酸分解性基を有する重合体であって、上記重合体は親水基を有する繰り返し単位を有し、上記重合体の重量平均分子量が8000以上である重合体(「(A)重合体」又は「重合体(A)」ともいう)を含有する。
 この場合、本発明のパターン形成方法において、典型的には、現像液としてアルカリ現像液を採用した場合には、ポジ型パターンが好適に形成され、現像液として有機系現像液を採用した場合には、ネガ型パターンが好適に形成される。
<(A) Polymer>
The sensitive light-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition of the present invention is a polymer having an acid-degradable group, the polymer has a repeating unit having a hydrophilic group, and the weight average molecular weight of the polymer is It contains 8000 or more polymers (also referred to as "(A) polymer" or "polymer (A)").
In this case, in the pattern forming method of the present invention, typically, when an alkaline developer is used as the developer, a positive pattern is preferably formed, and when an organic developer is used as the developer. A negative pattern is preferably formed.
(親水基を有する繰り返し単位)
 重合体(A)は、親水基を有する繰り返し単位を有する。
 親水基としては、特に限定されないが、水と親和性を有する基であれば良く、例えば、カルボキシ基、水酸基、ラクトン基、スルトン基、シアノ基、スルホンアミド基、又はエステル基を有する基(但し、エステル基が環を形成しない)が挙げられる。
 上記親水基を有する繰り返し単位は、カルボキシ基又は水酸基を有する繰り返し単位を含むことが好ましい。
(Repeating unit with hydrophilic group)
The polymer (A) has a repeating unit having a hydrophilic group.
The hydrophilic group is not particularly limited as long as it is a group having an affinity for water, and for example, a group having a carboxy group, a hydroxyl group, a lactone group, a sulton group, a cyano group, a sulfonamide group, or an ester group (provided that the group has an ester group). , The ester group does not form a ring).
The repeating unit having a hydrophilic group preferably contains a repeating unit having a carboxy group or a hydroxyl group.
 上記親水基を有する繰り返し単位は、カルボキシ基を有する繰り返し単位を含むことが特に好ましい。カルボキシ基は、親水性が強く、カルボキシ基と他の親水基との相互作用がより強固となるため、本発明の効果を更に優れたものとすることができる。
 重合体(A)は、カルボキシ基を有する繰り返し単位を有することが特に好ましい。
It is particularly preferable that the repeating unit having a hydrophilic group includes a repeating unit having a carboxy group. Since the carboxy group has strong hydrophilicity and the interaction between the carboxy group and other hydrophilic groups becomes stronger, the effect of the present invention can be further enhanced.
It is particularly preferable that the polymer (A) has a repeating unit having a carboxy group.
 カルボキシ基を有する繰り返し単位は、特に限定されないが、下記一般式(1)で表される繰り返し単位であることが好ましい。 The repeating unit having a carboxy group is not particularly limited, but is preferably a repeating unit represented by the following general formula (1).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000015
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000015
 上記一般式(1)中、
31は水素原子、又はアルキル基を表す。
31は単結合又は(r+1)価の連結基を表す。
Yはカルボキシ基を表す。
rは、1以上の整数を表す。
In the above general formula (1),
R 31 represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group.
A 31 represents a single bond or a (r + 1) valent linking group.
Y represents a carboxy group.
r represents an integer of 1 or more.
 R31のアルキル基は、特に限定されないが、炭素数1~4のアルキル基が好ましい。R31のアルキル基は、置換基を有していてもよく、置換基としては、例えば、上記の置換基Tが挙げられる。 The alkyl group of R 31 is not particularly limited, but an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms is preferable. The alkyl group of R 31 may have a substituent, and examples of the substituent include the above-mentioned substituent T.
 A31の(r+1)価の連結基において、rが1である場合における2価の連結基としては特に限定されないが、アルキレン基、シクロアルキレン基、芳香族基、-CO-、-COO-、又は、これらを2つ以上組み合わせてなる基が挙げられる。
 アルキレン基は、直鎖状又は分岐鎖状でもよく、炭素数1~20であることが好ましく、炭素数1~10であることが更に好ましい。
 シクロアルキレン基は、単環でも多環でもよく、炭素数3~20であることが好ましく、炭素数3~10であることが更に好ましい。
 芳香族基は、2価の芳香族基であり、炭素数6~20の芳香族基が好ましく、6~15の芳香族基が更に好ましい。
 芳香族基を構成する芳香環は、特に限定されないが、例えば、炭素数6~20の芳香環が挙げられ、具体的には、ベンゼン環、ナフタレン環、アントラセン環、チオフェン環等を挙げることができる。ベンゼン環又はナフタレン環であることが好ましく、ベンゼン環であることがより好ましい。
In the (r + 1) valent linking group of A 31, the divalent linking group when r is 1 is not particularly limited, but is an alkylene group, a cycloalkylene group, an aromatic group, -CO-, -COO-, Alternatively, a group consisting of a combination of two or more of these can be mentioned.
The alkylene group may be linear or branched, preferably having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, and even more preferably 1 to 10 carbon atoms.
The cycloalkylene group may be monocyclic or polycyclic, and preferably has 3 to 20 carbon atoms, and more preferably 3 to 10 carbon atoms.
The aromatic group is a divalent aromatic group, preferably an aromatic group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms, and further preferably an aromatic group having 6 to 15 carbon atoms.
The aromatic ring constituting the aromatic group is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include an aromatic ring having 6 to 20 carbon atoms, and specific examples thereof include a benzene ring, a naphthalene ring, an anthracene ring, and a thiophene ring. can. It is preferably a benzene ring or a naphthalene ring, and more preferably a benzene ring.
 アルキレン基、シクロアルキレン基、及び芳香族基は、更に置換基を有していてもよい。更なる置換基は特に限定されないが、上記置換基Tが好ましい。 The alkylene group, cycloalkylene group, and aromatic group may further have a substituent. The further substituent is not particularly limited, but the above-mentioned substituent T is preferable.
 rが2以上の整数である場合における(r+1)価の連結基の具体例としては、2価の連結基の上記した具体例から、(r-1)個の任意の水素原子を除してなる基を好適に挙げることができる。
 (r+1)価の連結基は、更に置換基を有していてもよい。
As a specific example of the (r + 1) -valent linking group when r is an integer of 2 or more, (r-1) arbitrary hydrogen atoms are removed from the above-mentioned specific example of the divalent linking group. Can be preferably mentioned.
The (r + 1) -valent linking group may further have a substituent.
 rは、1以上の整数を表す。なお、rはYの個数を表す。
 rの上限値は特に限定されないが、9以下の整数であることが好ましい。
 rは、1~5の整数であることが好ましく、1~2の整数であることが更に好ましい。
r represents an integer of 1 or more. In addition, r represents the number of Y.
The upper limit of r is not particularly limited, but is preferably an integer of 9 or less.
r is preferably an integer of 1 to 5, and more preferably an integer of 1 to 2.
 以下に一般式(1)で表される繰り返し単位に相当するモノマーの具体例を挙げるが、本発明は、これらの具体例に限定されない。 Specific examples of the monomer corresponding to the repeating unit represented by the general formula (1) are given below, but the present invention is not limited to these specific examples.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000016
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000016
 上記水酸基を有する繰り返し単位は、特に限定されないが、下記一般式(2)で表される繰り返し単位であることが好ましい。 The repeating unit having the above hydroxyl group is not particularly limited, but is preferably a repeating unit represented by the following general formula (2).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000017
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000017
 上記一般式(2)中、
41は水素原子、又はアルキル基を表す。
41は単結合又は(s+1)価の連結基を表す。但し、A41は、芳香環を有さない。
Zは水酸基を表す。
sは1以上の整数を表す。
In the above general formula (2),
R 41 represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group.
A 41 represents a single bond or (s + 1) valent linking group. However, A 41 does not have an aromatic ring.
Z represents a hydroxyl group.
s represents an integer of 1 or more.
 R41のアルキル基は、特に限定されないが、炭素数1~4のアルキル基であることが好ましい。R41のアルキル基は、置換基を有していてもよく、置換基としては、例えば、上記の置換基Tが挙げられる。 The alkyl group of R 41 is not particularly limited, but is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms. The alkyl group of R 41 may have a substituent, and examples of the substituent include the above-mentioned substituent T.
 A41の(s+1)価の連結基において、sが1である場合における2価の連結基としては特に限定されないが、アルキレン基、シクロアルキレン基、-CO-、-COO-、又は、これらを2つ以上組み合わせてなる基が挙げられる。
 アルキレン基は、直鎖状又は分岐鎖状でもよく、炭素数1~20であることが好ましく、炭素数1~10であることが更に好ましい。
 シクロアルキレン基は、単環でも多環でもよく、炭素数3~20であることが好ましく、炭素数3~10であることが更に好ましい。
The (s + 1) valent linking group of A 41 is not particularly limited as a divalent linking group when s is 1, but an alkylene group, a cycloalkylene group, -CO-, -COO-, or these can be used. A group consisting of a combination of two or more can be mentioned.
The alkylene group may be linear or branched, preferably having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, and even more preferably 1 to 10 carbon atoms.
The cycloalkylene group may be monocyclic or polycyclic, and preferably has 3 to 20 carbon atoms, and more preferably 3 to 10 carbon atoms.
 アルキレン基、及びシクロアルキレン基は、更に置換基を有していてもよい。更なる置換基は特に限定されないが、上記置換基Tが好ましい。 The alkylene group and the cycloalkylene group may further have a substituent. The further substituent is not particularly limited, but the above-mentioned substituent T is preferable.
 sが2以上の整数である場合における(s+1)価の連結基の具体例としては、2価の連結基の上記した具体例から、(s-1)個の任意の水素原子を除してなる基を好適に挙げることができる。
 (s+1)価の連結基は、更に置換基を有していてもよい。
 なお、A41は、芳香環を有さない。
As a specific example of the (s + 1) -valent linking group when s is an integer of 2 or more, (s-1) arbitrary hydrogen atoms are removed from the above-mentioned specific example of the divalent linking group. Can be preferably mentioned.
The (s + 1) valence linking group may further have a substituent.
Note that A 41 does not have an aromatic ring.
 sは、1以上の整数を表す。なお、sはZの個数を表す。
 sの上限値は特に限定されないが、6以下の整数であることが好ましい。
 sは、1~5の整数であることが好ましく、1~2の整数であることが更に好ましい。
s represents an integer of 1 or more. In addition, s represents the number of Z.
The upper limit of s is not particularly limited, but is preferably an integer of 6 or less.
s is preferably an integer of 1 to 5, and more preferably an integer of 1 to 2.
 以下に一般式(2)で表される繰り返し単位に相当するモノマーの具体例を挙げるが、本発明は、これらの具体例に限定されない。 Specific examples of the monomer corresponding to the repeating unit represented by the general formula (2) will be given below, but the present invention is not limited to these specific examples.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000018
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000018
 ラクトン基、スルトン基について、以下に記載する。
 ラクトン基又はスルトン基としては、ラクトン構造又はスルトン構造を有していればいずれでも用いることができるが、好ましくは5~7員環ラクトン構造又は5~7員環スルトン構造であり、5~7員環ラクトン構造にビシクロ構造、スピロ構造を形成する形で他の環構造が縮環しているもの、又は5~7員環スルトン構造にビシクロ構造、スピロ構造を形成する形で他の環構造が縮環しているもの、がより好ましい。下記一般式(LC1-1)~(LC1-21)のいずれかで表されるラクトン構造、又は下記一般式(SL1-1)~(SL1-3)のいずれかで表されるスルトン構造を有する繰り返し単位を有することがさらに好ましい。また、ラクトン構造又はスルトン構造が主鎖に直接結合していてもよい。好ましい構造としては(LC1-1)、(LC1-4)、(LC1-5)、(LC1-8)、(LC1-16)、(LC1-21)、(SL1-1)である。
The lactone group and sultone group are described below.
As the lactone group or sultone group, any one having a lactone structure or a sultone structure can be used, but a 5- to 7-membered ring lactone structure or a 5- to 7-membered ring sultone structure is preferable, and 5 to 7 members. A bicyclo structure or a spiro structure formed on a member ring lactone structure and another ring structure is condensed, or a bicyclo structure or a spiro structure is formed on a 5 to 7 member ring sultone structure. Is more preferable. It has a lactone structure represented by any of the following general formulas (LC1-1) to (LC1-21) or a sultone structure represented by any of the following general formulas (SL1-1) to (SL1-3). It is more preferred to have a repeating unit. Further, the lactone structure or the sultone structure may be directly bonded to the main chain. Preferred structures are (LC1-1), (LC1-4), (LC1-5), (LC1-8), (LC1-16), (LC1-21), (SL1-1).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000019
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000019
 ラクトン構造部分又はスルトン構造部分は、置換基(Rb)を有していても有していなくてもよい。好ましい置換基(Rb)としては、炭素数1~8のアルキル基、炭素数4~7のシクロアルキル基、炭素数1~8のアルコキシ基、炭素数2~8のアルコキシカルボニル基、カルボキシル基、ハロゲン原子、水酸基、シアノ基、及び酸分解性基などが挙げられる。より好ましくは炭素数1~4のアルキル基、シアノ基、及び酸分解性基である。nは、0~4の整数を表す。nが2以上の時、複数存在する置換基(Rb)は、同一でも異なっていてもよい。また、複数存在する置換基(Rb)同士が結合して環を形成してもよい。 The lactone-structured portion or the sultone-structured portion may or may not have a substituent (Rb 2). Preferred substituents (Rb 2 ) include an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, a cycloalkyl group having 4 to 7 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, an alkoxycarbonyl group having 2 to 8 carbon atoms, and a carboxyl group. , Halogen atom, hydroxyl group, cyano group, acid-degradable group and the like. More preferably, it is an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, a cyano group, and an acid-decomposable group. n 2 represents an integer from 0 to 4. When n 2 is 2 or more, the plurality of substituents (Rb 2 ) may be the same or different. Further, a plurality of existing substituents (Rb 2 ) may be bonded to each other to form a ring.
 ラクトン基又はスルトン基を有する繰り返し単位は、下記一般式(III)で表される繰り返し単位であることが好ましい。 The repeating unit having a lactone group or a sultone group is preferably a repeating unit represented by the following general formula (III).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000020
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000020
 上記一般式(III)中、
 Aは、エステル結合(-COO-で表される基)又はアミド結合(-CONH-で表される基)を表す。
 nは、-R-Z-で表される構造の繰り返し数であり、0~5の整数を表し、0又は1であることが好ましく、0であることがより好ましい。nが0である場合、-R-Z-は存在せず、単結合となる。
 Rは、アルキレン基、シクロアルキレン基、又はその組み合わせを表す。Rは、複数個ある場合には各々独立にアルキレン基、シクロアルキレン基、又はその組み合わせを表す。
 Zは、単結合、エーテル結合、エステル結合、アミド結合、ウレタン結合又はウレア結合を表す。Zは、複数個ある場合には各々独立に、単結合、エーテル結合、エステル結合、アミド結合、ウレタン結合又はウレア結合を表す。
 Rは、ラクトン構造又はスルトン構造を有する1価の有機基を表す。
 Rは、水素原子、ハロゲン原子又は1価の有機基(好ましくはメチル基)を表す。
In the above general formula (III),
A represents an ester bond (a group represented by -COO-) or an amide bond (a group represented by -CONH-).
n is the number of repetitions of the structure represented by −R 0 −Z−, represents an integer of 0 to 5, is preferably 0 or 1, and more preferably 0. When n is 0, -R 0- Z- does not exist and a single bond is formed.
R 0 represents an alkylene group, a cycloalkylene group, or a combination thereof. When there are a plurality of R 0 , each independently represents an alkylene group, a cycloalkylene group, or a combination thereof.
Z represents a single bond, an ether bond, an ester bond, an amide bond, a urethane bond or a urea bond. When there are a plurality of Z, each independently represents a single bond, an ether bond, an ester bond, an amide bond, a urethane bond or a urea bond.
R 8 represents a monovalent organic group having a lactone structure or a sultone structure.
R 7 represents a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom or a monovalent organic group (preferably a methyl group).
 Rのアルキレン基又はシクロアルキレン基は置換基を有してもよい。
 Zは好ましくは、エーテル結合、又はエステル結合であり、より好ましくはエステル結合である。
The alkylene group or cycloalkylene group of R 0 may have a substituent.
Z is preferably an ether bond or an ester bond, and more preferably an ester bond.
 以下に一般式(III)で表される繰り返し単位に相当するモノマーの具体例を挙げるが、本発明は、これらの具体例に限定されない。下記の具体例は、一般式(III))におけるRがメチル基である場合に相当するが、Rは、水素原子、ハロゲン原子、又は1価の有機基に任意に置換することができる。 Specific examples of the monomer corresponding to the repeating unit represented by the general formula (III) will be given below, but the present invention is not limited to these specific examples. The following specific example corresponds to the case where R 7 in the general formula (III)) is a methyl group, but R 7 can be arbitrarily substituted with a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, or a monovalent organic group. ..
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000021
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000021
 上記モノマーの他に、下記に示すモノマーも重合体(A)の原料として好適に用いられる。 In addition to the above-mentioned monomers, the following monomers are also suitably used as raw materials for the polymer (A).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000022
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000022
 スルホンアミド基は、-SONR5152で表される基である。R51、R52は、各々独立に、水素原子、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、又はアリール基を表す。
 R51、R52としてのアルキル基は、特に限定されないが、直鎖状又は分岐状でもよく、炭素数1~10のアルキル基が好ましく、炭素数1~6のアルキル基がより好ましく、炭素数1~4のアルキル基が更に好ましい。
 R51、R52としてのシクロアルキル基は、特に限定されないが、単環又は多環でもよく、炭素数3~15のシクロアルキル基が好ましく、炭素数3~10のシクロアルキル基がより好ましく、炭素数3~6のシクロアルキル基が更に好ましい。
 R51、R52としてのアリール基は、特に限定されないが、炭素数6~20のアリール基が好ましく、炭素数6~15のアリール基がより好ましく、炭素数6~10のアリール基が更に好ましい。
The sulfonamide group is a group represented by -SO 2 NR 51 R 52 . R 51 and R 52 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, or an aryl group.
The alkyl group as R 51 and R 52 is not particularly limited, but may be linear or branched, and an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms is preferable, an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms is more preferable, and an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms is more preferable. Alkyl groups 1 to 4 are more preferred.
The cycloalkyl group as R 51 and R 52 is not particularly limited, but may be monocyclic or polycyclic, a cycloalkyl group having 3 to 15 carbon atoms is preferable, and a cycloalkyl group having 3 to 10 carbon atoms is more preferable. A cycloalkyl group having 3 to 6 carbon atoms is more preferable.
The aryl group as R 51 and R 52 is not particularly limited, but an aryl group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms is preferable, an aryl group having 6 to 15 carbon atoms is more preferable, and an aryl group having 6 to 10 carbon atoms is further preferable. ..
 アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、アリール基は、置換基を有していてもよい。置換基としては特に限定されないが、例えば上述の置換基Tが挙げられる。 The alkyl group, cycloalkyl group, and aryl group may have a substituent. The substituent is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include the above-mentioned substituent T.
 以下にスルホンアミド基を有する繰り返し単位に相当するモノマーの具体例を挙げるが、本発明は、これらの具体例に限定されない。 Specific examples of the monomer corresponding to the repeating unit having a sulfonamide group will be given below, but the present invention is not limited to these specific examples.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000023
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000023
 エステル基を有する基(但し、エステル基が環を形成しない)(以下、単に「エステル基を有する基」ともいう)は、エステル基(-COO-)を有する基である。但し、エステル基が環を形成しない。
 エステル基を有する基におけるエステル基は、重合体(A)の主鎖に直接結合するものではない。
A group having an ester group (however, the ester group does not form a ring) (hereinafter, also simply referred to as a "group having an ester group") is a group having an ester group (-COO-). However, the ester group does not form a ring.
The ester group in the group having an ester group does not directly bond to the main chain of the polymer (A).
 エステル基を有する基は、特に限定されないが、-COO-R61、又は-OCO-R62が好ましい。R61、R62は、各々独立に、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、又はアリール基を表す。 The group having an ester group is not particularly limited, but -COO-R 61 or -OCO-R 62 is preferable. R 61 and R 62 each independently represent an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, or an aryl group.
 R61、R62としてのアルキル基は、特に限定されないが、直鎖状又は分岐状でもよく、炭素数1~10のアルキル基が好ましく、炭素数1~6のアルキル基がより好ましく、炭素数1~4のアルキル基が更に好ましい。
 R61、R62としてのシクロアルキル基は、特に限定されないが、単環又は多環でもよく、炭素数3~15のシクロアルキル基が好ましく、炭素数3~10のシクロアルキル基がより好ましく、炭素数3~6のシクロアルキル基が更に好ましい。
 シクロアルキル基を構成する炭素(環形成に寄与する炭素)は、カルボニル炭素であっても良く、また、ヘテロ原子(例えば酸素原子、又は硫黄原子)に置き換わっていても良い。
 好ましい一態様として、シクロアルキル基を構成する一つの炭素(環形成に寄与する炭素)がカルボニル炭素であり、シクロアルキル基を構成する別の炭素(環形成に寄与する炭素)がヘテロ原子に置き換わることが好ましい。
The alkyl group as R 61 and R 62 is not particularly limited, but may be linear or branched, and an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms is preferable, an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms is more preferable, and an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms is more preferable. Alkyl groups 1 to 4 are more preferred.
The cycloalkyl group as R 61 and R 62 is not particularly limited, but may be monocyclic or polycyclic, a cycloalkyl group having 3 to 15 carbon atoms is preferable, and a cycloalkyl group having 3 to 10 carbon atoms is more preferable. A cycloalkyl group having 3 to 6 carbon atoms is more preferable.
The carbon constituting the cycloalkyl group (carbon contributing to ring formation) may be a carbonyl carbon or may be replaced with a hetero atom (for example, an oxygen atom or a sulfur atom).
In a preferred embodiment, one carbon constituting the cycloalkyl group (carbon contributing to ring formation) is a carbonyl carbon, and another carbon constituting the cycloalkyl group (carbon contributing to ring formation) is replaced with a heteroatom. Is preferable.
 R61、R62としてのアリール基は、特に限定されないが、炭素数6~20のアリール基が好ましく、炭素数6~15のアリール基がより好ましく、炭素数6~10のアリール基が更に好ましい。 The aryl group as R 61 and R 62 is not particularly limited, but an aryl group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms is preferable, an aryl group having 6 to 15 carbon atoms is more preferable, and an aryl group having 6 to 10 carbon atoms is further preferable. ..
 アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、アリール基は、置換基を有していてもよい。置換基としては特に限定されないが、例えば上述の置換基Tが挙げられる。 The alkyl group, cycloalkyl group, and aryl group may have a substituent. The substituent is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include the above-mentioned substituent T.
 以下にエステル基を有する基を有する繰り返し単位に相当するモノマーの具体例を挙げるが、本発明は、これらの具体例に限定されない。 Specific examples of the monomer corresponding to the repeating unit having a group having an ester group will be given below, but the present invention is not limited to these specific examples.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000024
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000024
 親水基を有する繰り返し単位は、親水基を1つ有してもよく、複数の親水基を有していてもよい。親水基を有する繰り返し単位は、親水基を1~8つ有していることが好ましく、1~4つ有していることがより好ましく、1~2つ有していることがさらに好ましく、1つ有していることが最も好ましい。親水基を有する繰り返し単位が複数の親水基を有する場合は、複数の親水基は同一であってもよく、異なっていてもよい。 The repeating unit having a hydrophilic group may have one hydrophilic group or may have a plurality of hydrophilic groups. The repeating unit having a hydrophilic group preferably has 1 to 8 hydrophilic groups, more preferably 1 to 4 groups, and further preferably 1 to 2 hydrophilic groups. It is most preferable to have one. When the repeating unit having a hydrophilic group has a plurality of hydrophilic groups, the plurality of hydrophilic groups may be the same or different.
 親水性基を有する繰り返し単位は、酸分解性基を有していてもよい。なお酸分解性基は後述の通りである。親水性基を有する繰り返し単位が、酸分解性基を有する場合は、親水性基を有する繰り返し単位は、後述の酸分解性基を有する繰り返し単位にも相当する。
 親水基を有する繰り返し単位は、酸分解性基を有していないことが好ましい。
The repeating unit having a hydrophilic group may have an acid-degradable group. The acid-degradable groups are as described below. When the repeating unit having a hydrophilic group has an acid-degradable group, the repeating unit having a hydrophilic group also corresponds to the repeating unit having an acid-degradable group described later.
The repeating unit having a hydrophilic group preferably does not have an acid-degradable group.
 重合体(A)に含まれる親水基を有する繰り返し単位の含有量(親水基を有する繰り返し単位が複数存在する場合はその合計)は、重合体(A)の全繰り返し単位に対して、10~80モル%が好ましく、20~70モル%がより好ましく、30~70モル%が更に好ましい。 The content of the repeating unit having a hydrophilic group contained in the polymer (A) (the total of a plurality of repeating units having a hydrophilic group) is 10 to 10 to all the repeating units of the polymer (A). 80 mol% is preferable, 20 to 70 mol% is more preferable, and 30 to 70 mol% is further preferable.
 重合体(A)に含まれるカルボキシ基を有する繰り返し単位の含有量(カルボキシ基を有する繰り返し単位が複数存在する場合はその合計)は、重合体(A)の全繰り返し単位に対して、1~30モル%が好ましく、5~25モル%がより好ましく、5~20モル%が更に好ましい。
 また、重合体(A)の親水基を有する繰り返し単位に含まれるカルボキシ基を有する繰り返し単位の含有量(カルボキシ基を有する繰り返し単位が複数存在する場合はその合計)は、全ての親水基を有する繰り返し単位に対して、1~40モル%が好ましく、1~30モル%がより好ましく、1~20モル%が更に好ましい。
The content of the repeating unit having a carboxy group contained in the polymer (A) (the total of a plurality of repeating units having a carboxy group) is 1 to 1 to all the repeating units of the polymer (A). 30 mol% is preferable, 5 to 25 mol% is more preferable, and 5 to 20 mol% is further preferable.
Further, the content of the repeating unit having a carboxy group contained in the repeating unit having a hydrophilic group of the polymer (A) (the total of a plurality of repeating units having a carboxy group) has all the hydrophilic groups. With respect to the repeating unit, 1 to 40 mol% is preferable, 1 to 30 mol% is more preferable, and 1 to 20 mol% is further preferable.
(酸分解性基を有する繰り返し単位)
 重合体(A)は、酸分解性基を有する繰り返し単位を有することが好ましい。
(Repeating unit with acid-degradable group)
The polymer (A) preferably has a repeating unit having an acid-degradable group.
 酸分解性基は、極性基が酸の作用により分解し脱離する基(脱離基)で保護された構造を有することが好ましい。
 極性基としては、例えば、カルボキシル基、フェノール性水酸基、フッ素化アルコール基、スルホン酸基、スルホンアミド基、スルホニルイミド基、(アルキルスルホニル)(アルキルカルボニル)メチレン基、(アルキルスルホニル)(アルキルカルボニル)イミド基、ビス(アルキルカルボニル)メチレン基、ビス(アルキルカルボニル)イミド基、ビス(アルキルスルホニル)メチレン基、ビス(アルキルスルホニル)イミド基、トリス(アルキルカルボニル)メチレン基、及びトリス(アルキルスルホニル)メチレン基等の酸性基(典型的には、2.38質量%テトラメチルアンモニウムヒドロキシド水溶液中で解離する基)、ならびにアルコール性水酸基等が挙げられる。
The acid-degradable group preferably has a structure in which the polar group is protected by a group (leaving group) that is decomposed and eliminated by the action of an acid.
Examples of the polar group include a carboxyl group, a phenolic hydroxyl group, a fluorinated alcohol group, a sulfonic acid group, a sulfonamide group, a sulfonylimide group, a (alkylsulfonyl) (alkylcarbonyl) methylene group, and (alkylsulfonyl) (alkylcarbonyl). Imid group, bis (alkylcarbonyl) methylene group, bis (alkylcarbonyl) imide group, bis (alkylsulfonyl) methylene group, bis (alkylsulfonyl) imide group, tris (alkylcarbonyl) methylene group, and tris (alkylsulfonyl) methylene Examples thereof include acidic groups such as groups (typically, groups dissociating in a 2.38 mass% tetramethylammonium hydroxide aqueous solution), alcoholic hydroxyl groups and the like.
 なお、アルコール性水酸基とは、炭化水素基に結合した水酸基であって、芳香環上に直接結合した水酸基(フェノール性水酸基)以外の水酸基をいい、水酸基としてα位がフッ素原子などの電子求引性基で置換された脂肪族アルコール基(例えば、ヘキサフルオロイソプロパノール基など)は除く。アルコール性水酸基としては、pKa(酸解離定数)が12以上20以下の水酸基であることが好ましい。 The alcoholic hydroxyl group is a hydroxyl group bonded to a hydrocarbon group and refers to a hydroxyl group other than the hydroxyl group directly bonded on the aromatic ring (phenolic hydroxyl group), and the α-position of the hydroxyl group is electron attraction such as a fluorine atom. Excludes aliphatic alcohol groups substituted with sex groups (eg, hexafluoroisopropanol groups, etc.). The alcoholic hydroxyl group is preferably a hydroxyl group having a pKa (acid dissociation constant) of 12 or more and 20 or less.
 好ましい極性基としては、カルボキシル基、フェノール性水酸基、フッ素化アルコール基(好ましくはヘキサフルオロイソプロパノール基)、及びスルホン酸基が挙げられる。 Preferred polar groups include carboxyl groups, phenolic hydroxyl groups, fluorinated alcohol groups (preferably hexafluoroisopropanol groups), and sulfonic acid groups.
 酸分解性基として好ましい基は、これらの基の水素原子を酸の作用により脱離する基(脱離基)で置換した基である。
 酸の作用により脱離する基(脱離基)としては、例えば、-C(R36)(R37)(R38)、-C(R36)(R37)(OR39)、及び-C(R01)(R02)(OR39)等を挙げることができる。
 式中、R36~R39は、各々独立に、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、アリール基、アラルキル基又はアルケニル基を表す。R36とR37とは、互いに結合して環を形成してもよい。
 R01及びR02は、各々独立に、水素原子、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、アリール基、アラルキル基又はアルケニル基を表す。
A preferable group as an acid-degradable group is a group in which the hydrogen atom of these groups is replaced with a group (leaving group) that is eliminated by the action of an acid.
Examples of the group (leaving group) desorbed by the action of acid include -C (R 36 ) (R 37 ) (R 38 ), -C (R 36 ) (R 37 ) (OR 39 ), and-. C (R 01 ) (R 02 ) (OR 39 ) and the like can be mentioned.
In the formula, R 36 to R 39 each independently represent an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aryl group, an aralkyl group or an alkenyl group. R 36 and R 37 may be combined with each other to form a ring.
R 01 and R 02 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aryl group, an aralkyl group or an alkenyl group.
 R36~R39、R01及びR02のアルキル基は、特に限定されないが、炭素数1~8のアルキル基が好ましく、例えば、メチル基、エチル基、プロピル基、n-ブチル基、sec-ブチル基、へキシル基、及びオクチル基等を挙げることができる。
 R36~R39、R01及びR02のシクロアルキル基は、単環型でも、多環型でもよい。単環型としては、特に限定されないが、炭素数3~8のシクロアルキル基が好ましく、例えば、シクロプロピル基、シクロブチル基、シクロペンチル基、シクロへキシル基、及びシクロオクチル基等を挙げることができる。多環型としては、炭素数6~20のシクロアルキル基が好ましく、例えば、アダマンチル基、ノルボルニル基、イソボルニル基、カンファニル基、ジシクロペンチル基、α-ピネン基、トリシクロデカニル基、テトラシクロドデシル基、及びアンドロスタニル基等を挙げることができる。なお、シクロアルキル基中の少なくとも1つの炭素原子が酸素原子等のヘテロ原子によって置換されていてもよい。
 R36~R39、R01及びR02のアリール基は、特に限定されないが、炭素数6~10のアリール基が好ましく、例えば、フェニル基、ナフチル基、及びアントリル基等を挙げることができる。
 R36~R39、R01及びR02のアラルキル基は、特に限定されないが、炭素数7~12のアラルキル基が好ましく、例えば、ベンジル基、フェネチル基、及びナフチルメチル基等を挙げることができる。
 R36~R39、R01及びR02のアルケニル基は、特に限定されないが、炭素数2~8のアルケニル基が好ましく、例えば、ビニル基、アリル基、ブテニル基、及びシクロへキセニル基等を挙げることができる。
 R36とR37とが互いに結合して形成される環としては、シクロアルキル基(単環又は多環)であることが好ましい。シクロアルキル基としては、シクロペンチル基、及びシクロヘキシル基などの単環のシクロアルキル基、又はノルボルニル基、テトラシクロデカニル基、テトラシクロドデカニル基、及びアダマンチル基などの多環のシクロアルキル基が好ましい。
The alkyl groups of R 36 to R 39 , R 01 and R 02 are not particularly limited, but alkyl groups having 1 to 8 carbon atoms are preferable, and for example, methyl group, ethyl group, propyl group, n-butyl group and sec- Butyl group, hexyl group, octyl group and the like can be mentioned.
The cycloalkyl groups of R 36 to R 39 , R 01 and R 02 may be monocyclic or polycyclic. The monocyclic type is not particularly limited, but a cycloalkyl group having 3 to 8 carbon atoms is preferable, and examples thereof include a cyclopropyl group, a cyclobutyl group, a cyclopentyl group, a cyclohexyl group, and a cyclooctyl group. .. As the polycyclic type, a cycloalkyl group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms is preferable. Groups, androstanyl groups and the like can be mentioned. In addition, at least one carbon atom in the cycloalkyl group may be substituted with a hetero atom such as an oxygen atom.
The aryl group of R 36 to R 39 , R 01 and R 02 is not particularly limited, but an aryl group having 6 to 10 carbon atoms is preferable, and examples thereof include a phenyl group, a naphthyl group, and an anthryl group.
The aralkyl group of R 36 to R 39 , R 01 and R 02 is not particularly limited, but an aralkyl group having 7 to 12 carbon atoms is preferable, and examples thereof include a benzyl group, a phenethyl group and a naphthylmethyl group. ..
The alkenyl group of R 36 to R 39 , R 01 and R 02 is not particularly limited, but an alkenyl group having 2 to 8 carbon atoms is preferable, and for example, a vinyl group, an allyl group, a butenyl group, a cyclohexenyl group and the like can be used. Can be mentioned.
The ring formed by bonding R 36 and R 37 to each other is preferably a cycloalkyl group (monocyclic or polycyclic). As the cycloalkyl group, a monocyclic cycloalkyl group such as a cyclopentyl group and a cyclohexyl group, or a polycyclic cycloalkyl group such as a norbornyl group, a tetracyclodecanyl group, a tetracyclododecanyl group, and an adamantyl group is preferable. ..
 酸分解性基として、クミルエステル基、エノールエステル基、アセタールエステル基、又は第3級のアルキルエステル基等が好ましく、アセタール基、又は第3級アルキルエステル基がより好ましい。 As the acid-degradable group, a cumyl ester group, an enol ester group, an acetal ester group, a tertiary alkyl ester group and the like are preferable, and an acetal group or a tertiary alkyl ester group is more preferable.
 重合体(A)は、酸分解性基を有する繰り返し単位として、下記一般式(AI)で表される繰り返し単位を有することが好ましい。 The polymer (A) preferably has a repeating unit represented by the following general formula (AI) as a repeating unit having an acid-decomposable group.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000025
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000025
 一般式(AI)に於いて、
 Xaは、水素原子、ハロゲン原子、又は1価の有機基を表す。
 Tは、単結合又は2価の連結基を表す。
 Rx~Rxは、それぞれ独立に、アルキル基又はシクロアルキル基を表す。
 Rx~Rxのいずれか2つが結合して環構造を形成してもよく、形成しなくてもよい。
In the general formula (AI)
Xa 1 represents a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, or a monovalent organic group.
T represents a single bond or a divalent linking group.
Rx 1 to Rx 3 independently represent an alkyl group or a cycloalkyl group, respectively.
Any two of Rx 1 to Rx 3 may or may not be combined to form a ring structure.
 Tの2価の連結基としては、アルキレン基、アリーレン基、-COO-Rt-、及び-O-Rt-等が挙げられる。式中、Rtは、アルキレン基、シクロアルキレン基又はアリーレン基を表す。
 Tは、単結合又は-COO-Rt-が好ましい。Rtは、炭素数1~5の鎖状アルキレン基が好ましく、-CH-、-(CH-、又は-(CH-がより好ましい。Tは、単結合であることがより好ましい。
Examples of the divalent linking group of T include an alkylene group, an arylene group, -COO-Rt-, and -O-Rt-. In the formula, Rt represents an alkylene group, a cycloalkylene group or an arylene group.
T is preferably single bond or -COO-Rt-. Rt is preferably a chain alkylene group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, and more preferably -CH 2 -,-(CH 2 ) 2- , or- (CH 2 ) 3- . More preferably, T is a single bond.
 Xaは、水素原子又はアルキル基であることが好ましい。
 Xaのアルキル基は、置換基を有していてもよく、置換基としては、例えば、水酸基、及びハロゲン原子(好ましくは、フッ素原子)が挙げられる。
 Xaのアルキル基は、炭素数1~4が好ましく、メチル基、エチル基、プロピル基、ヒドロキシメチル基及びトリフルオロメチル基等が挙げられる。Xaのアルキル基は、メチル基であることが好ましい。
Xa 1 is preferably a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group.
The alkyl group of Xa 1 may have a substituent, and examples of the substituent include a hydroxyl group and a halogen atom (preferably a fluorine atom).
The alkyl group of Xa 1 preferably has 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and examples thereof include a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, a hydroxymethyl group, and a trifluoromethyl group. The alkyl group of Xa 1 is preferably a methyl group.
 Rx、Rx及びRxのアルキル基としては、直鎖状であっても、分岐状であってもよく、メチル基、エチル基、n-プロピル基、イソプロピル基、n-ブチル基、イソブチル基、及びt-ブチル基などが好ましく挙げられる。アルキル基の炭素数としては、1~10が好ましく、1~5がより好ましく、1~3が更に好ましい。Rx、Rx及びRxのアルキル基は、炭素間結合の一部が二重結合であってもよい。
 Rx、Rx及びRxのシクロアルキル基としては、シクロペンチル基、及びシクロヘキシル基などの単環のシクロアルキル基、又はノルボルニル基、テトラシクロデカニル基、テトラシクロドデカニル基、及びアダマンチル基などの多環のシクロアルキル基が好ましい。
The alkyl groups of Rx 1 , Rx 2 and Rx 3 may be linear or branched, and may be a methyl group, an ethyl group, an n-propyl group, an isopropyl group, an n-butyl group, or an isobutyl group. Groups, t-butyl groups and the like are preferably mentioned. The alkyl group preferably has 1 to 10 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 5 carbon atoms, and even more preferably 1 to 3 carbon atoms. The alkyl groups of Rx 1 , Rx 2 and Rx 3 may have a part of the carbon-carbon bond as a double bond.
Examples of the cycloalkyl group of Rx 1 , Rx 2 and Rx 3 include a monocyclic cycloalkyl group such as a cyclopentyl group and a cyclohexyl group, or a norbornyl group, a tetracyclodecanyl group, a tetracyclododecanyl group, and an adamantyl group. The polycyclic cycloalkyl group of is preferred.
 Rx、Rx及びRxの2つが結合して形成する環構造としては、シクロペンチル環、シクロヘキシル環、シクロヘプチル環、及びシクロオクタン環などの単環のシクロアルカン環、又はノルボルナン環、テトラシクロデカン環、テトラシクロドデカン環、及びアダマンタン環などの多環のシクロアルキル環が好ましい。シクロペンチル環、シクロヘキシル環、又はアダマンタン環がより好ましい。Rx、Rx及びRxの2つが結合して形成する環構造としては、下記に示す構造も好ましい。 The ring structure formed by combining Rx 1 , Rx 2 and Rx 3 is a monocyclic cycloalkane ring such as a cyclopentyl ring, a cyclohexyl ring, a cycloheptyl ring, and a cyclooctane ring, or a norbornane ring or a tetracyclo. Polycyclic cycloalkyl rings such as decane rings, tetracyclododecane rings, and adamantane rings are preferred. A cyclopentyl ring, a cyclohexyl ring, or an adamantane ring is more preferable. As the ring structure formed by combining Rx 1 , Rx 2 and Rx 3 , the structure shown below is also preferable.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000026
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000026
 以下に一般式(AI)で表される繰り返し単位に相当するモノマーの具体例を挙げるが、本発明は、これらの具体例に限定されない。下記の具体例は、一般式(AI)におけるXaがメチル基である場合に相当するが、Xaは、水素原子、ハロゲン原子、又は1価の有機基に任意に置換することができる。 Specific examples of the monomer corresponding to the repeating unit represented by the general formula (AI) will be given below, but the present invention is not limited to these specific examples. The following specific examples correspond to the case where Xa 1 in the general formula (AI) is a methyl group, but Xa 1 can be arbitrarily substituted with a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, or a monovalent organic group.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000027
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000027
 重合体(A)は、酸分解性基を有する繰り返し単位として、米国特許出願公開2016/0070167A1号明細書の段落[0336]~[0369]に記載の繰り返し単位を有することも好ましい。 It is also preferable that the polymer (A) has the repeating unit described in paragraphs [0336] to [0369] of US Patent Application Publication No. 2016/0070167A1 as a repeating unit having an acid-degradable group.
 また、重合体(A)は、酸分解性基を有する繰り返し単位として、米国特許出願公開2016/0070167A1号明細書の段落[0363]~[0364]に記載された酸の作用により分解してアルコール性水酸基を生じる基を含む繰り返し単位を有していてもよい。 Further, the polymer (A) is decomposed as a repeating unit having an acid-degradable group by the action of an acid described in paragraphs [0363] to [0364] of US Patent Application Publication No. 2016/0070167A1 to form an alcohol. It may have a repeating unit containing a group that produces a sex hydroxyl group.
 酸分解性基を有する繰り返し単位は、上記親水基を有していてもよい。酸分解性基を有する繰り返し単位が、上記親水基を有する場合は、酸分解性基を有する繰り返し単位は、親水基を有する繰り返し単位にも相当する。 The repeating unit having an acid-decomposable group may have the above-mentioned hydrophilic group. When the repeating unit having an acid-degradable group has the above-mentioned hydrophilic group, the repeating unit having an acid-degradable group also corresponds to the repeating unit having a hydrophilic group.
 重合体(A)は、酸分解性基を有する繰り返し単位を、1種単独で含んでもよく、2種以上を併用して含んでもよい。 The polymer (A) may contain a repeating unit having an acid-decomposable group alone or in combination of two or more.
 重合体(A)に含まれる酸分解性基を有する繰り返し単位の含有量(酸分解性基を有する繰り返し単位が複数存在する場合はその合計)は、重合体(A)の全繰り返し単位に対して、10~90モル%が好ましく、20~80モル%がより好ましく、30~70モル%が更に好ましい。 The content of the repeating unit having an acid-degradable group contained in the polymer (A) (the total of a plurality of repeating units having an acid-degradable group) is based on all the repeating units of the polymer (A). It is preferably 10 to 90 mol%, more preferably 20 to 80 mol%, still more preferably 30 to 70 mol%.
(その他の繰り返し単位)
 重合体(A)は、更に、酸分解性基及び親水基のいずれも有さない繰り返し単位を有することができる。酸分解性基及び親水基のいずれも有さない繰り返し単位は、脂環炭化水素構造を有することが好ましい。酸分解性基及び親水基のいずれも有さない繰り返し単位としては、例えば、米国特許出願公開2016/0026083A1号明細書の段落[0236]~[0237]に記載された繰り返し単位が挙げられる。酸分解性基及び親水基のいずれも有さない繰り返し単位に相当するモノマーの好ましい例を以下に示す。
(Other repeating units)
The polymer (A) can further have a repeating unit that has neither an acid-degradable group nor a hydrophilic group. The repeating unit having neither an acid-decomposable group nor a hydrophilic group preferably has an alicyclic hydrocarbon structure. Examples of the repeating unit having neither an acid-degradable group nor a hydrophilic group include the repeating units described in paragraphs [0236] to [0237] of US Patent Application Publication No. 2016/0026083A1. Preferred examples of monomers corresponding to repeating units having neither an acid-degradable group nor a hydrophilic group are shown below.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000028
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000028
 この他にも、酸分解性基及び親水基のいずれも有さない繰り返し単位の具体例としては、米国特許出願公開2016/0070167A1号明細書の段落[0433]に開示された繰り返し単位を挙げることができる。
 重合体(A)は、酸分解性基及び親水基のいずれも有さない繰り返し単位を、1種単独で含んでもよく、2種以上を併用して含んでもよい。
 酸分解性基及び親水基のいずれも有さない繰り返し単位の含有量は、重合体(A)中の全繰り返し単位に対して、0超~50モル%が好ましく、0超~30モル%がより好ましく、0超~20モル%が更に好ましい。
In addition, as a specific example of the repeating unit having neither an acid-degradable group nor a hydrophilic group, the repeating unit disclosed in paragraph [0433] of U.S. Patent Application Publication No. 2016/0070167A1 can be mentioned. Can be done.
The polymer (A) may contain a repeating unit having neither an acid-decomposable group nor a hydrophilic group alone or in combination of two or more.
The content of the repeating unit having neither an acid-decomposable group nor a hydrophilic group is preferably more than 0 to 50 mol%, preferably more than 0 to 30 mol%, based on all the repeating units in the polymer (A). More preferably, more than 0 to 20 mol% is further preferable.
 重合体(A)は、上記の繰り返し構造単位以外に、ドライエッチング耐性や標準現像液適性、基板密着性、レジストプロファイル、更にレジストの一般的な必要な特性である解像力、耐熱性、感度等を調節する目的で様々な繰り返し構造単位を有することができる。このような繰り返し構造単位としては、単量体に相当する繰り返し構造単位を挙げることができるが、これらに限定されない。 In addition to the above-mentioned repeating structural units, the polymer (A) has dry etching resistance, standard developer suitability, substrate adhesion, resist profile, and general necessary properties of resist such as resolution, heat resistance, and sensitivity. It can have various repeating structural units for regulatory purposes. Examples of such a repeating structural unit include, but are not limited to, a repeating structural unit corresponding to a monomer.
 単量体としては、例えばアクリル酸エステル類、メタクリル酸エステル類、アクリルアミド類、メタクリルアミド類、アリル化合物、ビニルエーテル類、及びビニルエステル類等から選ばれる付加重合性不飽和結合を1個有する化合物等を挙げることができる。
 その他にも、上記種々の繰り返し構造単位に相当する単量体と共重合可能である付加重合性の不飽和化合物であれば、共重合されていてもよい。
 重合体(A)において、各繰り返し単位の含有モル比は、種々の性能を調節するために適宜設定される。
Examples of the monomer include compounds having one addition-polymerizable unsaturated bond selected from acrylic acid esters, methacrylic acid esters, acrylamides, methacrylamides, allyl compounds, vinyl ethers, vinyl esters and the like. Can be mentioned.
In addition, any addition-polymerizable unsaturated compound that can be copolymerized with the monomers corresponding to the various repeating structural units may be copolymerized.
In the polymer (A), the molar ratio of each repeating unit is appropriately set in order to adjust various performances.
 上記重合体(A)の大西パラメータは、特に限定されないが、4.2以下であることが好ましく、3.9以下であることがより好ましく、3.7以下であることが更に好ましい。
 上記(A)重合体の大西パラメータの値を小さくすると、高炭素密度となるものであり、上記大西パラメータの値を4.2以下とすることで、親水基を有しつつも高炭素密度によるレジスト膜の疎水性が高まり、レジスト膜の露光時などの疎水性の場において、露光による酸の未露光部への拡散が、上記親水性基により更に抑制されることなり、更に現像性を優れたものとすることができる。
 また、このような疎水場の中に親水基が存在することで、相対的に親水性の効果が大きくなり、レジストパターンにおけるクラック及びレジストパターンの剥がれを更に抑制することができる。
 上記(A)重合体の大西パラメータの下限値は、特に限定されないが、好ましくは2.0以上である。
The Onishi parameter of the polymer (A) is not particularly limited, but is preferably 4.2 or less, more preferably 3.9 or less, and further preferably 3.7 or less.
When the value of the Onishi parameter of the polymer (A) is reduced, the carbon density becomes high. By setting the value of the Onishi parameter to 4.2 or less, it is possible to obtain a high carbon density while having a hydrophilic group. The hydrophobicity of the resist film is increased, and in a hydrophobic field such as when the resist film is exposed, the diffusion of acid to the unexposed area due to exposure is further suppressed by the hydrophilic group, and the developability is further improved. Can be considered.
Further, the presence of the hydrophilic group in such a hydrophobic field makes the effect of hydrophilicity relatively large, and cracks in the resist pattern and peeling of the resist pattern can be further suppressed.
The lower limit of the Onishi parameter of the polymer (A) is not particularly limited, but is preferably 2.0 or more.
 上記重合体(A)の大西パラメータは以下のようにして測定することができる。
 上記重合体(A)が、1種類の繰り返し単位のみを有する場合は、上記繰り返し単位に相当する単量体の大西パラメータが上記重合体(A)の大西パラメータとなる。
 大西パラメータは、炭素密度を表すのに一般的に用いられるパラメータであり、以下の式により求めることができる(H. Goken, S. Esho, Y. Ohnishi, J. Electrochem. Soc., 130, 423 (1983))。
 大西パラメータ=(単量体中の全原子数)/[(単量体中の炭素原子数)-(単量体中の酸素原子数)]
The Onishi parameter of the polymer (A) can be measured as follows.
When the polymer (A) has only one type of repeating unit, the Onishi parameter of the monomer corresponding to the repeating unit becomes the Onishi parameter of the polymer (A).
The Onishi parameter is a parameter commonly used to express carbon density and can be calculated by the following equation (H. Goken, S. Esho, Y. Ohnishi, J. Electrochem. Soc., 130, 423. (1983)).
Onishi parameter = (total number of atoms in the monomer) / [(number of carbon atoms in the monomer)-(number of oxygen atoms in the monomer)]
 また、上記重合体(A)が2種類以上の繰り返し単位を有する場合は、各繰り返し単位に相当する単量体の大西パラメータを上記の方法により求めて、各単量体の大西パラメータに、各繰り返し単位の上記重合体(A)中の含有率(質量%)を乗じて100で割った値の総和を上記重合体(A)の大西パラメータとした。 When the polymer (A) has two or more types of repeating units, the Onishi parameter of the monomer corresponding to each repeating unit is obtained by the above method, and each of the Onishi parameters of each monomer is used. The sum of the values obtained by multiplying the content (% by mass) in the polymer (A) of the repeating unit and dividing by 100 was used as the Onishi parameter of the polymer (A).
 重合体(A)が繰り返し単位1、繰り返し単位2・・・繰り返し単位Xを有する場合、重合体(A)の大西パラメータは、以下の下記式(1)から算出される。 When the polymer (A) has a repeating unit 1, a repeating unit 2 ... a repeating unit X, the Onishi parameter of the polymer (A) is calculated from the following formula (1).
 重合体(A)の大西パラメータ=N(繰り返し単位1に相当する単量体の大西パラメータ)×W(繰り返し単位1の含有率(質量%))/100+N(繰り返し単位2に相当する単量体の大西パラメータ)×W(繰り返し単位2の含有率(質量%))/100+ ・・・ N(繰り返し単位Xに相当する単量体の大西パラメータ)×W(繰り返し単位Xの含有率(質量%))/100・・・(1) Onishi parameter of polymer (A) = N 1 (Onishi parameter of monomer corresponding to repeating unit 1) × W 1 (content rate of repeating unit 1 (mass%)) / 100 + N 2 (corresponding to repeating unit 2) Ohnishi parameter) × W 2 (the content of the repeating unit 2 (wt%) of monomer) / 100+ · · · N X (Ohnishi parameter of the monomer corresponding to the repeating unit X) × W X (repeating units X Content rate (mass%)) / 100 ... (1)
 重合体(A)の大西パラメータを4.2以下とする方法は、特に限定されないが、好ましい一態様としては、重合体(A)がアダマンタンなどの高炭素密度を有する繰り返し単位を含むことが挙げられる。 The method for setting the Onishi parameter of the polymer (A) to 4.2 or less is not particularly limited, but one preferred embodiment is that the polymer (A) contains a repeating unit having a high carbon density such as adamantane. Be done.
 上記(A)重合体は親水基を有する繰り返し単位を2種以上有し、かつ上記繰り返し単位はそれぞれ異なることが好ましい。
 これにより、厚膜の感活性光線性感放射線性膜からパターンを形成する場合において、解像性に更に優れるとともに、かつレジストパターンにおけるクラック及びレジストパターンの剥がれを更に抑制することができる。
 また、上記(A)重合体は親水基を有する繰り返し単位を3種以上有し、かつ上記繰り返し単位はそれぞれ異なることが好ましい、
 上記親水基を有する繰り返し単位は、カルボキシ基又は水酸基を有する繰り返し単位を含むことが好ましい。
 また、上記親水基を有する繰り返し単位は、カルボキシ基を有する繰り返し単位を含むことが特に好ましい。
It is preferable that the polymer (A) has two or more repeating units having a hydrophilic group, and the repeating units are different from each other.
As a result, when a pattern is formed from a thick film sensitive light-sensitive radiation film, the resolution is further excellent, and cracks in the resist pattern and peeling of the resist pattern can be further suppressed.
Further, it is preferable that the polymer (A) has three or more kinds of repeating units having a hydrophilic group, and the repeating units are different from each other.
The repeating unit having a hydrophilic group preferably contains a repeating unit having a carboxy group or a hydroxyl group.
Further, it is particularly preferable that the repeating unit having a hydrophilic group includes a repeating unit having a carboxy group.
 上記(A)重合体が、カルボン酸基を有する繰り返し単位と水酸基を有する繰り返し単位をそれぞれ1種以上有することが好ましい。
 上記カルボン酸基を有する繰り返し構成単位が、上記一般式(1)で表される繰り返し単位であることが好ましい。
 また、上記水酸基を有する繰り返し単位が、上記一般式(2)で表される繰り返し単位であることが好ましい。
It is preferable that the polymer (A) has at least one repeating unit having a carboxylic acid group and one or more repeating units having a hydroxyl group.
It is preferable that the repeating unit having the carboxylic acid group is the repeating unit represented by the general formula (1).
Further, it is preferable that the repeating unit having a hydroxyl group is the repeating unit represented by the general formula (2).
 本発明の組成物が、ArF露光用であるとき、ArF光の透過性の観点から重合体(A)は実質的には芳香族基を有さないことが好ましい。より具体的には、重合体(A)の全繰り返し単位中、芳香族基を有する繰り返し単位が全体の5モル%以下であることが好ましく、3モル%以下であることがより好ましく、理想的には0モル%、すなわち芳香族基を有する繰り返し単位を有さないことが更に好ましい。また、重合体(A)は単環又は多環の脂環炭化水素構造を有することが好ましい。 When the composition of the present invention is for ArF exposure, it is preferable that the polymer (A) has substantially no aromatic group from the viewpoint of the transparency of ArF light. More specifically, among all the repeating units of the polymer (A), the repeating unit having an aromatic group is preferably 5 mol% or less, more preferably 3 mol% or less, which is ideal. Is more preferably 0 mol%, i.e. not having a repeating unit having an aromatic group. Further, the polymer (A) preferably has a monocyclic or polycyclic alicyclic hydrocarbon structure.
 重合体(A)は、繰り返し単位のすべてが(メタ)アクリレート系繰り返し単位で構成されることが好ましい。この場合、繰り返し単位のすべてがメタクリレート系繰り返し単位であるもの、繰り返し単位のすべてがアクリレート系繰り返し単位であるもの、繰り返し単位のすべてがメタクリレート系繰り返し単位とアクリレート系繰り返し単位とによるもののいずれのものでも用いることができるが、アクリレート系繰り返し単位が重合体(A)の全繰り返し単位に対して50モル%以下であることが好ましい。 It is preferable that all the repeating units of the polymer (A) are composed of (meth) acrylate-based repeating units. In this case, all of the repeating units are methacrylate-based repeating units, all of the repeating units are acrylate-based repeating units, and all of the repeating units are either methacrylate-based repeating units or acrylate-based repeating units. Although it can be used, it is preferable that the acrylate-based repeating unit is 50 mol% or less with respect to all the repeating units of the polymer (A).
 重合体(A)の重量平均分子量は、8,000以下である。
 重合体(A)が、親水基を有する繰り返し単位を有するとともに、重合体(A)の重量平均分子量を8,000以下とすることで、厚膜の感活性光線性感放射線性膜からパターンを形成する場合において、解像性に更に優れるとともに、かつレジストパターンにおけるクラック及びレジストパターンの剥がれを更に抑制することができる。
 一方、重合体(A)の重量平均分子量が、8,000を超えると、上記効果を達成することができず、厚膜の感活性光線性感放射線性膜からパターンを形成する場合において、レジストパターンにおけるクラック及びレジストパターンの剥がれを抑制することが厳しくなる。
The weight average molecular weight of the polymer (A) is 8,000 or less.
The polymer (A) has a repeating unit having a hydrophilic group, and the weight average molecular weight of the polymer (A) is set to 8,000 or less to form a pattern from a thick film sensitive light-sensitive radiation-sensitive film. In this case, the resolution is further excellent, and cracks in the resist pattern and peeling of the resist pattern can be further suppressed.
On the other hand, if the weight average molecular weight of the polymer (A) exceeds 8,000, the above effect cannot be achieved, and when a pattern is formed from a thick film sensitive light-sensitive radiation-sensitive film, a resist pattern is formed. It becomes difficult to suppress cracks and peeling of the resist pattern in the above.
 重合体(A)の重量平均分子量は、7,000以下であることが好ましく、6,000以下であることが更に好ましい。
 重合体(A)の重量平均分子量の下限値は特に限定されないが、1,000以上が好ましい。
 重合体(A)の分散度(Mw/Mn)は、通常1.0~3.0であり、1.0~2.6が好ましく、1.0~2.0がより好ましく、1.1~2.0が更に好ましい。
The weight average molecular weight of the polymer (A) is preferably 7,000 or less, and more preferably 6,000 or less.
The lower limit of the weight average molecular weight of the polymer (A) is not particularly limited, but is preferably 1,000 or more.
The dispersity (Mw / Mn) of the polymer (A) is usually 1.0 to 3.0, preferably 1.0 to 2.6, more preferably 1.0 to 2.0, and 1.1. ~ 2.0 is more preferable.
 重合体(A)は、1種単独で使用してもよいし、2種以上を併用してもよい。
 本発明の組成物の全固形分中の重合体(A)の含有量は、一般的に50.0質量%以上である。60.0質量%以上が好ましく、70.0質量%以上がより好ましく、80.0質量%以上が更に好ましい。上限は特に制限されないが、99.8質量%以下が好ましく、99.5質量%以下がより好ましく、99.2質量%以下が更に好ましい。
The polymer (A) may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
The content of the polymer (A) in the total solid content of the composition of the present invention is generally 50.0% by mass or more. 60.0% by mass or more is preferable, 70.0% by mass or more is more preferable, and 80.0% by mass or more is further preferable. The upper limit is not particularly limited, but 99.8% by mass or less is preferable, 99.5% by mass or less is more preferable, and 99.2% by mass or less is further preferable.
 <(B)光酸発生剤>
 本発明の組成物は、光酸発生剤(以下、「光酸発生剤(B)」ともいう)を含有する。
 光酸発生剤は、活性光線又は放射線の照射により酸を発生する化合物である。
 光酸発生剤としては、活性光線又は放射線の照射により有機酸を発生する化合物が好ましい。例えば、スルホニウム塩化合物、ヨードニウム塩化合物、ジアゾニウム塩化合物、ホスホニウム塩化合物、イミドスルホネート化合物、オキシムスルホネート化合物、ジアゾジスルホン化合物、ジスルホン化合物、及びo-ニトロベンジルスルホネート化合物を挙げることができる。
<(B) Photoacid generator>
The composition of the present invention contains a photoacid generator (hereinafter, also referred to as "photoacid generator (B)").
A photoacid generator is a compound that generates an acid when irradiated with active light or radiation.
As the photoacid generator, a compound that generates an organic acid by irradiation with active light or radiation is preferable. For example, a sulfonium salt compound, an iodonium salt compound, a diazonium salt compound, a phosphonium salt compound, an imide sulfonate compound, an oxime sulfonate compound, a diazodisulfone compound, a disulfone compound, and an o-nitrobenzyl sulfonate compound can be mentioned.
 光酸発生剤としては、活性光線又は放射線の照射により酸を発生する公知の化合物を、単独又はそれらの混合物として適宜選択して使用することができる。例えば、米国特許出願公開2016/0070167A1号明細書の段落[0125]~[0319]、米国特許出願公開2015/0004544A1号明細書の段落[0086]~[0094]、米国特許出願公開2016/0237190A1号明細書の段落[0323]~[0402]に開示された公知の化合物を光酸発生剤(B)として好適に使用できる。 As the photoacid generator, a known compound that generates an acid by irradiation with active light or radiation can be appropriately selected and used alone or as a mixture thereof. For example, paragraphs [0125]-[0319] of U.S. Patent Application Publication No. 2016/0070167A1, paragraphs [0083]-[0094] of U.S. Patent Application Publication No. 2015/0004544A1, U.S. Patent Application Publication No. 2016/0237190A1. The known compounds disclosed in paragraphs [0323] to [0402] of the specification can be suitably used as the photoacid generator (B).
 光酸発生剤(B)の好適な態様としては、例えば、下記一般式(ZI)、(ZII)及び(ZIII)で表される化合物が挙げられる。 Preferable embodiments of the photoacid generator (B) include, for example, compounds represented by the following general formulas (ZI), (ZII) and (ZIII).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000029
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000029
 上記一般式(ZI)において、
 R201、R202及びR203は、各々独立に、有機基を表す。
 R201、R202及びR203としての有機基の炭素数は、一般的に1~30であり、好ましくは1~20である。
 また、R201~R203のうち2つが結合して環構造を形成してもよく、環内に酸素原子、硫黄原子、エステル結合、アミド結合、又はカルボニル基を含んでいてもよい。R201~R203の内の2つが結合して形成する基としては、アルキレン基(例えば、ブチレン基、ペンチレン基)及び-CH-CH-O-CH-CH-を挙げることができる。
 Z-は、アニオンを表す。
In the above general formula (ZI)
R 201 , R 202 and R 203 each independently represent an organic group.
The number of carbon atoms of the organic group as R 201 , R 202 and R 203 is generally 1 to 30, preferably 1 to 20.
Further, two of R 201 to R 203 may be bonded to form a ring structure, and the ring may contain an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom, an ester bond, an amide bond, or a carbonyl group. The two of the group formed by bonding of the R 201 ~ R 203, an alkylene group (e.g., butylene, pentylene) and -CH 2 -CH 2 -O-CH 2 -CH 2 - and the like can.
Z - represents an anion.
 一般式(ZI)におけるカチオンの好適な態様としては、後述する化合物(ZI-1)、(ZI-2)、(ZI-3)及び(ZI-4)における対応する基を挙げることができる。
 なお、光酸発生剤(B)は、一般式(ZI)で表される構造を複数有する化合物であってもよい。例えば、一般式(ZI)で表される化合物のR201~R203の少なくとも1つと、一般式(ZI)で表されるもうひとつの化合物のR201~R203の少なくとも一つとが、単結合又は連結基を介して結合した構造を有する化合物であってもよい。
Preferable embodiments of the cation in the general formula (ZI) include the corresponding groups in the compounds (ZI-1), (ZI-2), (ZI-3) and (ZI-4) described below.
The photoacid generator (B) may be a compound having a plurality of structures represented by the general formula (ZI). For example, at least one of R 201 ~ R 203 of the compound represented by formula (ZI), and at least one of R 201 ~ R 203 of another compound represented by formula (ZI), a single bond Alternatively, it may be a compound having a structure bonded via a linking group.
 まず、化合物(ZI-1)について説明する。
 化合物(ZI-1)は、上記一般式(ZI)のR201~R203の少なくとも1つがアリール基である、アリールスルホニウム化合物、すなわち、アリールスルホニウムをカチオンとする化合物である。
 アリールスルホニウム化合物は、R201~R203の全てがアリール基でもよいし、R201~R203の一部がアリール基であり、残りがアルキル基又はシクロアルキル基であってもよい。
 アリールスルホニウム化合物としては、例えば、トリアリールスルホニウム化合物、ジアリールアルキルスルホニウム化合物、アリールジアルキルスルホニウム化合物、ジアリールシクロアルキルスルホニウム化合物、及びアリールジシクロアルキルスルホニウム化合物を挙げることができる。
First, the compound (ZI-1) will be described.
The compound (ZI-1) is an aryl sulfonium compound in which at least one of R 201 to R 203 of the above general formula (ZI) is an aryl group, that is, a compound having an aryl sulfonium as a cation.
In the aryl sulfonium compound , all of R 201 to R 203 may be an aryl group, or a part of R 201 to R 203 may be an aryl group and the rest may be an alkyl group or a cycloalkyl group.
Examples of the aryl sulfonium compound include a triaryl sulfonium compound, a diallyl alkyl sulfonium compound, an aryl dialkyl sulfonium compound, a diallyl cycloalkyl sulfonium compound, and an aryl dicycloalkyl sulfonium compound.
 アリールスルホニウム化合物のアリール基としてはフェニル基、又はナフチル基が好ましく、フェニル基がより好ましい。アリール基は、酸素原子、窒素原子、又は硫黄原子等を有する複素環構造を有するアリール基であってもよい。複素環構造としては、ピロール残基、フラン残基、チオフェン残基、インドール残基、ベンゾフラン残基、及びベンゾチオフェン残基等が挙げられる。アリールスルホニウム化合物が2つ以上のアリール基を有する場合に、2つ以上あるアリール基は同一であっても異なっていてもよい。
 アリールスルホニウム化合物が必要に応じて有しているアルキル基又はシクロアルキル基は、炭素数1~15の直鎖アルキル基、炭素数3~15の分岐アルキル基、又は炭素数3~15のシクロアルキル基が好ましく、例えば、メチル基、エチル基、プロピル基、n-ブチル基、sec-ブチル基、t-ブチル基、シクロプロピル基、シクロブチル基、及びシクロヘキシル基等を挙げることができる。
As the aryl group of the aryl sulfonium compound, a phenyl group or a naphthyl group is preferable, and a phenyl group is more preferable. The aryl group may be an aryl group having a heterocyclic structure having an oxygen atom, a nitrogen atom, a sulfur atom or the like. Examples of the heterocyclic structure include pyrrole residues, furan residues, thiophene residues, indole residues, benzofuran residues, benzothiophene residues and the like. When the aryl sulfonium compound has two or more aryl groups, the two or more aryl groups may be the same or different.
The alkyl group or cycloalkyl group contained in the arylsulfonium compound as required is a linear alkyl group having 1 to 15 carbon atoms, a branched alkyl group having 3 to 15 carbon atoms, or a cycloalkyl group having 3 to 15 carbon atoms. The group is preferable, and examples thereof include a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, an n-butyl group, a sec-butyl group, a t-butyl group, a cyclopropyl group, a cyclobutyl group, and a cyclohexyl group.
 R201~R203のアリール基、アルキル基、及びシクロアルキル基は、各々独立にアルキル基(例えば炭素数1~15)、シクロアルキル基(例えば炭素数3~15)、アリール基(例えば炭素数6~14)、アルコキシ基(例えば炭素数1~15)、ハロゲン原子、水酸基、又はフェニルチオ基を置換基として有してもよい。 The aryl group, alkyl group, and cycloalkyl group of R 201 to R 203 are independently an alkyl group (for example, 1 to 15 carbon atoms), a cycloalkyl group (for example, 3 to 15 carbon atoms), and an aryl group (for example, carbon number of carbon atoms). 6 to 14), an alkoxy group (for example, 1 to 15 carbon atoms), a halogen atom, a hydroxyl group, or a phenylthio group may be used as a substituent.
 次に、化合物(ZI-2)について説明する。
 化合物(ZI-2)は、式(ZI)におけるR201~R203が、各々独立に、芳香環を有さない有機基を表す化合物である。ここで芳香環とは、ヘテロ原子を含有する芳香族環も包含する。
 R201~R203としての芳香環を有さない有機基は、一般的に炭素数1~30であり、好ましくは炭素数1~20である。
 R201~R203は、各々独立に、好ましくはアルキル基、シクロアルキル基、アリル基、又はビニル基であり、より好ましくは直鎖又は分岐の2-オキソアルキル基、2-オキソシクロアルキル基、又はアルコキシカルボニルメチル基、さらに好ましくは直鎖又は分岐2-オキソアルキル基である。
Next, the compound (ZI-2) will be described.
The compound (ZI-2) is a compound in which R 201 to R 203 in the formula (ZI) each independently represent an organic group having no aromatic ring. Here, the aromatic ring also includes an aromatic ring containing a hetero atom.
The organic group having no aromatic ring as R 201 to R 203 generally has 1 to 30 carbon atoms, and preferably 1 to 20 carbon atoms.
Each of R 201 to R 203 is independently preferably an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an allyl group, or a vinyl group, and more preferably a linear or branched 2-oxoalkyl group or 2-oxocycloalkyl group. Alternatively, it is an alkoxycarbonylmethyl group, more preferably a linear or branched 2-oxoalkyl group.
 R201~R203のアルキル基及びシクロアルキル基としては、好ましくは、炭素数1~10の直鎖アルキル基又は炭素数3~10の分岐アルキル基(例えば、メチル基、エチル基、プロピル基、ブチル基、及びペンチル基)、ならびに炭素数3~10のシクロアルキル基(例えばシクロペンチル基、シクロヘキシル基、及びノルボルニル基)を挙げることができる。
 R201~R203は、ハロゲン原子、アルコキシ基(例えば炭素数1~5)、水酸基、シアノ基、又はニトロ基によって更に置換されていてもよい。
The alkyl group and cycloalkyl group of R 201 to R 203 are preferably a linear alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms or a branched alkyl group having 3 to 10 carbon atoms (for example, a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, etc.). Butyl group and pentyl group), and cycloalkyl group having 3 to 10 carbon atoms (for example, cyclopentyl group, cyclohexyl group, and norbornyl group) can be mentioned.
R 201 to R 203 may be further substituted with a halogen atom, an alkoxy group (for example, 1 to 5 carbon atoms), a hydroxyl group, a cyano group, or a nitro group.
 次に、化合物(ZI-3)について説明する。
 化合物(ZI-3)は、下記一般式(ZI-3)で表される化合物であり、フェナシルスルフォニウム塩構造を有する化合物である。
Next, the compound (ZI-3) will be described.
The compound (ZI-3) is a compound represented by the following general formula (ZI-3) and has a phenacylsulfonium salt structure.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000030
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000030
 上記一般式(ZI-3)中、
は、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、アルコキシ基、シクロアルコキシ基、アリール基、又はアルケニル基を表す。
及びRは、各々独立に、水素原子、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、アルコキシ基、シクロアルコキシ基、又はアリール基を表す。RとRが互いに連結して環を形成してもよい。
とRは、互いに連結して環を形成してもよい。
及びRは、各々独立に、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、アルケニル基、アリール基、2-オキソアルキル基、2-オキソシクロアルキル基、アルコキシカルボニルアルキル基、又はアルコキシカルボニルシクロアルキル基を表す。RとRが互いに連結して環を形成してもよく、この環構造は酸素原子、窒素原子、硫黄原子、ケトン基、エーテル結合、エステル結合、アミド結合を含んでいてもよい。
は、アニオンを表す。
In the above general formula (ZI-3),
R 1 represents an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an alkoxy group, a cycloalkoxy group, an aryl group, or an alkenyl group.
R 2 and R 3 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an alkoxy group, a cycloalkoxy group, or an aryl group. R 2 and R 3 may be connected to each other to form a ring.
R 1 and R 2 may be connected to each other to form a ring.
RX and Ry independently represent an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an alkenyl group, an aryl group, a 2-oxoalkyl group, a 2-oxocycloalkyl group, an alkoxycarbonylalkyl group, or an alkoxycarbonylcycloalkyl group. .. RX and R y may be linked to each other to form a ring, and this ring structure may contain an oxygen atom, a nitrogen atom, a sulfur atom, a ketone group, an ether bond, an ester bond, and an amide bond.
Z - represents an anion.
 Rとしてのアルキル基は、特に限定されないが、直鎖状又は分岐状でもよく、炭素数1~20のアルキル基が好ましく、炭素数1~15のアルキル基がより好ましく、炭素数1~10のアルキル基が更に好ましい。
 アルキル基は置換基を有していてもよい。置換基としては特に限定されないが、例えば上述の置換基Tが挙げられる。
The alkyl group as R 1 is not particularly limited, but may be linear or branched, preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, more preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 15 carbon atoms, and 1 to 10 carbon atoms. Alkyl groups of are more preferred.
The alkyl group may have a substituent. The substituent is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include the above-mentioned substituent T.
 Rとしてのシクロアルキル基は、特に限定されないが、単環又は多環でもよく、炭素数3~20のシクロアルキル基が好ましく、炭素数3~15のシクロアルキル基がより好ましく、炭素数3~10のシクロアルキル基が更に好ましい。
 シクロアルキル基としては、具体的には、シクロペンチル基、シクロヘキシル基、デカヒドロナフタレニル基が挙げられる。
 シクロアルキル基は置換基を有していてもよい。置換基としては特に限定されないが、例えば上述の置換基Tが挙げられる。
The cycloalkyl group as R 1 is not particularly limited, but may be monocyclic or polycyclic, a cycloalkyl group having 3 to 20 carbon atoms is preferable, a cycloalkyl group having 3 to 15 carbon atoms is more preferable, and a cycloalkyl group having 3 to 15 carbon atoms is more preferable. A cycloalkyl group of ~ 10 is more preferred.
Specific examples of the cycloalkyl group include a cyclopentyl group, a cyclohexyl group, and a decahydronaphthalenyl group.
The cycloalkyl group may have a substituent. The substituent is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include the above-mentioned substituent T.
 Rとしてのアルコキシ基は、特に限定されないが、炭素数1~20のアルコキシ基が好ましく、炭素数1~15のアルコキシ基がより好ましく、炭素数1~10のアルコキシ基が更に好ましい。
 アルコキシ基は置換基を有していてもよい。置換基としては特に限定されないが、例えば上述の置換基Tが挙げられる。
The alkoxy group as R 1 is not particularly limited, but an alkoxy group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms is preferable, an alkoxy group having 1 to 15 carbon atoms is more preferable, and an alkoxy group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms is further preferable.
The alkoxy group may have a substituent. The substituent is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include the above-mentioned substituent T.
 Rとしてのシクロアルコキシ基は、特に限定されないが、炭素数3~20のシクロアルコキシ基が好ましく、炭素数3~15のシクロアルコキシ基がより好ましく、炭素数3~10のシクロアルコキシ基が更に好ましい。
 シクロアルコキシ基は置換基を有していてもよい。置換基としては特に限定されないが、例えば上述の置換基Tが挙げられる。
The cycloalkoxy group as R 1 is not particularly limited, but a cycloalkoxy group having 3 to 20 carbon atoms is preferable, a cycloalkoxy group having 3 to 15 carbon atoms is more preferable, and a cycloalkoxy group having 3 to 10 carbon atoms is further preferable. preferable.
The cycloalkoxy group may have a substituent. The substituent is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include the above-mentioned substituent T.
 Rとしてのアリール基は、特に限定されないが、単環でも多環でもよく、炭素数6~20のアリール基が好ましく、炭素数6~15のアリール基がより好ましく、炭素数6~10のアリール基が更に好ましい。
 アリール基は置換基を有していてもよい。置換基としては特に限定されないが、例えば上述の置換基Tが挙げられるが、アルコキシ基が好ましい。
The aryl group as R 1 is not particularly limited, but may be monocyclic or polycyclic, and an aryl group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms is preferable, an aryl group having 6 to 15 carbon atoms is more preferable, and an aryl group having 6 to 10 carbon atoms is preferable. Aryl groups are more preferred.
The aryl group may have a substituent. The substituent is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include the above-mentioned substituent T, but an alkoxy group is preferable.
 Rとしてのアルケニル基は、特に限定されないが、炭素数1~20のアルケニル基が好ましく、炭素数1~15のアルケニル基がより好ましく、炭素数1~10のアルケニル基が更に好ましい。
 アルケニル基は置換基を有していてもよい。置換基としては特に限定されないが、例えば上述の置換基Tが挙げられる。
The alkenyl group as R 1 is not particularly limited, but an alkenyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms is preferable, an alkenyl group having 1 to 15 carbon atoms is more preferable, and an alkenyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms is further preferable.
The alkenyl group may have a substituent. The substituent is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include the above-mentioned substituent T.
 Rは、アリール基好ましい。 R 1 is preferably an aryl group.
 R及びRとしてのアルキル基は、特に限定されないが、直鎖状又は分岐状でもよく、炭素数1~20のアルキル基が好ましく、炭素数1~15のアルキル基がより好ましく、炭素数1~10のアルキル基が更に好ましい。
 アルキル基は置換基を有していてもよい。置換基としては特に限定されないが、例えば上述の置換基Tが挙げられる。
The alkyl group as R 2 and R 3 is not particularly limited, but may be linear or branched, and an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms is preferable, an alkyl group having 1 to 15 carbon atoms is more preferable, and an alkyl group having 1 to 15 carbon atoms is more preferable. Alkyl groups from 1 to 10 are more preferred.
The alkyl group may have a substituent. The substituent is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include the above-mentioned substituent T.
 R及びRとしてのシクロアルキル基は、特に限定されないが、単環又は多環でもよく、炭素数3~20のシクロアルキル基が好ましく、炭素数3~15のシクロアルキル基がより好ましく、炭素数3~10のシクロアルキル基が更に好ましい。
 シクロアルキル基としては、具体的には、シクロペンチル基、シクロヘキシル基、デカヒドロナフタレニル基が挙げられる。
 シクロアルキル基は置換基を有していてもよい。置換基としては特に限定されないが、例えば上述の置換基Tが挙げられる。
The cycloalkyl group as R 2 and R 3 is not particularly limited, but may be monocyclic or polycyclic, a cycloalkyl group having 3 to 20 carbon atoms is preferable, and a cycloalkyl group having 3 to 15 carbon atoms is more preferable. A cycloalkyl group having 3 to 10 carbon atoms is more preferable.
Specific examples of the cycloalkyl group include a cyclopentyl group, a cyclohexyl group, and a decahydronaphthalenyl group.
The cycloalkyl group may have a substituent. The substituent is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include the above-mentioned substituent T.
 R及びRとしてのアリール基は、特に限定されないが、単環でも多環でもよく、炭素数6~20のアリール基が好ましく、炭素数6~15のアリール基がより好ましく、炭素数6~10のアリール基が更に好ましい。
 アリール基は置換基を有していてもよい。置換基としては特に限定されないが、例えば上述の置換基Tが挙げられる。
The aryl groups as R 2 and R 3 are not particularly limited, but may be monocyclic or polycyclic, and an aryl group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms is preferable, an aryl group having 6 to 15 carbon atoms is more preferable, and an aryl group having 6 to 15 carbon atoms is more preferable. Aryl groups of ~ 10 are more preferred.
The aryl group may have a substituent. The substituent is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include the above-mentioned substituent T.
 R及びRとしてのアルコキシ基は、特に限定されないが、炭素数1~20のアルコキシ基が好ましく、炭素数1~15のアルコキシ基がより好ましく、炭素数1~10のアルコキシ基が更に好ましい。
 アルコキシ基は置換基を有していてもよい。置換基としては特に限定されないが、例えば上述の置換基Tが挙げられる。
The alkoxy groups as R 2 and R 3 are not particularly limited, but an alkoxy group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms is preferable, an alkoxy group having 1 to 15 carbon atoms is more preferable, and an alkoxy group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms is further preferable. ..
The alkoxy group may have a substituent. The substituent is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include the above-mentioned substituent T.
 R及びRとしてのシクロアルコキシ基は、特に限定されないが、炭素数3~20のシクロアルコキシ基が好ましく、炭素数3~15のシクロアルコキシ基がより好ましく、炭素数3~10のシクロアルコキシ基が更に好ましい。
 シクロアルコキシ基は置換基を有していてもよい。置換基としては特に限定されないが、例えば上述の置換基Tが挙げられる。
The cycloalkoxy groups as R 2 and R 3 are not particularly limited, but a cycloalkoxy group having 3 to 20 carbon atoms is preferable, a cycloalkoxy group having 3 to 15 carbon atoms is more preferable, and a cycloalkoxy group having 3 to 10 carbon atoms is preferable. Groups are even more preferred.
The cycloalkoxy group may have a substituent. The substituent is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include the above-mentioned substituent T.
 R及びRは、各々独立に、水素原子、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基又はアルコキシ基であることが好ましく、水素原子又はアルキル基であることがより好ましい。 R 2 and R 3 are each independently preferably a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group or an alkoxy group, and more preferably a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group.
 RとRが互いに連結して環を形成してもよく、環構造としては、例えば、3~10員環を挙げることができ、4~8員環が好ましく、5又は6員環がより好ましい。
 また、RとRは、互いに連結して環を形成してもよく、環構造としては、3~10員環を挙げることができ、4~8員環が好ましく、5又は6員環がより好ましい。
R 2 and R 3 may be connected to each other to form a ring, and examples of the ring structure include a 3- to 10-membered ring, preferably a 4- to 8-membered ring, and a 5- or 6-membered ring. More preferred.
Further, R 1 and R 2 may be connected to each other to form a ring, and the ring structure may include a 3 to 10-membered ring, preferably a 4- to 8-membered ring, and a 5- or 6-membered ring. Is more preferable.
 R及びRとしてのアルキル基は、特に限定されないが、直鎖状又は分岐状でもよく、炭素数1~20のアルキル基が好ましく、炭素数1~15のアルキル基がより好ましく、炭素数1~10のアルキル基が更に好ましい。
 アルキル基は置換基を有していてもよい。置換基としては特に限定されないが、例えば上述の置換基Tが挙げられる。
The alkyl groups as RX and R y are not particularly limited, but may be linear or branched, and an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms is preferable, an alkyl group having 1 to 15 carbon atoms is more preferable, and an alkyl group having 1 to 15 carbon atoms is more preferable. Alkyl groups from 1 to 10 are more preferred.
The alkyl group may have a substituent. The substituent is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include the above-mentioned substituent T.
 R及びRとしてのシクロアルキル基は、特に限定されないが、単環又は多環でもよく、炭素数3~20のシクロアルキル基が好ましく、炭素数3~15のシクロアルキル基がより好ましく、炭素数3~10のシクロアルキル基が更に好ましい。
 シクロアルキル基としては、具体的には、シクロペンチル基、シクロヘキシル基、デカヒドロナフタレニル基が挙げられる。
 シクロアルキル基は置換基を有していてもよい。置換基としては特に限定されないが、例えば上述の置換基Tが挙げられる。
The cycloalkyl group as R X and R y is not particularly limited, may be monocyclic or polycyclic, preferably a cycloalkyl group having 3 to 20 carbon atoms, more preferably a cycloalkyl group having 3 to 15 carbon atoms, A cycloalkyl group having 3 to 10 carbon atoms is more preferable.
Specific examples of the cycloalkyl group include a cyclopentyl group, a cyclohexyl group, and a decahydronaphthalenyl group.
The cycloalkyl group may have a substituent. The substituent is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include the above-mentioned substituent T.
 R及びRとしてのアルケニル基は、特に限定されないが、炭素数1~20のアルケニル基が好ましく、炭素数1~15のアルケニル基がより好ましく、炭素数1~10のアルケニル基が更に好ましい。
 アルケニル基は置換基を有していてもよい。置換基としては特に限定されないが、例えば上述の置換基Tが挙げられる。
Alkenyl group as R X and R y is not particularly limited, preferably an alkenyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, more preferably an alkenyl group having 1 to 15 carbon atoms, more preferably an alkenyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms ..
The alkenyl group may have a substituent. The substituent is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include the above-mentioned substituent T.
 R及びRとしてのアリール基は、特に限定されないが、単環でも多環でもよく、炭素数6~20のアリール基が好ましく、炭素数6~15のアリール基がより好ましく、炭素数6~10のアリール基が更に好ましい。
 アリール基は置換基を有していてもよい。置換基としては特に限定されないが、例えば上述の置換基Tが挙げられる。
The aryl group as R X and R y is not particularly limited, may be monocyclic or polycyclic, preferably an aryl group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms, more preferably an aryl group having 6 to 15 carbon atoms, 6 carbon atoms Aryl groups of ~ 10 are more preferred.
The aryl group may have a substituent. The substituent is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include the above-mentioned substituent T.
 R及びRとしての2-オキソアルキル基は、特に限定されないが、炭素数1~20の2-オキソアルキルが好ましく、炭素数1~15の2-オキソアルキルがより好ましく、炭素数1~10の2-オキソアルキルが更に好ましい。
 2-オキソアルキル基は置換基を有していてもよい。置換基としては特に限定されないが、例えば上述の置換基Tが挙げられる。
The 2-oxoalkyl groups as RX and Ry are not particularly limited, but 2-oxoalkyl having 1 to 20 carbon atoms is preferable, 2-oxoalkyl group having 1 to 15 carbon atoms is more preferable, and 1 to 15 carbon atoms are more preferable. 10 2-oxoalkyl is more preferred.
The 2-oxoalkyl group may have a substituent. The substituent is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include the above-mentioned substituent T.
 R及びRとしての2-オキソシクロアルキル基は、特に限定されないが、炭素数3~20の2-オキソシクロアルキル基が好ましく、炭素数3~15の2-オキソシクロアルキル基がより好ましく、炭素数3~10の2-オキソシクロアルキル基が更に好ましい。
 2-オキソシクロアルキル基は置換基を有していてもよい。置換基としては特に限定されないが、例えば上述の置換基Tが挙げられる。
The 2-oxocycloalkyl group as RX and Ry is not particularly limited, but a 2-oxocycloalkyl group having 3 to 20 carbon atoms is preferable, and a 2-oxocycloalkyl group having 3 to 15 carbon atoms is more preferable. , A 2-oxocycloalkyl group having 3 to 10 carbon atoms is more preferable.
The 2-oxocycloalkyl group may have a substituent. The substituent is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include the above-mentioned substituent T.
 R及びRとしてのアルコキシカルボニルアルキル基は、特に限定されないが、炭素数3~22のアルコキシカルボニルアルキル基が好ましく、炭素数3~17のアルコキシカルボニルアルキル基がより好ましく、炭素数3~12のアルコキシカルボニルアルキル基が更に好ましい。
 アルコキシカルボニルアルキル基は置換基を有していてもよい。置換基としては特に限定されないが、例えば上述の置換基Tが挙げられる。
Alkoxycarbonylalkyl group as R X and R y is not particularly limited, preferably an alkoxycarbonyl group having 3 to 22 carbon atoms, more preferably an alkoxycarbonyl group having 3 to 17 carbon atoms, 3 to 12 carbon atoms Alkoxycarbonylalkyl groups of are more preferred.
The alkoxycarbonylalkyl group may have a substituent. The substituent is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include the above-mentioned substituent T.
 R及びRとしてのアルコキシカルボニルシクロアルキル基は、特に限定されないが、炭素数5~24のアルコキシカルボニルシクロアルキル基が好ましく、炭素数5~19のアルコキシカルボニルシクロアルキル基がより好ましく、炭素数5~14のアルコキシカルボニルシクロアルキル基が更に好ましい。
 アルコキシカルボニルシクロアルキル基は置換基を有していてもよい。置換基としては特に限定されないが、例えば上述の置換基Tが挙げられる。
Alkoxycarbonyl cycloalkyl group as R X and R y is not particularly limited, preferably an alkoxycarbonyl cycloalkyl group having 5 to 24 carbon atoms, more preferably an alkoxycarbonyl cycloalkyl group having 5 to 19 carbon atoms, carbon atoms 5-14 alkoxycarbonylcycloalkyl groups are more preferred.
The alkoxycarbonylcycloalkyl group may have a substituent. The substituent is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include the above-mentioned substituent T.
 RとRが互いに連結して環を形成してもよく、この環構造は酸素原子、窒素原子、硫黄原子、ケトン基、エーテル結合、エステル結合、アミド結合を含んでいてもよい。
 上記環構造は、酸素原子を含むことが好ましい。
 上記環構造としては、芳香族若しくは非芳香族の炭化水素環、芳香族若しくは非芳香族の複素環、及びこれらの環が2つ以上組み合わされてなる多環縮合環を挙げることができる。環構造としては、3~10員環を挙げることができ、4~8員環が好ましく、5又は6員環がより好ましい。
RX and R y may be linked to each other to form a ring, and this ring structure may contain an oxygen atom, a nitrogen atom, a sulfur atom, a ketone group, an ether bond, an ester bond, and an amide bond.
The ring structure preferably contains an oxygen atom.
Examples of the ring structure include aromatic or non-aromatic hydrocarbon rings, aromatic or non-aromatic heterocycles, and polycyclic fused rings in which two or more of these rings are combined. Examples of the ring structure include a 3- to 10-membered ring, preferably a 4- to 8-membered ring, and more preferably a 5- or 6-membered ring.
 次に、化合物(ZI-4)について説明する。
 化合物(ZI-4)は、下記一般式(ZI-4)で表される化合物である。
Next, the compound (ZI-4) will be described.
The compound (ZI-4) is a compound represented by the following general formula (ZI-4).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000031
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000031
 一般式(ZI-4)中、
 lは0~2の整数を表す。
 rは0~8の整数を表す。
 R13は水素原子、フッ素原子、水酸基、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、アルコキシ基、又はアルコキシカルボニル基を表す。
 R14は、水酸基、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、アルコキシ基、アルコキシカルボニル基、アルキルカルボニル基、アルキルスルホニル基、又はシクロアルキルスルホニル基を表す。R14は、複数存在する場合は、複数のR14は、互いに同一であっても異なっていてもよい。
 R15は各々独立して、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基又はナフチル基を表す。2つのR15が互いに結合して環を形成してもよい。2つのR15が互いに結合して環を形成するとき、この環構造は酸素原子、窒素原子、硫黄原子、ケトン基、エーテル結合、エステル結合、アミド結合を含んでいてもよい。
 Xは、アニオンを表す。
In the general formula (ZI-4),
l represents an integer of 0 to 2.
r represents an integer from 0 to 8.
R 13 represents a hydrogen atom, a fluorine atom, a hydroxyl group, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an alkoxy group, or an alkoxycarbonyl group.
R 14 represents a hydroxyl group, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an alkoxy group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, an alkylcarbonyl group, an alkylsulfonyl group, or a cycloalkylsulfonyl group. R 14 is, if there are two or more, plural R 14 may being the same or different.
Each of R 15 independently represents an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group or a naphthyl group. Bonded to two R 15 each other may form a ring. When two R 15 are combined to form a ring together, the ring structure is an oxygen atom, a nitrogen atom, a sulfur atom, a ketone group, an ether bond, an ester bond, or an amide bond.
X - represents an anion.
 R13としてのアルキル基は、特に限定されないが、直鎖状又は分岐状でもよく、炭素数1~20のアルキル基が好ましく、炭素数1~15のアルキル基がより好ましく、炭素数1~10のアルキル基が更に好ましい。
 アルキル基は置換基を有していてもよい。置換基としては特に限定されないが、例えば上述の置換基Tが挙げられる。
The alkyl group as R 13 is not particularly limited, but may be linear or branched, preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, more preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 15 carbon atoms, and 1 to 10 carbon atoms. Alkyl groups of are more preferred.
The alkyl group may have a substituent. The substituent is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include the above-mentioned substituent T.
 R13としてのシクロアルキル基は、特に限定されないが、単環又は多環でもよく、炭素数3~20のシクロアルキル基が好ましく、炭素数3~15のシクロアルキル基がより好ましく、炭素数3~10のシクロアルキル基が更に好ましい。
 シクロアルキル基としては、具体的には、シクロペンチル基、シクロヘキシル基、デカヒドロナフタレニル基が挙げられる。
 シクロアルキル基は置換基を有していてもよい。置換基としては特に限定されないが、例えば上述の置換基Tが挙げられる。
The cycloalkyl group as R 13 is not particularly limited, but may be monocyclic or polycyclic, a cycloalkyl group having 3 to 20 carbon atoms is preferable, a cycloalkyl group having 3 to 15 carbon atoms is more preferable, and a cycloalkyl group having 3 to 15 carbon atoms is more preferable. A cycloalkyl group of ~ 10 is more preferred.
Specific examples of the cycloalkyl group include a cyclopentyl group, a cyclohexyl group, and a decahydronaphthalenyl group.
The cycloalkyl group may have a substituent. The substituent is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include the above-mentioned substituent T.
 R13としてのアルコキシ基は、特に限定されないが、炭素数1~20のアルコキシ基が好ましく、炭素数1~15のアルコキシ基がより好ましく、炭素数1~10のアルコキシ基が更に好ましい。
 アルコキシ基は置換基を有していてもよい。置換基としては特に限定されないが、例えば上述の置換基Tが挙げられる。
The alkoxy group as R 13 is not particularly limited, but an alkoxy group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms is preferable, an alkoxy group having 1 to 15 carbon atoms is more preferable, and an alkoxy group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms is further preferable.
The alkoxy group may have a substituent. The substituent is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include the above-mentioned substituent T.
 R13としてのアルコキシカルボニル基は、特に限定されないが、炭素数2~21のアルコキシカルボニル基が好ましく、炭素数2~16のアルコキシカルボニル基がより好ましく、炭素数2~11のアルコキシカルボニル基が更に好ましい。
 アルコキシカルボニル基は置換基を有していてもよい。置換基としては特に限定されないが、例えば上述の置換基Tが挙げられる。
The alkoxycarbonyl group as R 13 is not particularly limited, but an alkoxycarbonyl group having 2 to 21 carbon atoms is preferable, an alkoxycarbonyl group having 2 to 16 carbon atoms is more preferable, and an alkoxycarbonyl group having 2 to 11 carbon atoms is further preferable. preferable.
The alkoxycarbonyl group may have a substituent. The substituent is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include the above-mentioned substituent T.
 R14としてのアルキル基は、特に限定されないが、直鎖状又は分岐状でもよく、炭素数1~20のアルキル基が好ましく、炭素数1~15のアルキル基がより好ましく、炭素数1~10のアルキル基が更に好ましい。
 アルキル基は置換基を有していてもよい。置換基としては特に限定されないが、例えば上述の置換基Tが挙げられる。
The alkyl group as R 14 is not particularly limited, but may be linear or branched, preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, more preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 15 carbon atoms, and 1 to 10 carbon atoms. Alkyl groups of are more preferred.
The alkyl group may have a substituent. The substituent is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include the above-mentioned substituent T.
 R14としてのシクロアルキル基は、特に限定されないが、単環又は多環でもよく、炭素数3~20のシクロアルキル基が好ましく、炭素数3~15のシクロアルキル基がより好ましく、炭素数3~10のシクロアルキル基が更に好ましい。
 シクロアルキル基としては、具体的には、シクロペンチル基、シクロヘキシル基、デカヒドロナフタレニル基が挙げられる。
 シクロアルキル基は置換基を有していてもよい。置換基としては特に限定されないが、例えば上述の置換基Tが挙げられる。
The cycloalkyl group as R 14 is not particularly limited, but may be monocyclic or polycyclic, a cycloalkyl group having 3 to 20 carbon atoms is preferable, a cycloalkyl group having 3 to 15 carbon atoms is more preferable, and a cycloalkyl group having 3 to 15 carbon atoms is more preferable. A cycloalkyl group of ~ 10 is more preferred.
Specific examples of the cycloalkyl group include a cyclopentyl group, a cyclohexyl group, and a decahydronaphthalenyl group.
The cycloalkyl group may have a substituent. The substituent is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include the above-mentioned substituent T.
 R14としてのアルコキシ基は、特に限定されないが、炭素数1~20のアルコキシ基が好ましく、炭素数1~15のアルコキシ基がより好ましく、炭素数1~10のアルコキシ基が更に好ましい。
 アルコキシ基は置換基を有していてもよい。置換基としては特に限定されないが、例えば上述の置換基Tが挙げられる。
The alkoxy group as R 14 is not particularly limited, but an alkoxy group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms is preferable, an alkoxy group having 1 to 15 carbon atoms is more preferable, and an alkoxy group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms is further preferable.
The alkoxy group may have a substituent. The substituent is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include the above-mentioned substituent T.
 R14としてのアルコキシカルボニル基は、特に限定されないが、炭素数2~21のアルコキシカルボニル基が好ましく、炭素数2~16のアルコキシカルボニル基がより好ましく、炭素数2~11のアルコキシカルボニル基が更に好ましい。
 アルコキシカルボニル基は置換基を有していてもよい。置換基としては特に限定されないが、例えば上述の置換基Tが挙げられる。
The alkoxycarbonyl group as R 14 is not particularly limited, but an alkoxycarbonyl group having 2 to 21 carbon atoms is preferable, an alkoxycarbonyl group having 2 to 16 carbon atoms is more preferable, and an alkoxycarbonyl group having 2 to 11 carbon atoms is further preferable. preferable.
The alkoxycarbonyl group may have a substituent. The substituent is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include the above-mentioned substituent T.
 R14としてのアルキルカルボニル基は、特に限定されないが、炭素数2~21のアルキルカルボニル基が好ましく、炭素数2~16のアルキルカルボニル基がより好ましく、炭素数2~11のアルキルカルボニル基が更に好ましい。
 アルコキルカルボニル基は置換基を有していてもよい。置換基としては特に限定されないが、例えば上述の置換基Tが挙げられる。
The alkylcarbonyl group as R 14 is not particularly limited, but an alkylcarbonyl group having 2 to 21 carbon atoms is preferable, an alkylcarbonyl group having 2 to 16 carbon atoms is more preferable, and an alkylcarbonyl group having 2 to 11 carbon atoms is further preferable. preferable.
The alcoholylcarbonyl group may have a substituent. The substituent is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include the above-mentioned substituent T.
 R14としてのアルキルスルホニル基は、特に限定されないが、炭素数1~20のアルキルスルホニル基が好ましく、炭素数1~15のアルキルスルホニル基がより好ましく、炭素数1~10のアルキルスルホニル基が更に好ましい。
 アルキルスルホニル基は置換基を有していてもよい。置換基としては特に限定されないが、例えば上述の置換基Tが挙げられる。
The alkylsulfonyl group as R 14 is not particularly limited, but an alkylsulfonyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms is preferable, an alkylsulfonyl group having 1 to 15 carbon atoms is more preferable, and an alkylsulfonyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms is further preferable. preferable.
The alkylsulfonyl group may have a substituent. The substituent is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include the above-mentioned substituent T.
 R14としてのシクロアルキルスルホニル基は、特に限定されないが、炭素数3~20のシクロアルキルスルホニル基が好ましく、炭素数3~15のシクロアルキルスルホニル基がより好ましく、炭素数3~10のシクロアルキルスルホニル基が更に好ましい。
 シクロアルキルスルホニル基は置換基を有していてもよい。置換基としては特に限定されないが、例えば上述の置換基Tが挙げられる。
The cycloalkylsulfonyl group as R 14 is not particularly limited, but a cycloalkylsulfonyl group having 3 to 20 carbon atoms is preferable, a cycloalkylsulfonyl group having 3 to 15 carbon atoms is more preferable, and a cycloalkylsulfonyl group having 3 to 10 carbon atoms is more preferable. A sulfonyl group is more preferred.
The cycloalkylsulfonyl group may have a substituent. The substituent is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include the above-mentioned substituent T.
 R14は、複数存在する場合は、複数のR14は、互いに同一であっても異なっていてもよい。 R 14 is, if there are two or more, plural R 14 may being the same or different.
 R15としてのアルキル基は、特に限定されないが、直鎖状又は分岐状でもよく、炭素数1~20のアルキル基が好ましく、炭素数1~15のアルキル基がより好ましく、炭素数1~10のアルキル基が更に好ましい。
 アルキル基は置換基を有していてもよい。置換基としては特に限定されないが、例えば上述の置換基Tが挙げられる。
The alkyl group as R 15 is not particularly limited, but may be linear or branched, preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, more preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 15 carbon atoms, and 1 to 10 carbon atoms. Alkyl groups of are more preferred.
The alkyl group may have a substituent. The substituent is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include the above-mentioned substituent T.
 R15としてのシクロアルキル基は、特に限定されないが、単環又は多環でもよく、炭素数3~20のシクロアルキル基が好ましく、炭素数3~15のシクロアルキル基がより好ましく、炭素数3~10のシクロアルキル基が更に好ましい。
 シクロアルキル基としては、具体的には、シクロペンチル基、シクロヘキシル基、デカヒドロナフタレニル基が挙げられる。
 シクロアルキル基は置換基を有していてもよい。置換基としては特に限定されないが、例えば上述の置換基Tが挙げられる。
The cycloalkyl group as R 15 is not particularly limited, may be monocyclic or polycyclic, preferably a cycloalkyl group having 3 to 20 carbon atoms, more preferably a cycloalkyl group having 3 to 15 carbon atoms, 3 carbon atoms A cycloalkyl group of ~ 10 is more preferred.
Specific examples of the cycloalkyl group include a cyclopentyl group, a cyclohexyl group, and a decahydronaphthalenyl group.
The cycloalkyl group may have a substituent. The substituent is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include the above-mentioned substituent T.
 R15としてのナフチル基は置換基を有していてもよい。置換基としては特に限定されないが、例えば上述の置換基Tが挙げられる。 The naphthyl group as R 15 may have a substituent. The substituent is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include the above-mentioned substituent T.
 2つのR15が互いに結合して環を形成してもよい。2つのR15が互いに結合して環を形成するとき、この環構造は酸素原子、窒素原子、硫黄原子、ケトン基、エーテル結合、エステル結合、アミド結合を含んでいてもよい。
 上記環構造は、酸素原子を含むことが好ましい。
 上記環構造としては、芳香族若しくは非芳香族の炭化水素環、芳香族若しくは非芳香族の複素環、及びこれらの環が2つ以上組み合わされてなる多環縮合環を挙げることができる。環構造としては、3~10員環を挙げることができ、4~8員環が好ましく、5又は6員環がより好ましい。
Bonded to two R 15 each other may form a ring. When two R 15 are combined to form a ring together, the ring structure is an oxygen atom, a nitrogen atom, a sulfur atom, a ketone group, an ether bond, an ester bond, or an amide bond.
The ring structure preferably contains an oxygen atom.
Examples of the ring structure include aromatic or non-aromatic hydrocarbon rings, aromatic or non-aromatic heterocycles, and polycyclic fused rings in which two or more of these rings are combined. Examples of the ring structure include a 3- to 10-membered ring, preferably a 4- to 8-membered ring, and more preferably a 5- or 6-membered ring.
 好ましい一態様において、2つのR15がアルキル基であり、互いに結合して環構造を形成することが好ましい。 In a preferred embodiment, two R 15 is an alkyl group, it is preferable to form a ring structure.
 次に、一般式(ZII)、及び(ZIII)について説明する。
 一般式(ZII)、及び(ZIII)中、R204~R207は、各々独立に、アリール基、アルキル基又はシクロアルキル基を表す。
 R204~R207のアリール基としてはフェニル基、又はナフチル基が好ましく、フェニル基がより好ましい。R204~R207のアリール基は、酸素原子、窒素原子、又は硫黄原子等を有する複素環構造を有するアリール基であってもよい。複素環構造を有するアリール基の骨格としては、例えば、ピロール、フラン、チオフェン、インドール、ベンゾフラン、及びベンゾチオフェン等を挙げることができる。
 R204~R207のアルキル基及びシクロアルキル基としては、好ましくは、炭素数1~10の直鎖アルキル基又は炭素数3~10の分岐アルキル基(例えば、メチル基、エチル基、プロピル基、ブチル基、及びペンチル基)、炭素数3~10のシクロアルキル基(例えばシクロペンチル基、シクロヘキシル基、及びノルボルニル基)を挙げることができる。
Next, the general formulas (ZII) and (ZIII) will be described.
In the general formulas (ZII) and (ZIII), R 204 to R 207 each independently represent an aryl group, an alkyl group or a cycloalkyl group.
As the aryl group of R 204 to R 207, a phenyl group or a naphthyl group is preferable, and a phenyl group is more preferable. The aryl group of R 204 to R 207 may be an aryl group having a heterocyclic structure having an oxygen atom, a nitrogen atom, a sulfur atom or the like. Examples of the skeleton of the aryl group having a heterocyclic structure include pyrrole, furan, thiophene, indole, benzofuran, and benzothiophene.
The alkyl group and cycloalkyl group of R 204 to R 207 are preferably a linear alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms or a branched alkyl group having 3 to 10 carbon atoms (for example, a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, etc.). Butyl group and pentyl group), cycloalkyl group having 3 to 10 carbon atoms (for example, cyclopentyl group, cyclohexyl group, and norbornyl group) can be mentioned.
 R204~R207のアリール基、アルキル基、及びシクロアルキル基は、各々独立に置換基を有していてもよい。R204~R207のアリール基、アルキル基、及びシクロアルキル基が有していてもよい置換基としては、例えば、アルキル基(例えば炭素数1~15)、シクロアルキル基(例えば炭素数3~15)、アリール基(例えば炭素数6~15)、アルコキシ基(例えば炭素数1~15)、ハロゲン原子、水酸基、及びフェニルチオ基等を挙げることができる。
 Zは、アニオンを表す。
The aryl group, alkyl group, and cycloalkyl group of R 204 to R 207 may each have an independent substituent. Examples of the substituent that the aryl group, alkyl group, and cycloalkyl group of R 204 to R 207 may have include an alkyl group (for example, 1 to 15 carbon atoms) and a cycloalkyl group (for example, 3 to 15 carbon atoms). 15), aryl groups (for example, 6 to 15 carbon atoms), alkoxy groups (for example, 1 to 15 carbon atoms), halogen atoms, hydroxyl groups, phenylthio groups and the like can be mentioned.
Z - represents an anion.
 上記(B)光酸発生剤が上記一般式(ZI-3)で表される化合物又は上記一般式(ZI-4)で表される化合物を含むことが好ましい。
 このような化合物を使用することにより、レジスト膜の透明性が上がることから、特にArF光にて露光する場合は、更に優れた解像性を得ることができる。
It is preferable that the photoacid generator (B) contains a compound represented by the general formula (ZI-3) or a compound represented by the general formula (ZI-4).
By using such a compound, the transparency of the resist film is increased, so that even more excellent resolution can be obtained particularly when exposed with ArF light.
 一般式(ZI)におけるZ-、一般式(ZII)におけるZ-は、特に限定されないが、下記一般式(A1)~(A3)のいずれかで表されるアニオンであることが好ましい。
 また、上記一般式(ZI-3)におけるZ又は上記一般式(ZI-4)におけるX-、は、特に限定されないが、下記一般式(A1)~(A3)のいずれかで表されるアニオンであることが好ましい。
 上記一般式(ZI-3)におけるZ及び上記一般式(ZI-4)におけるXが、下記一般式(A1)~(A3)のいずれかで表されるアニオンであることが好ましい。
Z in the general formula (ZI) -, Z in the general formula (ZII) - is not particularly limited, it is preferably an anion represented by any one of the following formulas (A1) ~ (A3).
Further, Z − in the general formula (ZI-3) or X − in the general formula (ZI-4) is not particularly limited, but is represented by any of the following general formulas (A1) to (A3). It is preferably an anion.
It is preferable that Z − in the general formula (ZI-3) and X − in the general formula (ZI-4) are anions represented by any of the following general formulas (A1) to (A3).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000032
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000032
 上記一般式(A1)中、
21、R22は、各々独立に、水素原子、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、フッ素原子、フッ素原子で置換されたアルキル基、又はフッ素原子で置換されたシクロアルキル基を表す。ただし、R21、R22の少なくとも一つはフッ素原子、フッ素原子で置換されたアルキル基、フッ素原子で置換されたシクロアルキル基である。
Lは単結合又は2価の連結基を表す。
Xは有機基を表す。
 上記一般式(A2)中、
23は、水素原子、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、フッ素原子、-C(=O)-Rx、又は-S(=O)-Rxを表す。Rxは有機基を表す。
24は、水素原子、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、又はフッ素原子を表す。
は、-C(=O)-又は-S(=O)-を表す。
23とR24は互いに結合して環を形成していてもよい。
 上記一般式(A3)中、
25、R26、R27は、各々独立に、水素原子、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、又はフッ素原子を表す。
~Aは、各々独立に、-C(=O)-又は-S(=O)-を表す。
25、R26、R27の少なくとも2つが互いに結合して環を形成してもよい。
In the above general formula (A1),
R 21 and R 22 independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, a fluorine atom, an alkyl group substituted with a fluorine atom, or a cycloalkyl group substituted with a fluorine atom. However, at least one of R 21 and R 22 is a fluorine atom, an alkyl group substituted with a fluorine atom, or a cycloalkyl group substituted with a fluorine atom.
L represents a single bond or a divalent linking group.
X represents an organic group.
In the above general formula (A2),
R 23 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, a fluorine atom, -C (= O) -Rx, or -S (= O) 2- Rx. Rx represents an organic group.
R 24 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, or a fluorine atom.
A 1 represents -C (= O)-or -S (= O) 2- .
R 23 and R 24 may be coupled to each other to form a ring.
In the above general formula (A3),
R 25 , R 26 , and R 27 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, or a fluorine atom.
A 2 to A 4 independently represent -C (= O)-or -S (= O) 2-.
At least two of R 25 , R 26 , and R 27 may be combined with each other to form a ring.
 R21、R22としてのアルキル基は、特に限定されないが、直鎖状又は分岐状でもよく、炭素数1~10のアルキル基が好ましく、炭素数1~6のアルキル基がより好ましく、炭素数1~4のアルキル基が更に好ましい。
 R21、R22としてのシクロアルキル基は、特に限定されないが、単環又は多環でもよく、炭素数3~15のシクロアルキル基が好ましく、炭素数3~10のシクロアルキル基がより好ましく、炭素数3~6のシクロアルキル基が更に好ましい。
 R21、R22としてのフッ素原子で置換されたアルキル基は、具体的には少なくとも1つのフッ素原子で置換されたアルキル基である。このアルキル基の炭素数は、1~10が好ましく、1~4がより好ましい。また、少なくとも1つのフッ素原子で置換されたアルキル基は、パーフルオロアルキル基が好ましい。
 R21、R22としてのフッ素原子で置換されたシクロアルキル基は、具体的には少なくとも1つのフッ素原子で置換されたシクロアルキル基である。このアルキル基の炭素数は、1~10が好ましく、1~4がより好ましい。
The alkyl groups as R 21 and R 22 are not particularly limited, but may be linear or branched, and an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms is preferable, an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms is more preferable, and an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms is more preferable. Alkyl groups 1 to 4 are more preferred.
The cycloalkyl group as R 21 and R 22 is not particularly limited, but may be monocyclic or polycyclic, a cycloalkyl group having 3 to 15 carbon atoms is preferable, and a cycloalkyl group having 3 to 10 carbon atoms is more preferable. A cycloalkyl group having 3 to 6 carbon atoms is more preferable.
The alkyl group substituted with a fluorine atom as R 21 and R 22 is specifically an alkyl group substituted with at least one fluorine atom. The alkyl group preferably has 1 to 10 carbon atoms, and more preferably 1 to 4 carbon atoms. The alkyl group substituted with at least one fluorine atom is preferably a perfluoroalkyl group.
The cycloalkyl group substituted with a fluorine atom as R 21 and R 22 is specifically a cycloalkyl group substituted with at least one fluorine atom. The alkyl group preferably has 1 to 10 carbon atoms, and more preferably 1 to 4 carbon atoms.
 アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、フッ素原子で置換されたアルキル基、フッ素原子で置換されたシクロアルキル基は、置換基を有していてもよい。置換基としては特に限定されないが、例えば上述の置換基Tが挙げられる。
 R21、R22の少なくとも一つは、フッ素原子、フッ素原子で置換されたアルキル基、フッ素原子で置換されたシクロアルキル基である。
The alkyl group, the cycloalkyl group, the alkyl group substituted with the fluorine atom, and the cycloalkyl group substituted with the fluorine atom may have a substituent. The substituent is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include the above-mentioned substituent T.
At least one of R 21 and R 22 is a fluorine atom, an alkyl group substituted with a fluorine atom, and a cycloalkyl group substituted with a fluorine atom.
 Lの2価の連結基としては、例えば、-COO-(-C(=O)-O-)、-OCO-、-CONH-、-NHCO-、-CO-、-O-、-S-、-SO-、-SO-、アルキレン基(好ましくは炭素数1~6)、シクロアルキレン基(好ましくは炭素数3~15)、アルケニレン基(好ましくは炭素数2~6)及びこれらの複数を組み合わせた2価の連結基などが挙げられる。
 これらの中でも、アルキレン基、-COO-、-OCO-、-CONH-、-NHCO-、-CO-、-O-、-SO-、-SO-アルキレン基-、-COO-アルキレン基-、-アルキレン基-COO-、-OCO-アルキレン基-、-アルキレン基-OCO-、-CONH-アルキレン基-又は-NHCO-アルキレン基-が好ましく、アルキレン基、-COO-、-OCO-、-CONH-、-SO-、-COO-アルキレン基-、-アルキレン基-COO-、-OCO-アルキレン基-又は-アルキレン基-OCO-がより好ましい。
 アルキレン基、シクロアルキレン基、アルケニレン基は置換基を有していてもよい。
 置換基を有していてもよい。置換基としては特に限定されないが、例えば上述の置換基Tが挙げられ、フッ素原子が好ましい。
Examples of the divalent linking group of L include -COO- (-C (= O) -O-), -OCO-, -CONH-, -NHCO-, -CO-, -O-, and -S-. , -SO-, -SO 2- , alkylene group (preferably 1 to 6 carbon atoms), cycloalkylene group (preferably 3 to 15 carbon atoms), alkenylene group (preferably 2 to 6 carbon atoms) and a plurality of these. Examples thereof include a divalent linking group in which the above are combined.
Among these, an alkylene group, -COO -, - OCO -, - CONH -, - NHCO -, - CO -, - O -, - SO 2 -, - SO 2 - alkylene group -, - COO- alkylene group - , -Alkylene group-COO-, -OCO-alkylene group-, -alkylene group-OCO-, -CONH-alkylene group-or -NHCO-alkylene group-is preferable, and alkylene group, -COO-, -OCO-,- CONH-, -SO 2- , -COO-alkylene group-, -alkylene group-COO-, -OCO-alkylene group- or -alkylene group-OCO- are more preferable.
The alkylene group, cycloalkylene group, and alkenylene group may have a substituent.
It may have a substituent. The substituent is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include the above-mentioned substituent T, and a fluorine atom is preferable.
 Xは有機基を表す。
 有機基の炭素数は特に限定されないが、一般的に1~30であり、好ましくは1~20である。
 有機基としては、特に限定されないが、例えば、アルキル基、アルコキシ基等が挙げられる。
 アルキル基は、特に限定されないが、直鎖状又は分岐状でもよく、炭素数1~10のアルキル基が好ましく、炭素数1~6のアルキル基がより好ましく、炭素数1~4のアルキル基が更に好ましい。
 アルコキシ基は、特に限定されないが、炭素数1~10のアルコキシ基が好ましく、炭素数1~6のアルコキシ基がより好ましく、炭素数1~4のアルコキシ基が更に好ましい。
 アルキル基、アルコキシ基は置換基を有していてもよい。置換基を有していてもよい。置換基としては特に限定されないが、例えば上述の置換基Tが挙げられ、フッ素原子が好ましい。
X represents an organic group.
The number of carbon atoms of the organic group is not particularly limited, but is generally 1 to 30, preferably 1 to 20.
The organic group is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include an alkyl group and an alkoxy group.
The alkyl group is not particularly limited, but may be linear or branched, preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, more preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, and an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms. More preferred.
The alkoxy group is not particularly limited, but an alkoxy group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms is preferable, an alkoxy group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms is more preferable, and an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms is further preferable.
The alkyl group and the alkoxy group may have a substituent. It may have a substituent. The substituent is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include the above-mentioned substituent T, and a fluorine atom is preferable.
 また、Xは、環状構造を含む有機基を表していてもよい。これらの中でも、環状の有機基であることが好ましい。
 環状の有機基としては、例えば、脂環基、アリール基、及び複素環基が挙げられる。
 脂環基は、単環式であってもよく、多環式であってもよい。単環式の脂環基としては、例えば、シクロペンチル基、シクロヘキシル基、及びシクロオクチル基などの単環のシクロアルキル基が挙げられる。多環式の脂環基としては、例えば、ノルボルニル基、トリシクロデカニル基、テトラシクロデカニル基、テトラシクロドデカニル基、及びアダマンチル基などの多環のシクロアルキル基が挙げられる。中でも、ノルボルニル基、トリシクロデカニル基、テトラシクロデカニル基、テトラシクロドデカニル基、及びアダマンチル基などの炭素数7以上のかさ高い構造を有する脂環基が好ましい。
Further, X may represent an organic group containing a cyclic structure. Among these, a cyclic organic group is preferable.
Examples of the cyclic organic group include an alicyclic group, an aryl group, and a heterocyclic group.
The alicyclic group may be a monocyclic type or a polycyclic type. Examples of the monocyclic alicyclic group include a monocyclic cycloalkyl group such as a cyclopentyl group, a cyclohexyl group, and a cyclooctyl group. Examples of the polycyclic alicyclic group include a polycyclic cycloalkyl group such as a norbornyl group, a tricyclodecanyl group, a tetracyclodecanyl group, a tetracyclododecanyl group, and an adamantyl group. Of these, alicyclic groups having a bulky structure having 7 or more carbon atoms, such as a norbornyl group, a tricyclodecanyl group, a tetracyclodecanyl group, a tetracyclododecanyl group, and an adamantyl group, are preferable.
 アリール基は、単環式であってもよく、多環式であってもよい。このアリール基としては、例えば、フェニル基、ナフチル基、フェナントリル基及びアントリル基が挙げられる。
 複素環基は、単環式であってもよく、多環式であってもよい。多環式の方がより酸の拡散を抑制可能である。また、複素環基は、芳香族性を有していてもよいし、芳香族性を有していなくてもよい。芳香族性を有している複素環としては、例えば、フラン環、チオフェン環、ベンゾフラン環、ベンゾチオフェン環、ジベンゾフラン環、ジベンゾチオフェン環、及びピリジン環が挙げられる。芳香族性を有していない複素環としては、例えば、テトラヒドロピラン環、ラクトン環、スルトン環及びデカヒドロイソキノリン環が挙げられる。ラクトン環及びスルトン環の例としては、前述の樹脂において例示したラクトン構造及びスルトン構造が挙げられる。複素環基における複素環としては、フラン環、チオフェン環、ピリジン環、又はデカヒドロイソキノリン環が特に好ましい。
The aryl group may be monocyclic or polycyclic. Examples of the aryl group include a phenyl group, a naphthyl group, a phenanthryl group and an anthryl group.
The heterocyclic group may be monocyclic or polycyclic. The polycyclic type can suppress the diffusion of acid more. Further, the heterocyclic group may or may not have aromaticity. Examples of the aromatic heterocycle include a furan ring, a thiophene ring, a benzofuran ring, a benzothiophene ring, a dibenzofuran ring, a dibenzothiophene ring, and a pyridine ring. Examples of the non-aromatic heterocycle include a tetrahydropyran ring, a lactone ring, a sultone ring and a decahydroisoquinoline ring. Examples of the lactone ring and the sultone ring include the lactone structure and the sultone structure exemplified in the above-mentioned resin. As the heterocycle in the heterocyclic group, a furan ring, a thiophene ring, a pyridine ring, or a decahydroisoquinoline ring is particularly preferable.
 上記環状の有機基は、置換基を有していてもよい。この置換基としては、例えば、アルキル基(直鎖、分岐のいずれであってもよく、炭素数1~12が好ましい)、シクロアルキル基(単環、多環、スピロ環のいずれであってもよく、炭素数3~20が好ましい)、アリール基(炭素数6~14が好ましい)、水酸基、アルコキシ基、エステル基、アミド基、ウレタン基、ウレイド基、チオエーテル基、スルホンアミド基、及びスルホン酸エステル基が挙げられる。なお、環状の有機基を構成する炭素(環形成に寄与する炭素)はカルボニル炭素であってもよい。 The cyclic organic group may have a substituent. The substituent may be, for example, an alkyl group (which may be linear or branched, preferably having 1 to 12 carbon atoms) and a cycloalkyl group (which may be monocyclic, polycyclic or spirocyclic). Often, 3 to 20 carbon atoms are preferable), an aryl group (preferably 6 to 14 carbon atoms), a hydroxyl group, an alkoxy group, an ester group, an amide group, a urethane group, a ureido group, a thioether group, a sulfonamide group, and a sulfonic acid. Examples include ester groups. The carbon constituting the cyclic organic group (carbon that contributes to ring formation) may be carbonyl carbon.
 R23としてのアルキル基は、特に限定されないが、直鎖状又は分岐状でもよく、炭素数1~10のアルキル基が好ましく、炭素数1~6のアルキル基がより好ましく、炭素数1~4のアルキル基が更に好ましい。
 R23としてのシクロアルキル基は、特に限定されないが、単環又は多環でもよく、炭素数3~15のシクロアルキル基が好ましく、炭素数3~10のシクロアルキル基がより好ましく、炭素数3~6のシクロアルキル基が更に好ましい。
 アルキル基、シクロアルキル基は置換基を有していてもよい。置換基を有していてもよい。置換基としては特に限定されないが、例えば上述の置換基Tが挙げられ、フッ素原子が好ましい。
The alkyl group as R 23 is not particularly limited, but may be linear or branched, preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, more preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, and 1 to 4 carbon atoms. Alkyl groups of are more preferred.
The cycloalkyl group as R 23 is not particularly limited, but may be monocyclic or polycyclic, a cycloalkyl group having 3 to 15 carbon atoms is preferable, a cycloalkyl group having 3 to 10 carbon atoms is more preferable, and a cycloalkyl group having 3 to 10 carbon atoms is more preferable. Cycloalkyl groups of ~ 6 are more preferred.
The alkyl group and the cycloalkyl group may have a substituent. It may have a substituent. The substituent is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include the above-mentioned substituent T, and a fluorine atom is preferable.
 Rは有機基を表す。
 Rとしての有機基は、上記のXとして記載した有機基と同様である。
R x represents an organic group.
The organic group as R x is the same as the organic group described as X above.
 R24としてのアルキル基は、上記のR23として記載したアルキル基と同様である。
 R24としてのシクロアルキル基は、上記のR23として記載したシクロアルキル基と同様である。
 Aは、-C(=O)-又は-S(=O)-を表す。Aとしては、-S(=O)-が好ましい。
The alkyl group as R 24 is the same as the alkyl group described as R 23 above.
The cycloalkyl group as R 24 is the same as the cycloalkyl group described as R 23 above.
A 1 represents -C (= O)-or -S (= O) 2- . As A 1 , -S (= O) 2 -is preferable.
 R23とR24は互いに結合して環を形成していてもよい。2つのR15が互いに結合して環を形成するとき、この環構造は酸素原子、窒素原子、硫黄原子、ケトン基、エーテル結合、エステル結合、アミド結合、スルホニル結合を含んでいてもよい。
 上記環構造としては、例えば、非芳香族の複素環、及びこれらの環が2つ以上組み合わされてなる多環縮合環を挙げることができる。環構造としては、3~10員環を挙げることができ、4~8員環が好ましく、5又は6員環がより好ましい。
R 23 and R 24 may be coupled to each other to form a ring. When two R 15 are combined to form a ring together, the ring structure is an oxygen atom, a nitrogen atom, a sulfur atom, a ketone group, an ether bond, an ester bond, an amide bond or a sulfonyl bond.
Examples of the ring structure include a non-aromatic heterocycle and a polycyclic condensed ring formed by combining two or more of these rings. Examples of the ring structure include a 3- to 10-membered ring, preferably a 4- to 8-membered ring, and more preferably a 5- or 6-membered ring.
 R25、R26、R27としてのアルキル基は、上記のR23として記載したアルキル基と同様である。
 R25、R26、R27としてのシクロアルキル基は、上記のR23として記載したシクロアルキル基と同様である。
 A~Aは、各々独立に、-C(=O)-又は-S(=O)-を表す。A~Aが-S(=O)-を表すことが好ましい。
The alkyl groups as R 25 , R 26 , and R 27 are the same as the alkyl groups described as R 23 above.
The cycloalkyl groups as R 25 , R 26 , and R 27 are the same as the cycloalkyl groups described as R 23 above.
A 2 to A 4 independently represent -C (= O)-or -S (= O) 2-. It is preferable that A 2 to A 4 represent −S (= O) 2−.
 R25、R26、R27の少なくとも2つが互いに結合して環を形成してもよい。R25、R26、R27の少なくとも2つが互いに結合して環を形成するとき、この環構造は酸素原子、窒素原子、硫黄原子、ケトン基、エーテル結合、エステル結合、アミド結合、スルホニル結合を含んでいてもよい。
 上記環構造としては、例えば、非芳香族の炭化水素環、非芳香族の複素環、及びこれらの環が2つ以上組み合わされてなる多環縮合環を挙げることができる。環構造としては、3~10員環を挙げることができ、4~8員環が好ましく、5又は6員環がより好ましい。
At least two of R 25 , R 26 , and R 27 may be combined with each other to form a ring. When at least two of R 25 , R 26 , and R 27 are bonded to each other to form a ring, this ring structure forms an oxygen atom, a nitrogen atom, a sulfur atom, a ketone group, an ether bond, an ester bond, an amide bond, and a sulfonyl bond. It may be included.
Examples of the ring structure include a non-aromatic hydrocarbon ring, a non-aromatic heterocycle, and a polycyclic condensed ring formed by combining two or more of these rings. Examples of the ring structure include a 3- to 10-membered ring, preferably a 4- to 8-membered ring, and more preferably a 5- or 6-membered ring.
 一般式(ZI)におけるスルホニウムカチオン、及び一般式(ZII)におけるヨードニウムカチオンの好ましい例を以下に示す。 Preferred examples of the sulfonium cation in the general formula (ZI) and the iodonium cation in the general formula (ZII) are shown below.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000033
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000033
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000034
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000034
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000035
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000035
 一般式(ZI)、一般式(ZII)におけるアニオンZ-、一般式(ZI-3)におけるZ、及び一般式(ZI-4)におけるX-の好ましい例を以下に示す。 Anion in formula (ZI), the general formula (ZII) Z -, Z in the general formula (ZI-3) -, and the general formula X in (ZI-4) - shows the preferred embodiment below.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000036
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000036
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000037
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000037
 上記のカチオン及びアニオンを任意に組みわせて光酸発生剤として使用することができる。 The above cations and anions can be arbitrarily combined and used as a photoacid generator.
 また、以下の光酸発生剤も好ましく使用することができる。Buは、ブチル基を表す。 In addition, the following photoacid generators can also be preferably used. Bu represents a butyl group.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000038
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000038
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000039
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000039
 実施例で使用される光酸発生剤(PAG-A~PAG-Z、PAG-AA~PAG-AK)も好ましく使用することができる。 The photoacid generators (PAG-A to PAG-Z, PAG-AA to PAG-AK) used in the examples can also be preferably used.
 光酸発生剤は、低分子化合物の形態であってもよく、重合体の一部に組み込まれた形態であってもよい。また、低分子化合物の形態と重合体の一部に組み込まれた形態を併用してもよい。
 光酸発生剤は、低分子化合物の形態であることが好ましい。
 光酸発生剤が、低分子化合物の形態である場合、分子量は3,000以下が好ましく、2,000以下がより好ましく、1,000以下が更に好ましい。
 光酸発生剤が、重合体の一部に組み込まれた形態である場合、前述した樹脂(A)の一部に組み込まれてもよく、樹脂(A)とは異なる樹脂に組み込まれてもよい。
 光酸発生剤は、1種単独で使用してもよいし、2種以上を併用してもよい。
 光酸発生剤の組成物中の含有量(複数種存在する場合はその合計)は、組成物の全固形分を基準として、0.1~35質量%が好ましく、0.5~25質量%がより好ましく、0.8~15質量%が更に好ましく、1~10質量%が特に好ましい。
 好ましい一態様として、光酸発生剤の組成物中の含有量(複数種存在する場合はその合計)は、組成物の全固形分を基準として、6質量%以下が好ましく、5質量%以下がより好ましい。
The photoacid generator may be in the form of a small molecule compound or may be incorporated in a part of the polymer. Further, the form of the small molecule compound and the form incorporated in a part of the polymer may be used in combination.
The photoacid generator is preferably in the form of a small molecule compound.
When the photoacid generator is in the form of a small molecule compound, the molecular weight is preferably 3,000 or less, more preferably 2,000 or less, still more preferably 1,000 or less.
When the photoacid generator is in the form of being incorporated in a part of the polymer, it may be incorporated in a part of the resin (A) described above, or may be incorporated in a resin different from the resin (A). ..
The photoacid generator may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
The content of the photoacid generator in the composition (the total of a plurality of types, if present) is preferably 0.1 to 35% by mass, preferably 0.5 to 25% by mass, based on the total solid content of the composition. Is more preferable, 0.8 to 15% by mass is further preferable, and 1 to 10% by mass is particularly preferable.
As a preferred embodiment, the content of the photoacid generator in the composition (the total of a plurality of types, if present) is preferably 6% by mass or less, preferably 5% by mass or less, based on the total solid content of the composition. More preferred.
 好ましい一態様として、光酸発生剤を2種以上併用することが好ましい。
 上記(B)光酸発生剤が、下記一般式(ZI-3)で表される化合物2種の混合物であることが好ましい。
As a preferred embodiment, it is preferable to use two or more photoacid generators in combination.
The photoacid generator (B) is preferably a mixture of two compounds represented by the following general formula (ZI-3).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000040
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000040
 上記一般式(ZI-3)中、
は、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、アルコキシ基、シクロアルコキシ基、アリール基、又はアルケニル基を表す。
及びRは、各々独立に、水素原子、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、アルコキシ基、シクロアルコキシ基、又はアリール基を表す。RとRが互いに連結して環を形成してもよい。
とRは、互いに連結して環を形成してもよい。
及びRは、各々独立に、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、アルケニル基、アリール基、2-オキソアルキル基、2-オキソシクロアルキル基、アルコキシカルボニルアルキル基、又はアルコキシカルボニルシクロアルキル基を表す。RとRが互いに連結して環を形成してもよく、この環構造は酸素原子、窒素原子、硫黄原子、ケトン基、エーテル結合、エステル結合、アミド結合を含んでいてもよい。
は、下記一般式(A1)~(A3)のいずれかで表されるアニオンを表す。
In the above general formula (ZI-3),
R 1 represents an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an alkoxy group, a cycloalkoxy group, an aryl group, or an alkenyl group.
R 2 and R 3 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an alkoxy group, a cycloalkoxy group, or an aryl group. R 2 and R 3 may be connected to each other to form a ring.
R 1 and R 2 may be connected to each other to form a ring.
RX and Ry independently represent an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an alkenyl group, an aryl group, a 2-oxoalkyl group, a 2-oxocycloalkyl group, an alkoxycarbonylalkyl group, or an alkoxycarbonylcycloalkyl group. .. RX and R y may be linked to each other to form a ring, and this ring structure may contain an oxygen atom, a nitrogen atom, a sulfur atom, a ketone group, an ether bond, an ester bond, and an amide bond.
Z represents an anion represented by any of the following general formulas (A1) to (A3).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000041
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000041
 上記一般式(A1)中、
21、R22は、各々独立に、水素原子、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、フッ素原子、フッ素原子で置換されたアルキル基、又はフッ素原子で置換されたシクロアルキル基を表す。ただし、R21、R22の少なくとも一つは、フッ素原子、フッ素原子で置換されたアルキル基、フッ素原子で置換されたシクロアルキル基である。
Lは単結合又は2価の連結基を表す。
Xは有機基を表す。
 上記一般式(A2)中、
23は、水素原子、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、フッ素原子、-C(=O)-Rx、又は-S(=O)-Rxを表す。Rxは有機基を表す。
24は水素原子、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、又はフッ素原子を表す。
は、-C(=O)-又は-S(=O)-を表す。
23とR24は互いに結合して環を形成していてもよい。
 上記一般式(A3)中、
25、R26、R27は、各々独立に、水素原子、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、又はフッ素原子を表す。
~Aは、各々独立に、-C(=O)-又は-S(=O)-を表す。
25、R26、R27の少なくとも2つが互いに結合して環を形成してもよい。
In the above general formula (A1),
R 21 and R 22 independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, a fluorine atom, an alkyl group substituted with a fluorine atom, or a cycloalkyl group substituted with a fluorine atom. However, at least one of R 21 and R 22 is a fluorine atom, an alkyl group substituted with a fluorine atom, or a cycloalkyl group substituted with a fluorine atom.
L represents a single bond or a divalent linking group.
X represents an organic group.
In the above general formula (A2),
R 23 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, a fluorine atom, -C (= O) -Rx, or -S (= O) 2- Rx. Rx represents an organic group.
R 24 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, or a fluorine atom.
A 1 represents -C (= O)-or -S (= O) 2- .
R 23 and R 24 may be coupled to each other to form a ring.
In the above general formula (A3),
R 25 , R 26 , and R 27 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, or a fluorine atom.
A 2 to A 4 independently represent -C (= O)-or -S (= O) 2-.
At least two of R 25 , R 26 , and R 27 may be combined with each other to form a ring.
 上記一般式(ZI-3)のカチオン部における各基は、それぞれ先述の通りである。
 Zとしての上記一般式(A1)~(A3)のいずれかで表されるアニオンは、それぞれ先述の通りである。
Each group in the cation portion of the above general formula (ZI-3) is as described above.
The anions represented by any of the above general formulas (A1) to (A3) as Z − are as described above.
 好ましい一態様として、光酸発生剤を2種併用し、活性光線又は放射線の照射により2種の酸を発生する場合、これら2種の酸の酸解離定数pKa値が0.5以上異なることが好ましく、1.0以上異なることがより好ましく、1.5以上異なることが更に好ましい。 As a preferred embodiment, when two kinds of photoacid generators are used in combination and two kinds of acids are generated by irradiation with active light or radiation, the acid dissociation constant pKa values of these two kinds of acids are different by 0.5 or more. It is preferable that the difference is 1.0 or more, more preferably 1.5 or more, and even more preferably 1.5 or more.
 酸解離定数pKaとは、水溶液中での酸解離定数pKaのことを表し、例えば、化学便覧(II)(改訂4版、1993年、日本化学会編、丸善株式会社)に定義される。酸解離定数pKaの値が低いほど酸強度が大きいことを示す。水溶液中での酸解離定数pKaは、具体的には、無限希釈水溶液を用い、25℃での酸解離定数を測定することにより実測できる。あるいは、下記ソフトウェアパッケージ1を用いて、ハメットの置換基定数及び公知文献値のデータベースに基づいた値を、計算により求めることもできる。本明細書中に記載したpKaの値は、すべて下記ソフトウェアパッケージ1を用いて計算により求めた値を示す。
 ソフトウェアパッケージ1: Advanced Chemistry Development (ACD/Labs) Software V8.14 for Solaris (1994-2007 ACD/Labs)。
The acid dissociation constant pKa represents the acid dissociation constant pKa in an aqueous solution, and is defined in, for example, Chemical Handbook (II) (Revised 4th Edition, 1993, edited by Japan Chemical Society, Maruzen Co., Ltd.). The lower the value of the acid dissociation constant pKa, the higher the acid strength. Specifically, the acid dissociation constant pKa in an aqueous solution can be actually measured by measuring the acid dissociation constant at 25 ° C. using an infinitely diluted aqueous solution. Alternatively, the following software package 1 can be used to calculate Hammett's substituent constants and values based on a database of publicly known literature values. All the values of pKa described in the present specification indicate the values obtained by calculation using the following software package 1.
Software Package 1: Advanced Chemistry Development (ACD / Labs) Software V8.14 for Solaris (1994-2007 ACD / Labs).
 好ましい一態様として、上記(B)光酸発生剤が、上記一般式(ZI-3)で表される化合物2種の混合物であり、活性光線又は放射線の照射により2種の酸を発生し、これら2種の酸の25℃における酸解離定数pKa値が0.5以上異なることが好ましく、1.0以上異なることがより好ましく、1.5以上異なることが更に好ましい。
 また、活性光線又は放射線の照射により、光酸発生剤から発生する酸の25℃における酸解離定数pKa値は、pKa<-1を満たすことが好ましく、pKa<-3を満たすことがより好ましい。
In a preferred embodiment, the photoacid generator (B) is a mixture of two compounds represented by the general formula (ZI-3), and two acids are generated by irradiation with active light or radiation. The acid dissociation constant pKa values of these two acids at 25 ° C. are preferably different by 0.5 or more, more preferably 1.0 or more, and even more preferably 1.5 or more.
Further, the acid dissociation constant pKa value of the acid generated from the photoacid generator at 25 ° C. by irradiation with active light or radiation preferably satisfies pKa <-1, and more preferably pKa <-3.
 <酸拡散制御剤(D)>
 本発明の組成物は、酸拡散制御剤(D)を含有することが好ましい。酸拡散制御剤(D)は、露光時に酸発生剤等から発生する酸をトラップし、余分な発生酸による、未露光部における酸分解性樹脂の反応を抑制するクエンチャーとして作用するものである。例えば、塩基性化合物(DA)、活性光線又は放射線の照射により塩基性が低下又は消失する塩基性化合物(DB)、酸発生剤に対して相対的に弱酸となるオニウム塩(DC)、窒素原子を有し、酸の作用により脱離する基を有する低分子化合物(DD)、又はカチオン部に窒素原子を有するオニウム塩化合物(DE)等を酸拡散制御剤として使用することができる。本発明の組成物においては、公知の酸拡散制御剤を適宜使用することができる。例えば、米国特許出願公開2016/0070167A1号明細書の段落[0627]~[0664]、米国特許出願公開2015/0004544A1号明細書の段落[0095]~[0187]、米国特許出願公開2016/0237190A1号明細書の段落[0403]~[0423]、米国特許出願公開2016/0274458A1号明細書の段落[0259]~[0328]に開示された公知の化合物を酸拡散制御剤(D)として好適に使用できる。
<Acid diffusion control agent (D)>
The composition of the present invention preferably contains an acid diffusion control agent (D). The acid diffusion control agent (D) acts as a quencher that traps the acid generated from the acid generator or the like during exposure and suppresses the reaction of the acid-degradable resin in the unexposed portion due to the excess generated acid. .. For example, a basic compound (DA), a basic compound (DB) whose basicity is reduced or eliminated by irradiation with active light or radiation, an onium salt (DC) which is a relatively weak acid with respect to an acid generator, and a nitrogen atom. A low molecular weight compound (DD) having a group having a group desorbed by the action of an acid, an onium salt compound (DE) having a nitrogen atom in the cation portion, or the like can be used as an acid diffusion control agent. In the composition of the present invention, a known acid diffusion control agent can be appropriately used. For example, paragraphs [0627] to [0664] of US Patent Application Publication No. 2016/0070167A1, paragraphs [0995] to [0187] of US Patent Application Publication No. 2015/0004544A1, US Patent Application Publication No. 2016/0237190A1. The known compounds disclosed in paragraphs [0403] to [0423] of the specification and paragraphs [0259] to [0328] of US Patent Application Publication No. 2016/0274458A1 are preferably used as the acid diffusion control agent (D). can.
 塩基性化合物(DA)としては、好ましくは、下記式(A)~(E)で示される構造を有する化合物を挙げることができる。 As the basic compound (DA), preferably, a compound having a structure represented by the following formulas (A) to (E) can be mentioned.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000042
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000042
 一般式(A)及び(E)中、
 R200、R201及びR202は、同一でも異なってもよく、各々独立に、水素原子、アルキル基(好ましくは炭素数1~20)、シクロアルキル基(好ましくは炭素数3~20)又はアリール基(炭素数6~20)を表す。R201とR202は、互いに結合して環を形成してもよい。
 R203、R204、R205及びR206は、同一でも異なってもよく、各々独立に、炭素数1~20個のアルキル基を表す。
In the general formulas (A) and (E),
R 200 , R 201 and R 202 may be the same or different, and each independently has a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group (preferably 1 to 20 carbon atoms), a cycloalkyl group (preferably 3 to 20 carbon atoms) or an aryl. Represents a group (6 to 20 carbon atoms). R 201 and R 202 may be combined with each other to form a ring.
R 203 , R 204 , R 205 and R 206 may be the same or different, and each independently represents an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms.
 一般式(A)及び(E)中のアルキル基は、置換基を有していても無置換であってもよい。
 上記アルキル基について、置換基を有するアルキル基としては、炭素数1~20のアミノアルキル基、炭素数1~20のヒドロキシアルキル基、又は炭素数1~20のシアノアルキル基が好ましい。
 一般式(A)及び(E)中のアルキル基は、無置換であることがより好ましい。
The alkyl groups in the general formulas (A) and (E) may have a substituent or may be unsubstituted.
Regarding the above alkyl group, as the alkyl group having a substituent, an aminoalkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, a hydroxyalkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, or a cyanoalkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms is preferable.
It is more preferable that the alkyl groups in the general formulas (A) and (E) are unsubstituted.
 塩基性化合物(DA)としては、グアニジン、アミノピロリジン、ピラゾール、ピラゾリン、ピペラジン、アミノモルホリン、アミノアルキルモルフォリン、又はピペリジン等が好ましく、イミダゾール構造、ジアザビシクロ構造、オニウムヒドロキシド構造、オニウムカルボキシレート構造、トリアルキルアミン構造、アニリン構造若しくはピリジン構造を有する化合物、水酸基及び/若しくはエーテル結合を有するアルキルアミン誘導体、又は水酸基及び/若しくはエーテル結合を有するアニリン誘導体等がより好ましい。 As the basic compound (DA), guanidine, aminopyrrolidin, pyrazole, pyrazoline, piperazin, aminomorpholine, aminoalkylmorpholin, piperidine and the like are preferable, and imidazole structure, diazabicyclo structure, onium hydroxide structure, onium carboxylate structure, etc. A compound having a trialkylamine structure, an aniline structure or a pyridine structure, an alkylamine derivative having a hydroxyl group and / or an ether bond, an aniline derivative having a hydroxyl group and / or an ether bond, and the like are more preferable.
 活性光線又は放射線の照射により塩基性が低下又は消失する塩基性化合物(DB)(以下、「化合物(DB)」ともいう。)は、プロトンアクセプター性官能基を有し、かつ、活性光線又は放射線の照射により分解して、プロトンアクセプター性が低下、消失、又はプロトンアクセプター性から酸性に変化する化合物である。 A basic compound (DB) whose basicity is reduced or eliminated by irradiation with active light or radiation (hereinafter, also referred to as “compound (DB)”) has a proton acceptor functional group and is active light or It is a compound that is decomposed by irradiation with radiation to reduce or disappear its proton accepting property, or to change from proton accepting property to acidic.
 プロトンアクセプター性官能基とは、プロトンと静電的に相互作用し得る基又は電子を有する官能基であって、例えば、環状ポリエーテル等のマクロサイクリック構造を有する官能基や、π共役に寄与しない非共有電子対をもった窒素原子を有する官能基を意味する。π共役に寄与しない非共有電子対を有する窒素原子とは、例えば、下記式に示す部分構造を有する窒素原子である。 A proton-accepting functional group is a functional group having a group or an electron capable of electrostatically interacting with a proton, for example, a functional group having a macrocyclic structure such as a cyclic polyether, or a π-conjugated group. It means a functional group having a nitrogen atom with an unshared electron pair that does not contribute. The nitrogen atom having an unshared electron pair that does not contribute to π conjugation is, for example, a nitrogen atom having a partial structure shown in the following formula.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000043
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000043
 プロトンアクセプター性官能基の好ましい部分構造として、例えば、クラウンエーテル、アザクラウンエーテル、1~3級アミン、ピリジン、イミダゾール、及びピラジン構造などを挙げることができる。 Preferred partial structures of the proton acceptor functional group include, for example, crown ethers, aza-crown ethers, primary to tertiary amines, pyridines, imidazoles, and pyrazine structures.
 化合物(DB)は、活性光線又は放射線の照射により分解してプロトンアクセプター性が低下若しくは消失し、又はプロトンアクセプター性から酸性に変化した化合物を発生する。ここでプロトンアクセプター性の低下若しくは消失、又はプロトンアクセプター性から酸性への変化とは、プロトンアクセプター性官能基にプロトンが付加することに起因するプロトンアクセプター性の変化であり、具体的には、プロトンアクセプター性官能基を有する化合物(DB)とプロトンとからプロトン付加体が生成するとき、その化学平衡における平衡定数が減少することを意味する。
 プロトンアクセプター性は、pH測定を行うことによって確認することができる。
The compound (DB) is decomposed by irradiation with active light or radiation to reduce or eliminate the proton acceptor property, or generate a compound in which the proton acceptor property is changed to acidic. Here, the decrease or disappearance of the proton acceptor property, or the change from the proton acceptor property to the acidity is a change in the proton acceptor property due to the addition of a proton to the proton acceptor property functional group, and is specific. Means that when a proton adduct is formed from a compound (DB) having a proton-accepting functional group and a proton, the equilibrium constant in its chemical equilibrium decreases.
Proton acceptability can be confirmed by measuring pH.
 活性光線又は放射線の照射により化合物(DB)が分解して発生する化合物の酸解離定数pKaは、pKa<-1を満たすことが好ましく、-13<pKa<-1がより好ましく、-13<pKa<-3が更に好ましい。 The acid dissociation constant pKa of the compound generated by decomposing the compound (DB) by irradiation with active light or radiation preferably satisfies pKa <-1, more preferably -13 <pKa <-1, and -13 <pKa. <-3 is more preferable.
 酸解離定数pKaとは、水溶液中での酸解離定数pKaのことを表し、例えば、化学便覧(II)(改訂4版、1993年、日本化学会編、丸善株式会社)に定義される。酸解離定数pKaの値が低いほど酸強度が大きいことを示す。水溶液中での酸解離定数pKaは、具体的には、無限希釈水溶液を用い、25℃での酸解離定数を測定することにより実測できる。あるいは、下記ソフトウェアパッケージ1を用いて、ハメットの置換基定数及び公知文献値のデータベースに基づいた値を、計算により求めることもできる。本明細書中に記載したpKaの値は、全て、このソフトウェアパッケージを用いて計算により求めた値を示す。 The acid dissociation constant pKa represents the acid dissociation constant pKa in an aqueous solution, and is defined in, for example, Chemical Handbook (II) (Revised 4th Edition, 1993, edited by Japan Chemical Society, Maruzen Co., Ltd.). The lower the value of the acid dissociation constant pKa, the higher the acid strength. Specifically, the acid dissociation constant pKa in an aqueous solution can be actually measured by measuring the acid dissociation constant at 25 ° C. using an infinitely diluted aqueous solution. Alternatively, the following software package 1 can be used to calculate Hammett's substituent constants and values based on a database of publicly known literature values. All pKa values described herein indicate values calculated using this software package.
 ソフトウェアパッケージ1: Advanced Chemistry Development (ACD/Labs) Software V8.14 for Solaris (1994-2007 ACD/Labs)。 Software Package 1: Advanced Chemistry Development (ACD / Labs) Software V8.14 for Solaris (1994-2007 ACD / Labs).
 本発明の組成物では、酸発生剤に対して相対的に弱酸となるオニウム塩(DC)を酸拡散制御剤として使用することができる。
 酸発生剤と、酸発生剤から生じた酸に対して相対的に弱酸である酸を発生するオニウム塩とを混合して用いた場合、活性光線性又は放射線の照射により酸発生剤から生じた酸が未反応の弱酸アニオンを有するオニウム塩と衝突すると、塩交換により弱酸を放出して強酸アニオンを有するオニウム塩を生じる。この過程で強酸がより触媒能の低い弱酸に交換されるため、見かけ上、酸が失活して酸拡散の制御を行うことができる。
In the composition of the present invention, an onium salt (DC), which is a weak acid relative to the acid generator, can be used as the acid diffusion control agent.
When an acid generator and an onium salt that generates an acid, which is a weak acid relative to the acid generated from the acid generator, are mixed and used, the acid generator is generated by active light or irradiation with radiation. When an acid collides with an onium salt having an unreacted weak acid anion, salt exchange releases the weak acid to produce an onium salt with a strong acid anion. In this process, the strong acid is exchanged for the weak acid having a lower catalytic ability, so that the acid is apparently inactivated and the acid diffusion can be controlled.
 酸発生剤に対して相対的に弱酸となるオニウム塩としては、下記一般式(d1-1)~(d1-3)で表される化合物であることが好ましい。 The onium salt, which is a weak acid relative to the acid generator, is preferably a compound represented by the following general formulas (d1-1) to (d1-3).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000044
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000044
 式中、R51は置換基を有していてもよい炭化水素基であり、Z2cは置換基を有していてもよい炭素数1~30の炭化水素基(ただし、Sに隣接する炭素にはフッ素原子は置換されていないものとする)であり、R52は有機基であり、Yは直鎖状、分岐鎖状若しくは環状のアルキレン基又はアリーレン基であり、Rfはフッ素原子を含む炭化水素基であり、Mは各々独立に、アンモニウムカチオン、スルホニウムカチオン又はヨードニウムカチオンである。 In the formula, R 51 is a hydrocarbon group which may have a substituent, and Z 2c is a hydrocarbon group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms which may have a substituent (however, carbon adjacent to S). R 52 is an organic group, Y 3 is a linear, branched or cyclic alkylene group or arylene group, and Rf is a fluorine atom. It is a hydrocarbon group containing, and M + is independently an ammonium cation, a sulfonium cation or an iodonium cation.
 Mとして表されるスルホニウムカチオン又はヨードニウムカチオンの好ましい例としては、一般式(ZI)で例示したスルホニウムカチオン及び一般式(ZII)で例示したヨードニウムカチオンを挙げることができる。 Preferred examples of the sulfonium cation or iodonium cation represented by M + include the sulfonium cation exemplified by the general formula (ZI) and the iodonium cation exemplified by the general formula (ZII).
 酸発生剤に対して相対的に弱酸となるオニウム塩(DC)は、カチオン部位とアニオン部位を同一分子内に有し、かつ、該カチオン部位とアニオン部位が共有結合により連結している化合物(以下、「化合物(DCA)」ともいう。)であってもよい。
 化合物(DCA)としては、下記一般式(C-1)~(C-3)のいずれかで表される化合物であることが好ましい。
An onium salt (DC), which is a weak acid relative to an acid generator, is a compound having a cation moiety and an anion moiety in the same molecule, and the cation moiety and anion moiety are linked by a covalent bond ( Hereinafter, it may also be referred to as “compound (DCA)”).
The compound (DCA) is preferably a compound represented by any of the following general formulas (C-1) to (C-3).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000045
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000045
 一般式(C-1)~(C-3)中、
 R、R、及びRは、各々独立に炭素数1以上の置換基を表す。
 Lは、カチオン部位とアニオン部位とを連結する2価の連結基又は単結合を表す。
 -Xは、-COO、-SO 、-SO 、及び-N-Rから選択されるアニオン部位を表す。Rは、隣接するN原子との連結部位に、カルボニル基(-C(=O)-)、スルホニル基(-S(=O)-)、及びスルフィニル基(-S(=O)-)のうち少なくとも1つを有する1価の置換基を表す。
 R、R、R、R、及びLは、互いに結合して環構造を形成してもよい。また、一般式(C-3)において、R~Rのうち2つを合わせて1つの2価の置換基を表し、N原子と2重結合により結合していてもよい。
In the general formulas (C-1) to (C-3),
R 1 , R 2 , and R 3 each independently represent a substituent having one or more carbon atoms.
L 1 represents a divalent linking group or a single bond that links the cation site and the anion site.
-X - is, -COO -, -SO 3 - represents an anion portion selected from -R 4 -, -SO 2 -, and -N. R 4 is a linking site with the adjacent N atom, a carbonyl group (-C (= O) -) , sulfonyl group (-S (= O) 2 - ), and sulfinyl group (-S (= O) - ) Represents a monovalent substituent having at least one of them.
R 1 , R 2 , R 3 , R 4 , and L 1 may be combined with each other to form a ring structure. Further, in the general formula (C-3), two of R 1 to R 3 are combined to represent one divalent substituent, which may be bonded to an N atom by a double bond.
 R~Rにおける炭素数1以上の置換基としては、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、アリール基、アルキルオキシカルボニル基、シクロアルキルオキシカルボニル基、アリールオキシカルボニル基、アルキルアミノカルボニル基、シクロアルキルアミノカルボニル基、及びアリールアミノカルボニル基などが挙げられる。好ましくは、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、又はアリール基である。 Substituents having 1 or more carbon atoms in R 1 to R 3 include an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aryl group, an alkyloxycarbonyl group, a cycloalkyloxycarbonyl group, an aryloxycarbonyl group, an alkylaminocarbonyl group, and a cycloalkylamino. Examples thereof include a carbonyl group and an arylaminocarbonyl group. It is preferably an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, or an aryl group.
 2価の連結基としてのLは、直鎖若しくは分岐鎖状アルキレン基、シクロアルキレン基、アリーレン基、カルボニル基、エーテル結合、エステル結合、アミド結合、ウレタン結合、ウレア結合、及びこれらの2種以上を組み合わせてなる基等が挙げられる。Lは、好ましくは、アルキレン基、アリーレン基、エーテル結合、エステル結合、又はこれらの2種以上を組み合わせてなる基である。 L 1 as a divalent linking group includes a linear or branched alkylene group, a cycloalkylene group, an arylene group, a carbonyl group, an ether bond, an ester bond, an amide bond, a urethane bond, a urea bond, and two kinds thereof. Examples thereof include groups formed by combining the above. L 1 is preferably an alkylene group, an arylene group, an ether bond, an ester bond, or a group formed by combining two or more of these.
 窒素原子を有し、酸の作用により脱離する基を有する低分子化合物(DD)(以下、「化合物(DD)」ともいう。)は、酸の作用により脱離する基を窒素原子上に有するアミン誘導体であることが好ましい。
 酸の作用により脱離する基としては、アセタール基、カルボネート基、カルバメート基、3級エステル基、3級水酸基、又はヘミアミナールエーテル基が好ましく、カルバメート基、又はヘミアミナールエーテル基がより好ましい。
 化合物(DD)の分子量は、100~1000が好ましく、100~700がより好ましく、100~500が更に好ましい。
 化合物(DD)は、窒素原子上に保護基を有するカルバメート基を有してもよい。カルバメート基を構成する保護基としては、下記一般式(d-1)で表すことができる。
A small molecule compound (DD) having a nitrogen atom and having a group desorbed by the action of an acid (hereinafter, also referred to as “compound (DD)”) has a group desorbed by the action of an acid on the nitrogen atom. It is preferably an amine derivative having.
As the group desorbed by the action of the acid, an acetal group, a carbonate group, a carbamate group, a tertiary ester group, a tertiary hydroxyl group, or a hemiaminoal ether group is preferable, and a carbamate group or a hemiaminol ether group is more preferable. ..
The molecular weight of compound (DD) is preferably 100 to 1000, more preferably 100 to 700, and even more preferably 100 to 500.
Compound (DD) may have a carbamate group having a protecting group on the nitrogen atom. The protecting group constituting the carbamate group can be represented by the following general formula (d-1).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000046
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000046
 一般式(d-1)において、
 Rbは、各々独立に、水素原子、アルキル基(好ましくは炭素数1~10)、シクロアルキル基(好ましくは炭素数3~30)、アリール基(好ましくは炭素数3~30)、アラルキル基(好ましくは炭素数1~10)、又はアルコキシアルキル基(好ましくは炭素数1~10)を表す。Rbは相互に連結して環を形成していてもよい。
 Rbが示すアルキル基、シクロアルキル基、アリール基、及びアラルキル基は、各々独立にヒドロキシル基、シアノ基、アミノ基、ピロリジノ基、ピペリジノ基、モルホリノ基、オキソ基等の官能基、アルコキシ基、又はハロゲン原子で置換されていてもよい。Rbが示すアルコキシアルキル基についても同様である。
In the general formula (d-1)
Rb is independently a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group (preferably 1 to 10 carbon atoms), a cycloalkyl group (preferably 3 to 30 carbon atoms), an aryl group (preferably 3 to 30 carbon atoms), and an aralkyl group (preferably 3 to 30 carbon atoms). It preferably represents 1 to 10 carbon atoms) or an alkoxyalkyl group (preferably 1 to 10 carbon atoms). Rb may be connected to each other to form a ring.
The alkyl group, cycloalkyl group, aryl group, and aralkyl group represented by Rb are independently hydroxyl groups, cyano groups, amino groups, pyrrolidino groups, piperidino groups, morpholino groups, oxo groups and other functional groups, alkoxy groups, or alkyl groups. It may be substituted with a halogen atom. The same applies to the alkoxyalkyl group indicated by Rb.
 Rbとしては、直鎖状若しくは分岐状のアルキル基、シクロアルキル基、又はアリール基が好ましく、直鎖状若しくは分岐状のアルキル基、又はシクロアルキル基がより好ましい。
 2つのRbが相互に連結して形成する環としては、脂環式炭化水素、芳香族炭化水素、複素環式炭化水素及びその誘導体等が挙げられる。
 一般式(d-1)で表される基の具体的な構造としては、米国特許公報US2012/0135348A1号明細書の段落[0466]に開示された構造を挙げることができるが、これに限定されない。
As Rb, a linear or branched alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, or an aryl group is preferable, and a linear or branched alkyl group or a cycloalkyl group is more preferable.
Examples of the ring formed by connecting the two Rbs to each other include an alicyclic hydrocarbon, an aromatic hydrocarbon, a heterocyclic hydrocarbon and a derivative thereof.
Specific structures of the group represented by the general formula (d-1) include, but are not limited to, the structure disclosed in paragraph [0466] of the US Patent Publication No. US2012 / 0135348A1. ..
 化合物(DD)は、下記一般式(6)で表される構造を有するものであることが好ましい。 The compound (DD) preferably has a structure represented by the following general formula (6).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000047
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000047
 一般式(6)において、
 lは0~2の整数を表し、mは1~3の整数を表し、l+m=3を満たす。
 Raは、水素原子、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、アリール基又はアラルキル基を表す。lが2のとき、2つのRaは同じでも異なっていてもよく、2つのRaは相互に連結して式中の窒素原子と共に複素環を形成していてもよい。この複素環には式中の窒素原子以外のヘテロ原子を含んでいてもよい。
 Rbは、上記一般式(d-1)におけるRbと同義であり、好ましい例も同様である。
 一般式(6)において、Raとしてのアルキル基、シクロアルキル基、アリール基、及びアラルキル基は、各々独立にRbとしてのアルキル基、シクロアルキル基、アリール基、及びアラルキル基が置換されていてもよい基として前述した基と同様な基で置換されていてもよい。
In the general formula (6)
l represents an integer of 0 to 2, m represents an integer of 1 to 3, and satisfies l + m = 3.
Ra represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aryl group or an aralkyl group. When l is 2, the two Ras may be the same or different, and the two Ras may be interconnected to form a heterocycle with the nitrogen atom in the equation. This heterocycle may contain a heteroatom other than the nitrogen atom in the formula.
Rb has the same meaning as Rb in the above general formula (d-1), and the same applies to preferred examples.
In the general formula (6), the alkyl group, cycloalkyl group, aryl group, and aralkyl group as Ra are independently substituted with the alkyl group, cycloalkyl group, aryl group, and aralkyl group as Rb, respectively. As a good group, it may be substituted with a group similar to the group described above.
 上記Raのアルキル基、シクロアルキル基、アリール基、及びアラルキル基(これらの基は、上記基で置換されていてもよい)の具体例としては、Rbについて前述した具体例と同様な基が挙げられる。
 本発明における特に好ましい化合物(DD)の具体的な構造としては、米国特許出願公開2012/0135348A1号明細書の段落[0475]に開示された化合物を挙げることができるが、これに限定されるものではない。
Specific examples of the alkyl group, cycloalkyl group, aryl group, and aralkyl group of Ra (these groups may be substituted with the above group) include groups similar to the above-mentioned specific examples for Rb. Be done.
Specific structures of the particularly preferred compound (DD) in the present invention include, but are limited to, the compounds disclosed in paragraph [0475] of U.S. Patent Application Publication No. 2012/01335348A1. is not it.
 カチオン部に窒素原子を有するオニウム塩化合物(DE)(以下、「化合物(DE)」ともいう。)は、カチオン部に窒素原子を含む塩基性部位を有する化合物であることが好ましい。塩基性部位は、アミノ基であることが好ましく、脂肪族アミノ基であることがより好ましい。塩基性部位中の窒素原子に隣接する原子の全てが、水素原子又は炭素原子であることが更に好ましい。また、塩基性向上の観点から、窒素原子に対して、電子求引性の官能基(カルボニル基、スルホニル基、シアノ基、及びハロゲン原子など)が直結していないことが好ましい。
 化合物(DE)の好ましい具体的な構造としては、米国特許出願公開2015/0309408A1号明細書の段落[0203]に開示された化合物を挙げることができるが、これに限定されない。
The onium salt compound (DE) having a nitrogen atom in the cation portion (hereinafter, also referred to as “compound (DE)”) is preferably a compound having a basic moiety containing a nitrogen atom in the cation portion. The basic moiety is preferably an amino group, more preferably an aliphatic amino group. It is more preferable that all the atoms adjacent to the nitrogen atom in the basic moiety are hydrogen atoms or carbon atoms. Further, from the viewpoint of improving basicity, it is preferable that an electron-attracting functional group (carbonyl group, sulfonyl group, cyano group, halogen atom, etc.) is not directly bonded to the nitrogen atom.
Preferred specific structures of compound (DE) include, but are not limited to, the compounds disclosed in paragraph [0203] of US Patent Application Publication 2015/0309408A1.
 酸拡散制御剤(D)の好ましい例を以下に示す。 A preferable example of the acid diffusion control agent (D) is shown below.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000048
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000048
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000049
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000049
 実施例で使用されるQuencher-A~Quencher-Kも好ましく使用することができる。 Quencher-A to Quencher-K used in the examples can also be preferably used.
 本発明の組成物において、酸拡散制御剤(D)は1種単独で使用してもよいし、2種以上を併用してもよい。
 酸拡散制御剤(D)の組成物中の含有量(複数種存在する場合はその合計)は、組成物の全固形分を基準として、0.01~10質量%が好ましく、0.05~5質量%がより好ましい。また、酸拡散制御剤(D)の組成物中の含有量(複数種存在する場合はその合計)は、光酸発生剤(B)の組成物中の含有量(複数種存在する場合はその合計)に対して、モル比で、0.40以下が好ましく、0.30以下がより好ましく、0.25以下が更に好ましい。
In the composition of the present invention, the acid diffusion control agent (D) may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
The content of the acid diffusion control agent (D) in the composition (the total of a plurality of types, if present) is preferably 0.01 to 10% by mass, preferably 0.05 to 10% by mass, based on the total solid content of the composition. 5% by mass is more preferable. The content of the acid diffusion control agent (D) in the composition (the total of a plurality of types if present) is the content of the photoacid generator (B) in the composition (if a plurality of types are present, the total thereof). In terms of molar ratio, 0.40 or less is preferable, 0.30 or less is more preferable, and 0.25 or less is further preferable.
 <疎水性樹脂(E)>
 本発明の組成物は、上記重合体(A)とは異なる疎水性樹脂(E)を含有してもよい。
 本発明の組成物が、疎水性樹脂(E)を含有することにより、感活性光線性又は感放射線性膜の表面における静的/動的な接触角を制御することができる。これにより、現像特性の改善、アウトガスの抑制、液浸露光における液浸液追随性の向上、及び液浸欠陥の低減等が可能となる。
 疎水性樹脂(E)は、レジスト膜の表面に偏在するように設計されることが好ましいが、界面活性剤とは異なり、必ずしも分子内に親水基を有する必要はなく、極性/非極性物質を均一に混合することに寄与しなくてもよい。
<Hydrophobic resin (E)>
The composition of the present invention may contain a hydrophobic resin (E) different from the polymer (A).
By containing the hydrophobic resin (E) in the composition of the present invention, it is possible to control the static / dynamic contact angle on the surface of the sensitive light-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film. This makes it possible to improve development characteristics, suppress outgas, improve immersion liquid followability in immersion exposure, reduce immersion defects, and the like.
The hydrophobic resin (E) is preferably designed to be unevenly distributed on the surface of the resist film, but unlike a surfactant, it does not necessarily have to have a hydrophilic group in the molecule, and a polar / non-polar substance is used. It does not have to contribute to uniform mixing.
 疎水性樹脂(E)は、膜表層への偏在化の観点から、“フッ素原子”、“ケイ素原子”、及び“樹脂の側鎖部分に含有されたCH部分構造”からなる群から選択される少なくとも1種を有する繰り返し単位を含む樹脂であることが好ましい。
 疎水性樹脂(E)が、フッ素原子及び/又はケイ素原子を含む場合、疎水性樹脂(E)における上記フッ素原子及び/又はケイ素原子は、樹脂の主鎖中に含まれていてもよく、側鎖中に含まれていてもよい。
Hydrophobic resin (E), from the viewpoint of uneven distribution in the film surface layer, "fluorine atom", "silicon atom", and is selected from the group consisting of "CH 3 partial structure contained in the side chain portion of the resin" It is preferable that the resin contains a repeating unit having at least one of them.
When the hydrophobic resin (E) contains a fluorine atom and / or a silicon atom, the fluorine atom and / or the silicon atom in the hydrophobic resin (E) may be contained in the main chain of the resin, and the side chain may be contained. It may be contained in the chain.
 疎水性樹脂(E)がフッ素原子を含む場合、フッ素原子を有する部分構造として、フッ素原子を有するアルキル基、フッ素原子を有するシクロアルキル基、又はフッ素原子を有するアリール基を有する樹脂であることが好ましい。 When the hydrophobic resin (E) contains a fluorine atom, the partial structure having a fluorine atom may be a resin having an alkyl group having a fluorine atom, a cycloalkyl group having a fluorine atom, or an aryl group having a fluorine atom. preferable.
 疎水性樹脂(E)は、下記(x)~(z)の群から選ばれる基を少なくとも1つを有することが好ましい。
 (x)酸基
 (y)アルカリ現像液の作用により分解してアルカリ現像液に対する溶解度が増大する基(以下、極性変換基ともいう)
 (z)酸の作用により分解する基
The hydrophobic resin (E) preferably has at least one group selected from the following groups (x) to (z).
(X) Acid group (y) A group that decomposes by the action of an alkaline developer and increases its solubility in an alkaline developer (hereinafter, also referred to as a polarity converting group).
(Z) A group that decomposes by the action of an acid
 酸基(x)としては、フェノール性水酸基、カルボン酸基、フッ素化アルコール基、スルホン酸基、スルホンアミド基、スルホニルイミド基、(アルキルスルホニル)(アルキルカルボニル)メチレン基、(アルキルスルホニル)(アルキルカルボニル)イミド基、ビス(アルキルカルボニル)メチレン基、ビス(アルキルカルボニル)イミド基、ビス(アルキルスルホニル)メチレン基、ビス(アルキルスルホニル)イミド基、トリス(アルキルカルボニル)メチレン基、及びトリス(アルキルスルホニル)メチレン基等が挙げられる。
 酸基としては、フッ素化アルコール基(好ましくはヘキサフルオロイソプロパノール基)、スルホンイミド基、又はビス(アルキルカルボニル)メチレン基が好ましい。
Examples of the acid group (x) include a phenolic hydroxyl group, a carboxylic acid group, a fluorinated alcohol group, a sulfonic acid group, a sulfonyl group, a sulfonylimide group, a (alkylsulfonyl) (alkylcarbonyl) methylene group, and (alkylsulfonyl) (alkyl). Carbonyl) imide group, bis (alkylcarbonyl) methylene group, bis (alkylcarbonyl) imide group, bis (alkylsulfonyl) methylene group, bis (alkylsulfonyl) imide group, tris (alkylcarbonyl) methylene group, and tris (alkylsulfonyl) ) Methylene groups and the like can be mentioned.
As the acid group, a fluorinated alcohol group (preferably a hexafluoroisopropanol group), a sulfonimide group, or a bis (alkylcarbonyl) methylene group is preferable.
 アルカリ現像液の作用により分解してアルカリ現像液に対する溶解度が増大する基(y)としては、例えば、ラクトン基、カルボン酸エステル基(-COO-)、酸無水物基(-C(O)OC(O)-)、酸イミド基(-NHCONH-)、カルボン酸チオエステル基(-COS-)、炭酸エステル基(-OC(O)O-)、硫酸エステル基(-OSOO-)、及びスルホン酸エステル基(-SOO-)などが挙げられ、ラクトン基又はカルボン酸エステル基(-COO-)が好ましい。
 これらの基を含んだ繰り返し単位は、樹脂の主鎖にこれらの基が直接結合している繰り返し単位であり、例えば、アクリル酸エステル及びメタクリル酸エステルによる繰り返し単位等が挙げられる。この繰り返し単位は、これらの基が連結基を介して樹脂の主鎖に結合していてもよい。あるいは、この繰り返し単位は、これらの基を有する重合開始剤又は連鎖移動剤を重合時に用いて、樹脂の末端に導入されていてもよい。
 ラクトン基を有する繰り返し単位としては、例えば、先に樹脂(A)の項で説明したラクトン構造を有する繰り返し単位と同様のものが挙げられる。
Examples of the group (y) that decomposes due to the action of the alkaline developing solution and increases the solubility in the alkaline developing solution include a lactone group, a carboxylic acid ester group (-COO-), and an acid anhydride group (-C (O) OC). (O)-), acidimide group (-NHCONH-), carboxylic acid thioester group (-COS-), carbonate ester group (-OC (O) O-), sulfate ester group (-OSO 2 O-), and Examples thereof include a sulfonic acid ester group (-SO 2 O-), and a lactone group or a carboxylic acid ester group (-COO-) is preferable.
The repeating unit containing these groups is a repeating unit in which these groups are directly bonded to the main chain of the resin, and examples thereof include a repeating unit made of an acrylic acid ester and a methacrylic acid ester. In this repeating unit, these groups may be bonded to the main chain of the resin via a linking group. Alternatively, the repeating unit may be introduced into the end of the resin by using a polymerization initiator or chain transfer agent having these groups at the time of polymerization.
Examples of the repeating unit having a lactone group include the same repeating units having the lactone structure described above in the section of resin (A).
 アルカリ現像液の作用により分解してアルカリ現像液に対する溶解度が増大する基(y)を有する繰り返し単位の含有量は、疎水性樹脂(E)中の全繰り返し単位を基準として、1~100モル%が好ましく、3~98モル%がより好ましく、5~95モル%が更に好ましい。 The content of the repeating unit having a group (y) that decomposes by the action of the alkaline developer and increases the solubility in the alkaline developer is 1 to 100 mol% based on all the repeating units in the hydrophobic resin (E). Is preferable, 3 to 98 mol% is more preferable, and 5 to 95 mol% is further preferable.
 疎水性樹脂(E)における、酸の作用により分解する基(z)を有する繰り返し単位は、樹脂(A)で挙げた酸分解性基を有する繰り返し単位と同様のものが挙げられる。酸の作用により分解する基(z)を有する繰り返し単位は、フッ素原子及びケイ素原子の少なくともいずれかを有していてもよい。酸の作用により分解する基(z)を有する繰り返し単位の含有量は、樹脂(E)中の全繰り返し単位に対して、1~80モル%が好ましく、10~80モル%がより好ましく、20~60モル%が更に好ましい。
 疎水性樹脂(E)は、更に、上述した繰り返し単位とは別の繰り返し単位を有していてもよい。
In the hydrophobic resin (E), the repeating unit having a group (z) that decomposes by the action of an acid may be the same as the repeating unit having an acid-degradable group mentioned in the resin (A). The repeating unit having a group (z) decomposed by the action of an acid may have at least one of a fluorine atom and a silicon atom. The content of the repeating unit having the group (z) decomposed by the action of the acid is preferably 1 to 80 mol%, more preferably 10 to 80 mol%, and 20 to 20 mol% with respect to all the repeating units in the resin (E). -60 mol% is more preferred.
The hydrophobic resin (E) may further have a repeating unit different from the repeating unit described above.
 フッ素原子を含む繰り返し単位は、疎水性樹脂(E)に含まれる全繰り返し単位に対して、10~100モル%が好ましく、30~100モル%がより好ましい。また、ケイ素原子を含む繰り返し単位は、疎水性樹脂(E)に含まれる全繰り返し単位に対して、10~100モル%が好ましく、20~100モル%がより好ましい。 The repeating unit containing a fluorine atom is preferably 10 to 100 mol%, more preferably 30 to 100 mol%, based on all the repeating units contained in the hydrophobic resin (E). The repeating unit containing a silicon atom is preferably 10 to 100 mol%, more preferably 20 to 100 mol%, based on all the repeating units contained in the hydrophobic resin (E).
 一方、特に疎水性樹脂(E)が側鎖部分にCH部分構造を含む場合においては、疎水性樹脂(E)が、フッ素原子及びケイ素原子を実質的に含有しない形態も好ましい。また、疎水性樹脂(E)は、炭素原子、酸素原子、水素原子、窒素原子及び硫黄原子から選ばれる原子のみによって構成された繰り返し単位のみで実質的に構成されることが好ましい。 On the other hand, especially if the hydrophobic resin (E) comprises a CH 3 partial structure side chain moiety, a hydrophobic resin (E) is a form that does not contain a fluorine atom and a silicon atom substantially also preferred. Further, it is preferable that the hydrophobic resin (E) is substantially composed of only repeating units composed of only atoms selected from carbon atoms, oxygen atoms, hydrogen atoms, nitrogen atoms and sulfur atoms.
 疎水性樹脂(E)の標準ポリスチレン換算の重量平均分子量は、8,000超~100,000が好ましく、8,000超~50,000がより好ましい。 The weight average molecular weight of the hydrophobic resin (E) in terms of standard polystyrene is preferably more than 8,000 to 100,000, more preferably more than 8,000 to 50,000.
 疎水性樹脂(E)に含まれる残存モノマー及び/又はオリゴマー成分の合計含有量は、0.01~5質量%が好ましく、0.01~3質量%がより好ましい。また、分散度(Mw/Mn)は、1~5の範囲が好ましく、より好ましくは1~3の範囲である。 The total content of the residual monomer and / or oligomer component contained in the hydrophobic resin (E) is preferably 0.01 to 5% by mass, more preferably 0.01 to 3% by mass. The dispersity (Mw / Mn) is preferably in the range of 1 to 5, and more preferably in the range of 1 to 3.
 疎水性樹脂(E)としては、公知の樹脂を、単独又はそれらの混合物として適宜に選択して使用することができる。例えば、米国特許出願公開2015/0168830A1号明細書の段落[0451]~[0704]、米国特許出願公開2016/0274458A1号明細書の段落[0340]~[0356]に開示された公知の樹脂を疎水性樹脂(E)として好適に使用できる。また、米国特許出願公開2016/0237190A1号明細書の段落[0177]~[0258]に開示された繰り返し単位も、疎水性樹脂(E)を構成する繰り返し単位として好ましい。 As the hydrophobic resin (E), a known resin can be appropriately selected and used alone or as a mixture thereof. For example, the known resins disclosed in paragraphs [0451]-[0704] of U.S. Patent Application Publication 2015 / 0168830A1 and paragraphs [0340]-[0356] of U.S. Patent Application Publication 2016 / 0274458A1 are hydrophobic. It can be suitably used as the sex resin (E). The repeating unit disclosed in paragraphs [0177] to [0258] of US Patent Application Publication No. 2016/0237190A1 is also preferable as the repeating unit constituting the hydrophobic resin (E).
 疎水性樹脂(E)を構成する繰り返し単位に相当するモノマーの好ましい例を以下に示す。 A preferable example of the monomer corresponding to the repeating unit constituting the hydrophobic resin (E) is shown below.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000050
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000050
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000051
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000051
 疎水性樹脂(E)は、1種単独で使用してもよいし、2種以上を併用してもよい。
 表面エネルギーが異なる2種以上の疎水性樹脂(E)を混合して使用することが、液浸露光における液浸液追随性と現像特性の両立の観点から好ましい。
 疎水性樹脂(E)の組成物中の含有量は、本発明の組成物中の全固形分に対し、0.01~10質量%が好ましく、0.05~8質量%がより好ましい。
The hydrophobic resin (E) may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
It is preferable to mix and use two or more kinds of hydrophobic resins (E) having different surface energies from the viewpoint of both immersion liquid followability and development characteristics in immersion exposure.
The content of the hydrophobic resin (E) in the composition is preferably 0.01 to 10% by mass, more preferably 0.05 to 8% by mass, based on the total solid content in the composition of the present invention.
 <溶剤(F)>
 本発明の組成物は、通常、溶剤を含有する。
 本発明の組成物においては、公知のレジスト溶剤を適宜使用することができる。例えば、米国特許出願公開2016/0070167A1号明細書の段落[0665]~[0670]、米国特許出願公開2015/0004544A1号明細書の段落[0210]~[0235]、米国特許出願公開2016/0237190A1号明細書の段落[0424]~[0426]、米国特許出願公開2016/0274458A1号明細書の段落[0357]~[0366]に開示された公知の溶剤を好適に使用できる。
 組成物を調製する際に使用できる溶剤としては、例えば、アルキレングリコールモノアルキルエーテルカルボキシレート、アルキレングリコールモノアルキルエーテル、乳酸アルキルエステル、アルコキシプロピオン酸アルキル、環状ラクトン(好ましくは炭素数4~10)、環を有してもよいモノケトン化合物(好ましくは炭素数4~10)、アルキレンカーボネート、アルコキシ酢酸アルキル、及びピルビン酸アルキル等の有機溶剤が挙げられる。
<Solvent (F)>
The compositions of the present invention usually contain a solvent.
In the composition of the present invention, a known resist solvent can be appropriately used. For example, paragraphs [0665]-[0670] of US Patent Application Publication 2016/0070167A1, paragraphs [0210]-[0235] of US Patent Application Publication 2015/0004544A1, US Patent Application Publication 2016/0237190A1. The known solvents disclosed in paragraphs [0424] to [0426] of the specification and paragraphs [0357] to [0366] of US Patent Application Publication No. 2016/0274458A1 can be preferably used.
Examples of the solvent that can be used in preparing the composition include alkylene glycol monoalkyl ether carboxylate, alkylene glycol monoalkyl ether, lactic acid alkyl ester, alkyl alkoxypropionate, and cyclic lactone (preferably having 4 to 10 carbon atoms). Examples thereof include organic solvents such as monoketone compounds (preferably having 4 to 10 carbon atoms) which may have a ring, alkylene carbonate, alkyl alkoxyacetate, and alkyl pyruvate.
 有機溶剤として、構造中に水酸基を含有する溶剤と、水酸基を含有しない溶剤とを混合した混合溶剤を使用してもよい。
 水酸基を含有する溶剤、及び水酸基を含有しない溶剤としては、前述の例示化合物を適宜選択できるが、水酸基を含有する溶剤としては、アルキレングリコールモノアルキルエーテル、又は乳酸アルキル等が好ましく、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテル(PGME)、プロピレングリコールモノエチルエーテル(PGEE)、2-ヒドロキシイソ酪酸メチル、又は乳酸エチルがより好ましい。また、水酸基を含有しない溶剤としては、アルキレングリコールモノアルキルエーテルアセテート、アルキルアルコキシプロピオネート、環を含有してもよいモノケトン化合物、環状ラクトン、又は酢酸アルキル等が好ましく、これらの中でも、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート(PGMEA)、エチルエトキシプロピオネート、2-ヘプタノン、γ-ブチロラクトン、シクロヘキサノン、シクロペンタノン又は酢酸ブチルがより好ましく、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート、γ-ブチロラクトン、エチルエトキシプロピオネート、シクロヘキサノン、シクロペンタノン又は2-ヘプタノンが更に好ましい。水酸基を含有しない溶剤としては、プロピレンカーボネートも好ましい。
 水酸基を含有する溶剤と水酸基を含有しない溶剤との混合比(質量比)は、1/99~99/1であり、10/90~90/10が好ましく、20/80~60/40がより好ましい。水酸基を含有しない溶剤を50質量%以上含有する混合溶剤が、塗布均一性の点で好ましい。
 溶剤は、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテートを含むことが好ましく、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート単独溶剤でもよいし、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテートを含有する2種類以上の混合溶剤ででもよい。
As the organic solvent, a mixed solvent in which a solvent containing a hydroxyl group in the structure and a solvent not containing a hydroxyl group may be used may be used.
As the solvent containing a hydroxyl group and the solvent not containing a hydroxyl group, the above-mentioned exemplified compounds can be appropriately selected, but as the solvent containing a hydroxyl group, alkylene glycol monoalkyl ether, alkyl lactate and the like are preferable, and propylene glycol monomethyl ether is preferable. (PGME), propylene glycol monoethyl ether (PGEE), methyl 2-hydroxyisobutyrate, or ethyl lactate is more preferred. Further, as the solvent containing no hydroxyl group, alkylene glycol monoalkyl ether acetate, alkylalkoxypropionate, monoketone compound which may contain a ring, cyclic lactone, alkyl acetate and the like are preferable, and among these, propylene glycol monomethyl Ether acetate (PGMEA), ethyl ethoxypropionate, 2-heptanone, γ-butyrolactone, cyclohexanone, cyclopentanone or butyl acetate are more preferred, propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, γ-butyrolactone, ethyl ethoxypropionate, cyclohexanone, Cyclopentanone or 2-heptanone is more preferred. Propylene carbonate is also preferable as the solvent containing no hydroxyl group.
The mixing ratio (mass ratio) of the solvent containing a hydroxyl group and the solvent not containing a hydroxyl group is 1/99 to 99/1, preferably 10/90 to 90/10, more preferably 20/80 to 60/40. preferable. A mixed solvent containing 50% by mass or more of a solvent containing no hydroxyl group is preferable in terms of coating uniformity.
The solvent preferably contains propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, and may be a propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate single solvent or a mixed solvent of two or more kinds containing propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate.
<界面活性剤(H)>
 本発明の組成物は、界面活性剤を含有してもよいし、含有しなくてもよい。界面活性剤を含有する場合、フッ素系及び/又はシリコン系界面活性剤(具体的には、フッ素系界面活性剤、シリコン系界面活性剤、又はフッ素原子とケイ素原子との両方を有する界面活性剤)が好ましい。
<Surfactant (H)>
The composition of the present invention may or may not contain a surfactant. When a surfactant is contained, a fluorine-based and / or a silicon-based surfactant (specifically, a fluorine-based surfactant, a silicon-based surfactant, or a surfactant having both a fluorine atom and a silicon atom) ) Is preferable.
 本発明の組成物が界面活性剤を含有することにより、250nm以下、特に220nm以下の露光光源を使用した場合に、良好な感度及び解像度で、密着性及び現像欠陥の少ないレジストパターンを得ることができる。
 フッ素系及び/又はシリコン系界面活性剤として、米国特許出願公開第2008/0248425号明細書の段落[0276]に記載の界面活性剤が挙げることができる。
 また、米国特許出願公開第2008/0248425号明細書の段落[0280]に記載の、フッ素系及び/又はシリコン系界面活性剤以外の他の界面活性剤を使用することもできる。
By containing a surfactant in the composition of the present invention, it is possible to obtain a resist pattern having good sensitivity and resolution and few adhesions and development defects when an exposure light source of 250 nm or less, particularly 220 nm or less is used. can.
Examples of the fluorine-based and / or silicon-based surfactants include the surfactants described in paragraph [0276] of US Patent Application Publication No. 2008/0248425.
In addition, surfactants other than the fluorine-based and / or silicon-based surfactants described in paragraph [0280] of US Patent Application Publication No. 2008/0248425 can also be used.
 これらの界面活性剤は1種単独で用いてもよく、2種以上を併用してもよい。
 本発明の組成物が界面活性剤を含有する場合、界面活性剤の含有量は、組成物の全固形分に対して、0.0001~2質量%が好ましく、0.0005~1質量%がより好ましい。
 一方、界面活性剤の含有量が、組成物の全固形分に対して10ppm以上とすることにより、疎水性樹脂の表面偏在性が上がる。それにより、感活性光線性又は感放射線性膜の表面をより疎水的にすることができ、液浸露光時の水追随性が向上する。
These surfactants may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
When the composition of the present invention contains a surfactant, the content of the surfactant is preferably 0.0001 to 2% by mass, preferably 0.0005 to 1% by mass, based on the total solid content of the composition. More preferred.
On the other hand, when the content of the surfactant is 10 ppm or more with respect to the total solid content of the composition, the uneven distribution of the surface of the hydrophobic resin is increased. As a result, the surface of the sensitive light-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film can be made more hydrophobic, and the water followability during immersion exposure is improved.
(その他の添加剤)
 本発明の組成物は、更に、酸増殖剤、染料、可塑剤、光増感剤、光吸収剤、アルカリ可溶性樹脂、溶解阻止剤、又は溶解促進剤等を含有してもよい。
(Other additives)
The composition of the present invention may further contain an acid growth agent, a dye, a plasticizer, a photosensitizer, a light absorber, an alkali-soluble resin, a dissolution inhibitor, a dissolution accelerator and the like.
 本発明の組成物より形成される感活性光線性膜又は感放射線性膜(典型的には、レジスト膜)の膜厚は、膜厚700nm以上である。
 膜厚の上限は特に限定されないが、通常10μmである。
 膜厚は、700~5000nmが好ましく、700~3000nmがより好ましく、700~2000nmが更に好ましい。
 組成物中の固形分濃度を適切な範囲に設定して適度な粘度をもたせ、塗布性又は製膜性を向上させることにより、このような膜厚とすることができる。
 本発明の組成物の固形分濃度は、通常8~40質量%であり、10~30質量%が好ましく、12~25質量%がより好ましい。固形分濃度とは、組成物の総質量に対する、溶剤を除く他のレジスト成分の質量の質量百分率である。
The film thickness of the actinic light-sensitive film or the radiation-sensitive film (typically, the resist film) formed from the composition of the present invention is 700 nm or more.
The upper limit of the film thickness is not particularly limited, but is usually 10 μm.
The film thickness is preferably 700 to 5000 nm, more preferably 700 to 3000 nm, and even more preferably 700 to 2000 nm.
Such a film thickness can be obtained by setting the solid content concentration in the composition to an appropriate range to give an appropriate viscosity and improving the coatability or film forming property.
The solid content concentration of the composition of the present invention is usually 8 to 40% by mass, preferably 10 to 30% by mass, and more preferably 12 to 25% by mass. The solid content concentration is the mass percentage of the mass of other resist components excluding the solvent with respect to the total mass of the composition.
 本発明の組成物は、上記の成分を所定の有機溶剤、好ましくは上記混合溶剤に溶解し、これをフィルター濾過した後、所定の支持体(基板)上に塗布して用いる。フィルター濾過に用いるフィルターのポアサイズは0.1μm以下が好ましく、0.05μm以下がより好ましく、0.03μm以下が更に好ましい。また、組成物の固形分濃度が高い場合(例えば、25質量%以上)は、フィルター濾過に用いるフィルターのポアサイズは3μm以下が好ましく、0.5μm以下がより好ましく、0.3μm以下が更に好ましい。このフィルターは、ポリテトラフロロエチレン製、ポリエチレン製、又はナイロン製のものが好ましい。フィルター濾過においては、例えば日本国特許出願公開第2002-62667号明細書(特開2002-62667)に開示されるように、循環的な濾過を行ってもよく、複数種類のフィルターを直列又は並列に接続して濾過を行ってもよい。また、組成物を複数回濾過してもよい。更に、フィルター濾過の前後で、組成物に対して脱気処理等を行ってもよい。 The composition of the present invention is used by dissolving the above-mentioned components in a predetermined organic solvent, preferably the above-mentioned mixed solvent, filtering the mixture, and then applying the above-mentioned components on a predetermined support (substrate). The pore size of the filter used for filter filtration is preferably 0.1 μm or less, more preferably 0.05 μm or less, and even more preferably 0.03 μm or less. When the solid content concentration of the composition is high (for example, 25% by mass or more), the pore size of the filter used for filter filtration is preferably 3 μm or less, more preferably 0.5 μm or less, still more preferably 0.3 μm or less. The filter is preferably made of polytetrafluoroethylene, polyethylene, or nylon. In filter filtration, for example, as disclosed in Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2002-62667 (Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2002-62667), cyclic filtration may be performed, and a plurality of types of filters may be arranged in series or in parallel. It may be connected to and filtered. Moreover, the composition may be filtered a plurality of times. Further, the composition may be degassed before and after the filter filtration.
 <用途>
 本発明の組成物は、活性光線又は放射線の照射により反応して性質が変化する感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物に関する。更に詳しくは、本発明の組成物は、IC(Integrated Circuit)等の半導体製造工程、液晶若しくはサーマルヘッド等の回路基板の製造、インプリント用モールド構造体の作製、その他のフォトファブリケーション工程、又は平版印刷版、若しくは酸硬化性組成物の製造に使用される感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物に関する。本発明において形成されるレジストパターンは、エッチング工程、イオンインプランテーション工程、バンプ電極形成工程、再配線形成工程、及びMEMS(Micro Electro Mechanical Systems)等において使用することができる。
<Use>
The composition of the present invention relates to a sensitive light-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition whose properties change in response to irradiation with active light or radiation. More specifically, the composition of the present invention comprises a semiconductor manufacturing process such as an IC (Integrated Circuit), a circuit board manufacturing such as a liquid crystal or a thermal head, a molding structure for imprinting, another photofabrication step, or a photofabrication step. The present invention relates to a lithographic printing plate or a radiation-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition used for producing an acid-curable composition. The resist pattern formed in the present invention can be used in an etching step, an ion implantation step, a bump electrode forming step, a rewiring forming step, a MEMS (Micro Electro Mechanical Systems), and the like.
 本発明のパターン形成方法は、上述の通り、
(i)感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物によって膜厚700nm以上の感活性光線性又は感放射線性膜を形成する工程(成膜工程)、
(ii)上記感活性光線性又は感放射線性膜に波長200nm以下の活性光線又は放射線を照射する工程(露光工程)、及び、
(iii)上記波長200nm以下の活性光線又は放射線が照射された感活性光線性又は感放射線性膜を、現像液を用いて現像する工程(現像工程)、
を有する。
The pattern forming method of the present invention is as described above.
(I) A step of forming a sensitive light-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film having a film thickness of 700 nm or more by a sensitive light-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition (film formation step).
(Ii) A step (exposure step) of irradiating the above-mentioned sensitive light-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film with active light or radiation having a wavelength of 200 nm or less, and
(Iii) A step of developing a sensitive light or radiation sensitive film irradiated with active light or radiation having a wavelength of 200 nm or less using a developing solution (development step).
Have.
 本発明のパターン形成方法は、上記(i)~(iii)の工程を含んでいれば特に限定されず、更に下記の工程を有していてもよい。
 本発明のパターン形成方法は、(ii)露光工程における露光方法が、液浸露光であってもよい。
 本発明のパターン形成方法は、(ii)露光工程の前に、(iv)前加熱(PB:PreBake)工程を含むことが好ましい。
 本発明のパターン形成方法は、(ii)露光工程の後、かつ、(iii)現像工程の前に、(v)露光後加熱(PEB:Post Exposure Bake)工程を含むことが好ましい。
 本発明のパターン形成方法は、(ii)露光工程を、複数回含んでいてもよい。
 本発明のパターン形成方法は、(iv)前加熱工程を、複数回含んでいてもよい。
 本発明のパターン形成方法は、(v)露光後加熱工程を、複数回含んでいてもよい。
 (i)成膜工程は、具体的には、感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物によって膜厚700nm以上の感活性光線性又は感放射線性膜を支持体上に形成する工程である。
The pattern forming method of the present invention is not particularly limited as long as it includes the steps (i) to (iii) above, and may further include the following steps.
In the pattern forming method of the present invention, the exposure method in the (ii) exposure step may be immersion exposure.
The pattern forming method of the present invention preferably includes (iv) preheating (PB: PreBake) step before the (ii) exposure step.
The pattern forming method of the present invention preferably includes (v) post-exposure heating (PEB: Post Exposure Bake) step after the (ii) exposure step and before the (iii) development step.
The pattern forming method of the present invention may include (ii) exposure steps a plurality of times.
The pattern forming method of the present invention may include (iv) a preheating step a plurality of times.
The pattern forming method of the present invention may include (v) a post-exposure heating step a plurality of times.
(I) The film forming step is specifically a step of forming a sensitive light-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film having a film thickness of 700 nm or more on the support by using the sensitive light-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition.
 本発明のパターン形成方法において、上述した(i)成膜工程、(ii)露光工程、及び(iii)現像工程は、一般的に知られている方法により行うことができる。
 また、必要に応じて、感活性光線性又は感放射線性膜と支持体との間にレジスト下層膜(例えば、SOG(Spin On Glass)、SOC(Spin On Carbon)、反射防止膜)を形成してもよい。レジスト下層膜としては、公知の有機系又は無機系の材料を適宜用いることができる。
 感活性光線性又は感放射線性膜の上層に、保護膜(トップコート)を形成してもよい。保護膜としては、公知の材料を適宜用いることができる。例えば、米国特許出願公開第2007/0178407号明細書、米国特許出願公開第2008/0085466号明細書、米国特許出願公開第2007/0275326号明細書、米国特許出願公開第2016/0299432号明細書、米国特許出願公開第2013/0244438号明細書、国際特許出願公開第2016/157988A号明細書に開示された保護膜形成用組成物を好適に使用することができる。保護膜形成用組成物としては、上述した酸拡散制御剤を含むものが好ましい。
 上述した疎水性樹脂を含有する感活性光線性又は感放射線性膜の上層に保護膜を形成してもよい。
In the pattern forming method of the present invention, the above-mentioned (i) film forming step, (ii) exposure step, and (iii) developing step can be performed by a generally known method.
Further, if necessary, a resist underlayer film (for example, SOG (Spin On Glass), SOC (Spin On Carbon), antireflection film) is formed between the sensitive light-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film and the support. You may. As the resist underlayer film, a known organic or inorganic material can be appropriately used.
A protective film (top coat) may be formed on the upper layer of the sensitive light-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film. As the protective film, a known material can be appropriately used. For example, US Patent Application Publication No. 2007/0178407, US Patent Application Publication No. 2008/0085466, US Patent Application Publication No. 2007/0275326, US Patent Application Publication No. 2016/0299432, The composition for forming a protective film disclosed in US Patent Application Publication No. 2013/02444438 and International Patent Application Publication No. 2016/157988A can be preferably used. The composition for forming a protective film preferably contains the above-mentioned acid diffusion control agent.
A protective film may be formed on the upper layer of the sensitive light-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film containing the above-mentioned hydrophobic resin.
 支持体は、特に限定されるものではなく、IC等の半導体の製造工程、又は液晶若しくはサーマルヘッド等の回路基板の製造工程のほか、その他のフォトファブリケーションのリソグラフィー工程等で一般的に用いられる基板を用いることができる。支持体の具体例としては、シリコン、SiO2、及びSiN等の無機基板等が挙げられる。 The support is not particularly limited, and is generally used in a semiconductor manufacturing process such as an IC, a circuit board manufacturing process such as a liquid crystal or a thermal head, and other photolithography lithography processes. A substrate can be used. Specific examples of the support include an inorganic substrate such as silicon, SiO 2 , and SiN.
 加熱温度は、(iv)前加熱工程及び(v)露光後加熱工程のいずれにおいても、70~130℃が好ましく、80~120℃がより好ましい。
 加熱時間は、(iv)前加熱工程及び(v)露光後加熱工程のいずれにおいても、30~300秒が好ましく、30~180秒がより好ましく、30~90秒が更に好ましい。
 加熱は、露光装置及び現像装置に備わっている手段で行うことができ、ホットプレート等を用いて行ってもよい。
The heating temperature is preferably 70 to 130 ° C., more preferably 80 to 120 ° C. in both the (iv) preheating step and the (v) post-exposure heating step.
The heating time is preferably 30 to 300 seconds, more preferably 30 to 180 seconds, still more preferably 30 to 90 seconds in both the (iv) preheating step and the (v) post-exposure heating step.
The heating can be performed by means provided in the exposure apparatus and the developing apparatus, and may be performed by using a hot plate or the like.
 露光工程に用いられる光源波長は200nm以下である。これにより、得られるパターンの解像性を優れたものとすることができる。一方、光源波長を200nm超となると、厚膜において所望の解像性を有するパターンを得ることができない。
 光源としては、光源波長が200nm以下であれば、特に制限はないが、具体的には、ArFエキシマレーザー(193nm)、Fエキシマレーザー(157nm)、X線、EUV(13nm)、又は電子線が好ましく、ArFエキシマレーザー、EUV又は電子線がより好ましい。
The light source wavelength used in the exposure process is 200 nm or less. Thereby, the resolvability of the obtained pattern can be made excellent. On the other hand, when the light source wavelength exceeds 200 nm, a pattern having a desired resolution cannot be obtained in a thick film.
As the light source, if the light source wavelength is 200nm or less, in particular, without limitation, specifically, ArF excimer laser (193 nm), F 2 excimer laser (157 nm), X-ray, EUV (13 nm), or electron beam Is preferable, and ArF excimer laser, EUV or electron beam is more preferable.
 (iii)現像工程においては、現像液はアルカリ現像液であっても、有機溶剤を含有する現像液(以下、有機系現像液ともいう)であってもよいが、アルカリ現像液が好ましい。 In the (iii) developing step, the developing solution may be an alkaline developing solution or a developing solution containing an organic solvent (hereinafter, also referred to as an organic developing solution), but an alkaline developing solution is preferable.
 アルカリ現像液としては、通常、テトラメチルアンモニウムヒドロキシドに代表される4級アンモニウム塩が用いられるが、これ以外にも無機アルカリ、1~3級アミン、アルコールアミン、及び環状アミン等のアルカリ水溶液も使用可能である。
 さらに、上記アルカリ現像液は、アルコール類、及び/又は界面活性剤を適当量含有してもよい。アルカリ現像液のアルカリ濃度は、通常0.1~20質量%である。アルカリ現像液のpHは、通常10~15である。
 アルカリ現像液を用いて現像を行う時間は、通常10~300秒である。
 アルカリ現像液のアルカリ濃度、pH、及び現像時間は、形成するパターンに応じて、適宜調整することができる。
As the alkaline developer, a quaternary ammonium salt typified by tetramethylammonium hydroxide is usually used, but in addition to this, alkaline aqueous solutions such as inorganic alkalis, primary to tertiary amines, alcohol amines, and cyclic amines are also available. It can be used.
Further, the alkaline developer may contain an appropriate amount of alcohols and / or a surfactant. The alkali concentration of the alkaline developer is usually 0.1 to 20% by mass. The pH of the alkaline developer is usually 10 to 15.
The time for developing with an alkaline developer is usually 10 to 300 seconds.
The alkali concentration, pH, and development time of the alkaline developer can be appropriately adjusted according to the pattern to be formed.
 有機系現像液は、ケトン系溶剤、エステル系溶剤、アルコール系溶剤、アミド系溶剤、エーテル系溶剤、及び炭化水素系溶剤からなる群より選択される少なくとも1種の有機溶剤を含有する現像液であるのが好ましい。 The organic developer is a developer containing at least one organic solvent selected from the group consisting of a ketone solvent, an ester solvent, an alcohol solvent, an amide solvent, an ether solvent, and a hydrocarbon solvent. It is preferable to have it.
 ケトン系溶剤としては、例えば、1-オクタノン、2-オクタノン、1-ノナノン、2-ノナノン、アセトン、2-ヘプタノン(メチルアミルケトン)、4-ヘプタノン、1-ヘキサノン、2-ヘキサノン、ジイソブチルケトン、シクロヘキサノン、メチルシクロヘキサノン、フェニルアセトン、メチルエチルケトン、メチルイソブチルケトン、アセチルアセトン、アセトニルアセトン、イオノン、ジアセトニルアルコール、アセチルカービノール、アセトフェノン、メチルナフチルケトン、イソホロン、及びプロピレンカーボネート等を挙げることができる。 Examples of the ketone solvent include 1-octanone, 2-octanone, 1-nonanone, 2-nonanone, acetone, 2-heptanone (methylamyl ketone), 4-heptanone, 1-hexanone, 2-hexanone, and diisobutyl ketone. Cyclohexanone, methylcyclohexanone, phenylacetone, methylethylketone, methylisobutylketone, acetylacetone, acetonylacetone, ionone, diacetonyl alcohol, acetylcarbinol, acetophenone, methylnaphthylketone, isophorone, propylene carbonate and the like can be mentioned.
 エステル系溶剤としては、例えば、酢酸メチル、酢酸ブチル、酢酸エチル、酢酸イソプロピル、酢酸ペンチル、酢酸イソペンチル、酢酸アミル、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート、エチレングリコールモノエチルエーテルアセテート、ジエチレングリコールモノブチルエーテルアセテート、ジエチレングリコールモノエチルエーテルアセテート、エチルー3-エトキシプロピオネート、3-メトキシブチルアセテート、3-メチル-3-メトキシブチルアセテート、蟻酸メチル、蟻酸エチル、蟻酸ブチル、蟻酸プロピル、乳酸エチル、乳酸ブチル、乳酸プロピル、ブタン酸ブチル、2-ヒドロキシイソ酪酸メチル、酢酸イソアミル、イソ酪酸イソブチル、及びプロピオン酸ブチル等を挙げることができる。 Examples of the ester solvent include methyl acetate, butyl acetate, ethyl acetate, isopropyl acetate, pentyl acetate, isoamyl acetate, amyl acetate, propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, ethylene glycol monoethyl ether acetate, diethylene glycol monobutyl ether acetate, and diethylene glycol monoethyl. Ether acetate, ethyl-3-ethoxypropionate, 3-methoxybutyl acetate, 3-methyl-3-methoxybutyl acetate, methyl formate, ethyl formate, butyl formate, propyl acetate, ethyl lactate, butyl lactate, propyl lactate, butanoic acid Butyl, methyl 2-hydroxyisobutyrate, isoamyl acetate, isobutyl isobutyrate, butyl propionate and the like can be mentioned.
 アルコール系溶剤、アミド系溶剤、エーテル系溶剤、及び炭化水素系溶剤としては、米国特許出願公開2016/0070167A1号明細書の段落[0715]~[0718]に開示された溶剤を使用できる。 As the alcohol solvent, the amide solvent, the ether solvent, and the hydrocarbon solvent, the solvents disclosed in paragraphs [0715] to [0718] of US Patent Application Publication No. 2016/0070167A1 can be used.
 上記の溶剤は、複数混合してもよいし、上記以外の溶剤又は水と混合してもよい。現像液全体としての含水率は、50質量%未満が好ましく、20質量%未満がより好ましく、10質量%未満であることが更に好ましく、実質的に水分を含有しないことが特に好ましい。
 有機系現像液に対する有機溶剤の含有量は、現像液の全量に対して、50質量%以上100質量%以下が好ましく、80質量%以上100質量%以下がより好ましく、90質量%以上100質量%以下が更に好ましく、95質量%以上100質量%以下が特に好ましい。
A plurality of the above solvents may be mixed, or may be mixed with a solvent other than the above or water. The water content of the developer as a whole is preferably less than 50% by mass, more preferably less than 20% by mass, further preferably less than 10% by mass, and particularly preferably substantially free of water.
The content of the organic solvent in the organic developer is preferably 50% by mass or more and 100% by mass or less, more preferably 80% by mass or more and 100% by mass or less, and 90% by mass or more and 100% by mass or less, based on the total amount of the developing solution. The following is more preferable, and 95% by mass or more and 100% by mass or less is particularly preferable.
 有機系現像液は、必要に応じて公知の界面活性剤を適当量含有できる。 The organic developer can contain an appropriate amount of a known surfactant, if necessary.
 界面活性剤の含有量は現像液の全量に対して、通常0.001~5質量%であり、0.005~2質量%が好ましく、0.01~0.5質量%がより好ましい。 The content of the surfactant is usually 0.001 to 5% by mass, preferably 0.005 to 2% by mass, more preferably 0.01 to 0.5% by mass, based on the total amount of the developing solution.
 有機系現像液は、上述した酸拡散制御剤を含んでいてもよい。 The organic developer may contain the above-mentioned acid diffusion control agent.
 現像方法としては、例えば、現像液が満たされた槽中に基板を一定時間浸漬する方法(ディップ法)、基板表面に現像液を表面張力によって盛り上げて一定時間静置する方法(パドル法)、基板表面に現像液を噴霧する方法(スプレー法)、又は一定速度で回転している基板上に一定速度で現像液吐出ノズルをスキャンしながら現像液を吐出しつづける方法(ダイナミックディスペンス法)等を適用することができる。 Examples of the developing method include a method of immersing the substrate in a tank filled with a developing solution for a certain period of time (dip method), a method of raising the developing solution on the surface of the substrate by surface tension and allowing it to stand for a certain period of time (paddle method). A method of spraying the developer on the surface of the substrate (spray method), or a method of continuously ejecting the developer while scanning the developer discharge nozzle on the substrate rotating at a constant speed (dynamic discharge method), etc. Can be applied.
 アルカリ水溶液を用いて現像を行う工程(アルカリ現像工程)、及び有機溶剤を含む現像液を用いて現像する工程(有機溶剤現像工程)を組み合わせてもよい。これにより、中間的な露光強度の領域のみを溶解させずにパターン形成が行えるので、より微細なパターンを形成することができる。 A step of developing with an alkaline aqueous solution (alkaline developing step) and a step of developing with a developer containing an organic solvent (organic solvent developing step) may be combined. As a result, the pattern can be formed without dissolving only the region having an intermediate exposure intensity, so that a finer pattern can be formed.
 (iii)現像工程の後に、リンス液を用いて洗浄する工程(リンス工程)を含むことが好ましい。 (Iii) It is preferable to include a step of washing with a rinsing liquid (rinsing step) after the developing step.
 アルカリ現像液を用いた現像工程の後のリンス工程に用いるリンス液は、例えば純水を使用できる。純水は、界面活性剤を適当量含有してもよい。この場合、現像工程又はリンス工程の後に、パターン上に付着している現像液又はリンス液を超臨界流体により除去する処理を追加してもよい。更に、リンス処理又は超臨界流体による処理の後、パターン中に残存する水分を除去するために加熱処理を行ってもよい。 For example, pure water can be used as the rinsing solution used in the rinsing step after the developing step using the alkaline developer. Pure water may contain an appropriate amount of a surfactant. In this case, after the developing step or the rinsing step, a process of removing the developing solution or the rinsing solution adhering to the pattern with a supercritical fluid may be added. Further, after the rinsing treatment or the treatment with the supercritical fluid, a heat treatment may be performed to remove the water remaining in the pattern.
 有機溶剤を含む現像液を用いた現像工程の後のリンス工程に用いるリンス液は、レジストパターンを溶解しないものであれば特に制限はなく、一般的な有機溶剤を含む溶液を使用できる。リンス液としては、炭化水素系溶剤、ケトン系溶剤、エステル系溶剤、アルコール系溶剤、アミド系溶剤、及びエーテル系溶剤からなる群より選択される少なくとも1種の有機溶剤を含有するリンス液を用いることが好ましい。
 炭化水素系溶剤、ケトン系溶剤、エステル系溶剤、アルコール系溶剤、アミド系溶剤、及びエーテル系溶剤の具体例としては、有機溶剤を含む現像液において説明したものと同様のものが挙げられる。
 この場合のリンス工程に用いるリンス液としては、1価アルコールを含有するリンス液がより好ましい。
The rinsing solution used in the rinsing step after the developing step using the developing solution containing an organic solvent is not particularly limited as long as it does not dissolve the resist pattern, and a general solution containing an organic solvent can be used. As the rinsing solution, a rinsing solution containing at least one organic solvent selected from the group consisting of a hydrocarbon solvent, a ketone solvent, an ester solvent, an alcohol solvent, an amide solvent, and an ether solvent is used. Is preferable.
Specific examples of the hydrocarbon solvent, the ketone solvent, the ester solvent, the alcohol solvent, the amide solvent, and the ether solvent include those similar to those described in the developing solution containing an organic solvent.
As the rinsing liquid used in the rinsing step in this case, a rinsing liquid containing a monohydric alcohol is more preferable.
 リンス工程で用いられる1価アルコールとしては、直鎖状、分岐状、又は環状の1価アルコールが挙げられる。具体的には、1-ブタノール、2-ブタノール、3-メチル-1-ブタノール、tert―ブチルアルコール、1-ペンタノール、2-ペンタノール、1-ヘキサノール、4-メチル-2-ペンタノール、1-ヘプタノール、1-オクタノール、2-ヘキサノール、シクロペンタノール、2-ヘプタノール、2-オクタノール、3-ヘキサノール、3-ヘプタノール、3-オクタノール、4-オクタノール、及びメチルイソブチルカルビノールが挙げられる。炭素数5以上の1価アルコールとしては、1-ヘキサノール、2-ヘキサノール、4-メチル-2-ペンタノール、1-ペンタノール、3-メチル-1-ブタノール、及びメチルイソブチルカルビノール等が挙げられる。 Examples of the monohydric alcohol used in the rinsing step include linear, branched, and cyclic monohydric alcohols. Specifically, 1-butanol, 2-butanol, 3-methyl-1-butanol, tert-butyl alcohol, 1-pentanol, 2-pentanol, 1-hexanol, 4-methyl-2-pentanol, 1 -Heptanol, 1-octanol, 2-hexanol, cyclopentanol, 2-heptanol, 2-octanol, 3-hexanol, 3-heptanol, 3-octanol, 4-octanol, and methylisobutylcarbinol can be mentioned. Examples of monohydric alcohols having 5 or more carbon atoms include 1-hexanol, 2-hexanol, 4-methyl-2-pentanol, 1-pentanol, 3-methyl-1-butanol, methyl isobutyl carbinol and the like. ..
 各成分は、複数混合してもよいし、上記以外の有機溶剤と混合して使用してもよい。
 リンス液中の含水率は、10質量%以下が好ましく、5質量%以下がより好ましく、3質量%以下が更に好ましい。含水率を10質量%以下とすることで、良好な現像特性が得られる。
A plurality of each component may be mixed, or may be mixed and used with an organic solvent other than the above.
The water content in the rinse liquid is preferably 10% by mass or less, more preferably 5% by mass or less, and even more preferably 3% by mass or less. Good development characteristics can be obtained by setting the water content to 10% by mass or less.
 リンス液は、界面活性剤を適当量含有してもよい。
 リンス工程においては、有機系現像液を用いる現像を行った基板を有機溶剤を含むリンス液を用いて洗浄処理する。洗浄処理の方法は特に限定されないが、例えば、一定速度で回転している基板上にリンス液を吐出しつづける方法(回転塗布法)、リンス液が満たされた槽中に基板を一定時間浸漬する方法(ディップ法)、又は基板表面にリンス液を噴霧する方法(スプレー法)等を適用することができる。中でも、回転塗布法で洗浄処理を行い、洗浄後に基板を2,000~4,000rpmの回転数で回転させ、リンス液を基板上から除去することが好ましい。また、リンス工程の後に加熱工程(Post Bake)を含むことも好ましい。この加熱工程によりパターン間及びパターン内部に残留した現像液及びリンス液が除去される。リンス工程の後の加熱工程において、加熱温度は通常40~160℃であり、70~95℃が好ましく、加熱時間は通常10秒~3分であり、30秒~90秒が好ましい。
The rinse liquid may contain an appropriate amount of a surfactant.
In the rinsing step, the substrate developed with an organic developer is washed with a rinsing solution containing an organic solvent. The cleaning treatment method is not particularly limited, but for example, a method of continuously discharging the rinse liquid onto a substrate rotating at a constant speed (rotary coating method), or a method of immersing the substrate in a tank filled with the rinse liquid for a certain period of time. A method (dip method), a method of spraying a rinse liquid on the substrate surface (spray method), or the like can be applied. Above all, it is preferable to perform the cleaning treatment by the rotary coating method, and after cleaning, rotate the substrate at a rotation speed of 2,000 to 4,000 rpm to remove the rinse liquid from the substrate. It is also preferable to include a heating step (Post Bake) after the rinsing step. By this heating step, the developing solution and the rinsing solution remaining between the patterns and inside the patterns are removed. In the heating step after the rinsing step, the heating temperature is usually 40 to 160 ° C., preferably 70 to 95 ° C., and the heating time is usually 10 seconds to 3 minutes, preferably 30 seconds to 90 seconds.
 本発明の感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物、及び、本発明のパターン形成方法において使用される各種材料(例えば、レジスト溶剤、現像液、リンス液、反射防止膜形成用組成物、又はトップコート形成用組成物等)は、金属成分、異性体、及び残存モノマー等の不純物を含まないことが好ましい。上記の各種材料に含まれるこれらの不純物の含有量としては、1ppm以下が好ましく、100ppt以下がより好ましく、10ppt以下が更に好ましく、実質的に含まないこと(測定装置の検出限界以下であること)が特に好ましい。 The sensitive light-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition of the present invention, and various materials used in the pattern forming method of the present invention (for example, a resist solvent, a developing solution, a rinsing solution, an antireflection film forming composition, or The composition for forming a top coat, etc.) preferably does not contain impurities such as metal components, isomers, and residual monomers. The content of these impurities contained in the above-mentioned various materials is preferably 1 ppm or less, more preferably 100 ppt or less, further preferably 10 ppt or less, and substantially not contained (below the detection limit of the measuring device). Is particularly preferable.
 上記各種材料から金属等の不純物を除去する方法としては、例えば、フィルターを用いた濾過を挙げることができる。フィルター孔径としては、ポアサイズ10nm以下が好ましく、5nm以下がより好ましく、3nm以下が更に好ましい。フィルターの材質としては、ポリテトラフロロエチレン製、ポリエチレン製、又はナイロン製のフィルターが好ましい。フィルターは、有機溶剤であらかじめ洗浄したものを用いてもよい。フィルター濾過工程では、複数種類のフィルターを直列又は並列に接続して用いてもよい。複数種類のフィルターを使用する場合は、孔径及び/又は材質が異なるフィルターを組み合わせて使用してもよい。また、各種材料を複数回濾過してもよく、複数回濾過する工程が循環濾過工程であってもよい。フィルターとしては、日本国特許出願公開第2016-201426号明細書(特開2016-201426)に開示されるような溶出物が低減されたものが好ましい。
 フィルター濾過のほか、吸着材による不純物の除去を行ってもよく、フィルター濾過と吸着材を組み合わせて使用してもよい。吸着材としては、公知の吸着材を用いることができ、例えば、シリカゲル若しくはゼオライト等の無機系吸着材、又は活性炭等の有機系吸着材を使用することができる。金属吸着剤としては、例えば、日本国特許出願公開第2016-206500号明細書(特開2016-206500)に開示されるものを挙げることができる。
 また、上記各種材料に含まれる金属等の不純物を低減する方法としては、各種材料を構成する原料として金属含有量が少ない原料を選択する、各種材料を構成する原料に対してフィルター濾過を行う、又は装置内をテフロン(登録商標)でライニングする等してコンタミネーションを可能な限り抑制した条件下で蒸留を行う等の方法が挙げられる。レジスト成分の各種材料(バインダー、PAG等)を合成する製造設備の全工程にグラスライニングの処理を施すことも、pptオーダーまでメタルを低減するために好ましい各種材料を構成する原料に対して行うフィルター濾過における好ましい条件は、上記した条件と同様である。
As a method for removing impurities such as metals from the above-mentioned various materials, for example, filtration using a filter can be mentioned. The filter pore size is preferably 10 nm or less, more preferably 5 nm or less, and even more preferably 3 nm or less. As the material of the filter, a filter made of polytetrafluoroethylene, polyethylene, or nylon is preferable. The filter may be one that has been pre-cleaned with an organic solvent. Filter In the filtration step, a plurality of types of filters may be connected in series or in parallel. When using a plurality of types of filters, filters having different pore diameters and / or materials may be used in combination. Further, various materials may be filtered a plurality of times, and the step of filtering the various materials a plurality of times may be a circulation filtration step. The filter preferably has a reduced amount of eluate as disclosed in Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2016-201426 (Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2016-201426).
In addition to filter filtration, impurities may be removed by an adsorbent, or filter filtration and an adsorbent may be used in combination. As the adsorbent, a known adsorbent can be used, and for example, an inorganic adsorbent such as silica gel or zeolite, or an organic adsorbent such as activated carbon can be used. Examples of the metal adsorbent include those disclosed in Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2016-206500 (Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2016-206500).
Further, as a method for reducing impurities such as metals contained in the various materials, a raw material having a low metal content is selected as a raw material constituting the various materials, and filter filtration is performed on the raw materials constituting the various materials. Alternatively, a method such as lining the inside of the apparatus with Teflon (registered trademark) or the like to perform distillation under conditions in which contamination is suppressed as much as possible can be mentioned. Glass lining processing is also applied to all processes of the manufacturing equipment that synthesizes various materials (binder, PAG, etc.) of resist components, and filters are applied to the raw materials that make up various materials that are preferable in order to reduce metal to the ppt order. The preferred conditions for filtration are the same as those described above.
 上記の各種材料は、不純物の混入を防止するために、米国特許出願公開第2015/0227049号明細書、日本国特許出願公開第2015-123351号明細書(特開2015-123351)、日本国特許出願公開第2017-13804号明細書(特開2017-13804)等に記載された容器に保存されることが好ましい。 In order to prevent contamination of the above-mentioned various materials, US Patent Application Publication No. 2015/0227049, Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2015-123351 (Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2015-123351), Japanese Patent It is preferably stored in the container described in Application Publication No. 2017-13804 (Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2017-13804) and the like.
 本発明のパターン形成方法により形成されるパターンに、パターンの表面荒れを改善する方法を適用してもよい。パターンの表面荒れを改善する方法としては、例えば、米国特許出願公開第2015/0104957号明細書に開示された、水素を含有するガスのプラズマによってレジストパターンを処理する方法が挙げられる。その他にも、日本国特許出願公開第2004-235468号明細書(特開2004-235468)、米国特許出願公開第2010/0020297号明細書、Proc. of SPIE Vol.8328 83280N-1“EUV Resist Curing Technique for LWR Reduction and Etch Selectivity Enhancement”に記載されるような公知の方法を適用してもよい。
 また、上記の方法によって形成されたレジストパターンは、例えば日本国特許出願公開第1991-270227号明細書(特開平3-270227)及び米国特許出願公開第2013/0209941号明細書に開示されたスペーサープロセスの芯材(Core)として使用できる。
A method for improving the surface roughness of the pattern may be applied to the pattern formed by the pattern forming method of the present invention. Examples of the method for improving the surface roughness of the pattern include a method of treating a resist pattern with a plasma of a gas containing hydrogen disclosed in US Patent Application Publication No. 2015/010497. In addition, Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2004-235468 (Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2004-235468), US Patent Application Publication No. 2010/0020297, Proc. of SPIE Vol. A known method as described in 8328 83280N-1 “EUV Resist Curing Technology for LWR Reduction and Etch Sensitivity Enhancement” may be applied.
Further, the resist pattern formed by the above method is a spacer disclosed in, for example, Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 1991-270227 (Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 3-270227) and US Patent Application Publication No. 2013/209941. It can be used as a core material (Core) for the process.
 本発明において、厚膜の感活性光線性感放射線性膜から断面形状のアスペクト比(スペースパターンの線幅とレジストパターンの膜厚の比、即ち、(レジストパターンの膜厚)/(スペースパターンの線幅))が非常に高いパターンを形成することが好ましい。
 アスペクト比は、特に限定されないが、2以上が好ましく、3以上がより好ましく、4以上が更に好ましい。
 上限は特に限定されないが、例えば30以下である。
 形成したレジストパターンをインプラント用途として使用することができる。
 また、形成したレジストパターンをエッチング用途として使用することができる。
In the present invention, the aspect ratio of the cross-sectional shape from the thick film sensitive light-sensitive radiation film (the ratio of the line width of the space pattern to the film thickness of the resist pattern, that is, (thickness of the resist pattern) / (line of the space pattern) It is preferable to form a pattern having a very high width)).
The aspect ratio is not particularly limited, but is preferably 2 or more, more preferably 3 or more, and even more preferably 4 or more.
The upper limit is not particularly limited, but is, for example, 30 or less.
The formed resist pattern can be used for implant applications.
Further, the formed resist pattern can be used for etching.
 〔電子デバイスの製造方法〕
 また、本発明は、上記したパターン形成方法を含む、電子デバイスの製造方法にも関する。本発明の電子デバイスの製造方法により製造された電子デバイスは、電気電子機器(例えば、家電、OA(Office Automation)関連機器、メディア関連機器、光学用機器、及び通信機器等)に、好適に搭載される。
[Manufacturing method of electronic device]
The present invention also relates to a method for manufacturing an electronic device, including the above-mentioned pattern forming method. The electronic device manufactured by the method for manufacturing an electronic device of the present invention is suitably mounted on an electric electronic device (for example, a home appliance, an OA (Office Automation) related device, a media related device, an optical device, a communication device, etc.). Will be done.
 〔感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物〕
 また、本発明は、
(i)感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物によって膜厚700nm以上の感活性光線性又は感放射線性膜を形成する工程、
(ii)上記感活性光線性又は感放射線性膜に波長200nm以下の活性光線又は放射線を照射する工程、及び、
(iii)上記波長200nm以下の活性光線又は放射線が照射された感活性光線性又は感放射線性膜を、現像液を用いて現像する工程、
を有するパターン形成方法に用いられる感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物であって、
 上記感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物は、(A)酸分解性基を有する重合体、及び(B)光酸発生剤を含有し、
 上記(A)重合体は親水基を有する繰り返し単位を有し、上記(A)重合体の重量平均分子量が8000以下である、感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物にも関する。
 上記(A)重合体、及び(B)光酸発生剤は上述の通りである。
[Actinic cheilitis or radiation-sensitive resin composition]
In addition, the present invention
(I) A step of forming an actinic cheilitis or radiation-sensitive film having a film thickness of 700 nm or more with an actinic cheilitis or radiation-sensitive resin composition.
(Ii) A step of irradiating the above-mentioned sensitive light-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film with active light or radiation having a wavelength of 200 nm or less, and
(Iii) A step of developing a sensitive light-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film irradiated with active light or radiation having a wavelength of 200 nm or less using a developing solution.
A sensitive light-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition used in a pattern forming method having the above.
The actinic light-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition contains (A) a polymer having an acid-degradable group and (B) a photoacid generator.
The polymer (A) also relates to a sensitive light-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition having a repeating unit having a hydrophilic group and having a weight average molecular weight of the polymer (A) of 8000 or less.
The polymer (A) and the photoacid generator (B) are as described above.
 以下に、実施例に基づいて本発明を更に詳細に説明する。以下の実施例に示す材料、使用量、割合、処理内容、処理手順等は、本発明の趣旨を逸脱しない限り適宜変更することができる。本発明の範囲は以下に示す実施例により限定的に解釈されない。なお、特に断りのない限り、「部」、「%」は質量基準である。 Hereinafter, the present invention will be described in more detail based on Examples. The materials, amounts used, ratios, treatment contents, treatment procedures, etc. shown in the following examples can be appropriately changed as long as they do not deviate from the gist of the present invention. The scope of the present invention is not construed as limiting by the examples shown below. Unless otherwise specified, "parts" and "%" are based on mass.
<重合体(A)>
 使用した重合体(A)(Polymer-A~Polymer-V、Polymer-AA、Polymer-AB、及びPolymer-AC)の構造を以下に示す。
 なお、重合体(A)の重量平均分子量(Mw)、数平均分子量(Mn)、及び分散度(Mw/Mn)は前述のとおりGPC(キャリア:テトラヒドロフラン(THF))により測定した(ポリスチレン換算量である)。また、重合体の組成比(モル%比)は、13C-NMR(Nuclear Magnetic Resonance)により測定した。
 なお、重合体(Polymer-W~Polymer-Z)は、重合体(A)ではないが、便宜上、以下に記載した。
<Polymer (A)>
The structures of the polymers (A) used (Polymer-A to Polymer-V, Polymer-AA, Polymer-AB, and Polymer-AC) are shown below.
The weight average molecular weight (Mw), number average molecular weight (Mn), and dispersity (Mw / Mn) of the polymer (A) were measured by GPC (carrier: tetrahydrofuran (THF)) as described above (polystyrene equivalent). Is). The composition ratio (mol% ratio) of the polymer was measured by 13 C-NMR (Nuclear Magnetic Resonance).
Although the polymers (Polymer-W to Polymer-Z) are not the polymer (A), they are described below for convenience.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000052
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000052
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000053
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000053
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000054
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000054
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000055
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000055
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000056
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000056
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000057
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000057
<光酸発生剤(B)>
 使用した光酸発生剤(PAG-A~PAG-Z、PAG-AA~PAG-AK)の構造を以下に示す。また、各光酸発生剤が活性光線又は放射線の照射により発生する酸の構造を以下の表1に示す。表1には、各化合物の25℃における酸解離定数pKaの値も併記する。pKaはソフトウェアパッケージ1を用いて計算により求めた値である。
 ソフトウェアパッケージ1: Advanced Chemistry Development (ACD/Labs) Software V8.14 for Solaris (1994-2007 ACD/Labs)。
<Photoacid generator (B)>
The structures of the photoacid generators (PAG-A to PAG-Z, PAG-AA to PAG-AK) used are shown below. The structure of the acid generated by each photoacid generator by irradiation with active light or radiation is shown in Table 1 below. Table 1 also shows the values of the acid dissociation constant pKa at 25 ° C. for each compound. pKa is a value calculated by using software package 1.
Software Package 1: Advanced Chemistry Development (ACD / Labs) Software V8.14 for Solaris (1994-2007 ACD / Labs).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000058
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000058
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000059
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000059
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000060
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000060
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000061
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000061
 なお、PAG-Aが活性光線又は放射線の照射により発生する酸は、PAG-I~PAG-S、PAG-AA~PAG-ACが活性光線又は放射線の照射により発生する酸と同様である。
 PAG-Bが活性光線又は放射線の照射により発生する酸は、PAG-Tが活性光線又は放射線の照射により発生する酸と同様である。
 PAG-Cが活性光線又は放射線の照射により発生する酸は、PAG-U、PAG-AD~PAG-AEが活性光線又は放射線の照射により発生する酸と同様である。
 PAG-Dが活性光線又は放射線の照射により発生する酸は、PAG-Vが活性光線又は放射線の照射により発生する酸と同様である。
 PAG-Eが活性光線又は放射線の照射により発生する酸は、PAG-W、PAG-AF~PAG-AGが活性光線又は放射線の照射により発生する酸と同様である。
 PAG-Fが活性光線又は放射線の照射により発生する酸は、PAG-Xが活性光線又は放射線の照射により発生する酸と同様である。
 PAG-Gが活性光線又は放射線の照射により発生する酸は、PAG-Y、PAG-AH~PAG-AIが活性光線又は放射線の照射により発生する酸と同様である。
 PAG-Hが活性光線又は放射線の照射により発生する酸は、PAG-Z、PAG-AJ~PAG-AKが活性光線又は放射線の照射により発生する酸と同様である。
The acid generated by PAG-A by irradiation with active light or radiation is the same as the acid generated by PAG-I to PAG-S and PAG-AA to PAG-AC by irradiation with active light or radiation.
The acid generated by PAG-B by irradiation with active light or radiation is the same as the acid generated by PAG-T by irradiation with active light or radiation.
The acid generated by PAG-C by irradiation with active light or radiation is the same as the acid generated by PAG-U, PAG-AD to PAG-AE by irradiation with active light or radiation.
The acid generated by PAG-D by irradiation with active light or radiation is the same as the acid generated by PAG-V by irradiation with active light or radiation.
The acid generated by PAG-E by irradiation with active light or radiation is the same as the acid generated by PAG-W and PAG-AF to PAG-AG by irradiation with active light or radiation.
The acid generated by PAG-F by irradiation with active light or radiation is the same as the acid generated by PAG-X by irradiation with active light or radiation.
The acid generated by PAG-G by irradiation with active light or radiation is the same as the acid generated by PAG-Y, PAG-AH to PAG-AI by irradiation with active light or radiation.
The acid generated by PAG-H by irradiation with active light or radiation is the same as the acid generated by PAG-Z and PAG-AJ to PAG-AK by irradiation with active light or radiation.
<酸拡散制御剤(D)>
 使用した酸拡散制御剤(D)(Quencher-A~Quencher-K)の構造を以下に示す。
<Acid diffusion control agent (D)>
The structures of the acid diffusion control agents (D) (Quencher-A to Quencher-K) used are shown below.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000062
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000062
 使用した界面活性剤(Surfactant-A~Surfactant-D)の構造を下記に示す。 The structures of the surfactants (Surfactant-A to Surfactant-D) used are shown below.
 Surfactant-A: メガファックR-41(DIC(株)製) Surfactant-A: Megafuck R-41 (manufactured by DIC Corporation)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000063
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000063
 使用した溶剤を下記に示す。
 PGMEA:プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート(PGMEA)
 PGME:プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテル(PGME)
 CyHx:シクロヘキサノン
 EEP:エチルエトキシプロピオネート
 EL:エチルラクテート
 GBL:ガンマブチロラクトン
The solvent used is shown below.
PGMEA: Propylene Glycol Monomethyl Ether Acetate (PGMEA)
PGME: Propylene glycol monomethyl ether (PGME)
CyHx: Cyclohexanone EEP: Ethylethoxypropionate EL: Ethyl lactate GBL: Gamma-butyrolactone
<感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物の調製>(ArF露光)
(実施例1~42、44~99、参考例1、比較例2~4、6~11、13~14)
 表2に示した各種成分を混合し、表2に記載した固形分濃度(質量%)となるように混合して溶液を得た。得られた液を、孔径0.1μmのポアサイズを有するUPE (ultra high molecular weight polyethylene)フィルターで濾過した。得られた感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物(レジスト組成物)を、実施例、比較例で使用した。
 なお、レジスト組成物において、本実施例、本比較例では、固形分とは、溶剤以外の全ての成分を意味する。
 なお、表において、溶剤以外の各成分の含有量(質量%)は、全固形分に対する含有比率を意味する。また、表には用いた溶剤の全溶剤に対する含有比率(質量%)を記載した。
 重合体(A)の大西パラメータも表2に示す。大西パラメータは、上述の方法より求めることができる。
<Preparation of Actinic Cheilitis or Radiation Sensitive Resin Composition> (ArF exposure)
(Examples 1 to 42, 44 to 99, Reference Example 1, Comparative Examples 2 to 4, 6 to 11, 13 to 14)
The various components shown in Table 2 were mixed and mixed so as to have the solid content concentration (mass%) shown in Table 2 to obtain a solution. The obtained liquid was filtered through a UPE (ultra high molecular weight polyethylene) filter having a pore size of 0.1 μm. The obtained actinic cheilitis or radiation-sensitive resin composition (resist composition) was used in Examples and Comparative Examples.
In the resist composition, in this example and this comparative example, the solid content means all components other than the solvent.
In the table, the content (% by mass) of each component other than the solvent means the content ratio with respect to the total solid content. In addition, the content ratio (mass%) of the solvent used to the total solvent is shown in the table.
The Onishi parameters of the polymer (A) are also shown in Table 2. The Onishi parameter can be obtained by the above method.
<パターン形成方法(1):ArF露光、アルカリ水溶液現像(ポジ)>
 ヘキサメチルジシラザン処理を施したSi基板(Advanced Materials Technology社製)上に、反射防止層を設けることなく、上記で調製したレジスト組成物をターゲットとする膜厚(表2に記載の膜厚)になる回転数で塗布し、120℃の温度で60秒間ベーク(PreBake;PB)を行い、各膜厚を有する感活性光線性又は感放射線性膜(レジスト膜)を形成した。
 レジスト膜が形成されたウエハを、ArFエキシマレーザースキャナー(ASML製、PAS5500/1500,波長193nm、NA0.50)を用い、縮小投影露光及び現像後に形成されるパターンのスペースパターン幅(以下、単にスペース幅ともいう)が500nm、ピッチ幅が1500nmとなるような、ラインアンドスペースパターンを有するマスクを介して、パターン露光を行った。その後、115℃の温度で60秒間ベーク(Post Exposure Bake;PEB)した後、2.38質量%のテトラメチルアンモニウムハイドロオキサイド水溶液(TMAHaq)で30秒間現像し、純水でリンスした後、スピン乾燥した。これにより、スペース幅が500nm、ピッチ幅1500nmの孤立スペースパターンを得た。
 上記手順により、基板と基板表面に形成されたパターンとを有する評価用パターンウェハを得た。
<Pattern formation method (1): ArF exposure, alkaline aqueous solution development (positive)>
A film thickness targeting the resist composition prepared above without providing an antireflection layer on a Si substrate (manufactured by Advanced Materials Technology) treated with hexamethyldisilazane (film thickness shown in Table 2). The coating was applied at a speed of 120 ° C. and baked (PBake; PB) for 60 seconds at a temperature of 120 ° C. to form an active light-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film (resist film) having each film thickness.
The space pattern width of the pattern formed after reduced projection exposure and development using an ArF excimer laser scanner (ASML, PAS5500 / 1500, wavelength 193 nm, NA 0.50) on the wafer on which the resist film is formed (hereinafter, simply space). Pattern exposure was performed through a mask having a line-and-space pattern such that the width (also referred to as width) is 500 nm and the pitch width is 1500 nm. Then, it is baked at a temperature of 115 ° C. for 60 seconds (Post Exposure Bake; PEB), developed with 2.38% by mass of tetramethylammonium hydroxide aqueous solution (TMAHaq) for 30 seconds, rinsed with pure water, and then spin-dried. bottom. As a result, an isolated space pattern having a space width of 500 nm and a pitch width of 1500 nm was obtained.
By the above procedure, an evaluation pattern wafer having a substrate and a pattern formed on the surface of the substrate was obtained.
(膜厚)
 形成した感活性光線性又は感放射線性膜(レジスト膜)をVM-3210(SCREEN社製)により中心から10cmの位置を円状に16点測定し、平均値を膜厚とした。
(Film thickness)
The formed actinic or radiation-sensitive film (resist film) was measured at 16 points in a circle at a position 10 cm from the center by VM-3210 (manufactured by SCREEN), and the average value was taken as the film thickness.
<性能評価>
[解像性]
 縮小投影露光後のスペース幅500nm、ピッチ幅1500nm、において、スペース幅(光透過部)のマスクサイズを500nmから小さくしていき、スペースパターンが解像しているスペース幅の最小値を解像力として、解像性を評価した。
 スペースパターン幅の測定は走査型電子顕微鏡(SEM)(日立社製9380II)を用いた。解像力はその値が小さいほど良好であると判断した。
<Performance evaluation>
[Resolution]
At a space width of 500 nm and a pitch width of 1500 nm after reduced projection exposure, the mask size of the space width (light transmitting portion) is reduced from 500 nm, and the minimum value of the space width in which the space pattern is resolved is used as the resolving power. The resolution was evaluated.
A scanning electron microscope (SEM) (Hitachi 9380II) was used to measure the space pattern width. It was judged that the smaller the value, the better the resolution.
[レジストパターンにおけるクラック及びレジストパターンの剥がれ]
 上記評価用パターンウェハを欠陥評価装置KLA2360(KLA社製)で観察を行い、1ショット(shot)(すなわち、縦12mm、横6mmの長方形)内に形成されたパターンのクラック及びパターンハガレの個数を欠陥評価装置KLA2360にて確認した。
 上記形成されたパターンのクラック及びパターンハガレの個数とは、形成されたパターンのクラックの個数とパターンハガレの個数の合計である。
[Cracks in resist patterns and peeling of resist patterns]
The evaluation pattern wafer was observed with a defect evaluation device KLA2360 (manufactured by KLA), and the number of pattern cracks and pattern peeling formed in one shot (that is, a rectangle having a length of 12 mm and a width of 6 mm) was determined. It was confirmed by the defect evaluation device KLA2360.
The number of cracks and pattern peeling of the formed pattern is the total of the number of cracks of the formed pattern and the number of pattern peeling.
<パターン形成方法(2):ArF露光、有機溶剤現像(ネガ)>
 ヘキサメチルジシラザン処理を施したSi基板(Advanced Materials Technology社製)上に、反射防止層を設けることなく、上記で調製したレジスト組成物をターゲットとする膜厚(表2に記載の膜厚)になる回転数で塗布し、120℃の温度で60秒間ベーク(PreBake;PB)を行い、各膜厚を有する感活性光線性又は感放射線性膜(レジスト膜)を形成した。
 レジスト膜が形成されたウエハを、ArFエキシマレーザースキャナー(ASML製、PAS5500/1500,波長193nm、NA0.50)を用い、縮小投影露光及び現像後に形成されるパターンのスペースパターン幅(以下、単にスペース幅ともいう)が500nm、ピッチ幅が1500nmとなるような、ラインアンドスペースパターンを有するマスクを介して、パターン露光を行った。その後、115℃の温度で60秒間ベーク(Post Exposure Bake;PEB)した後、nBA又はMAKで30秒間現像し、純水でリンスした後、スピン乾燥した。これにより、スペース幅が500nm、ピッチ幅1500nmの孤立スペースパターンを得た。
 なお、nBAは、n-酢酸ブチルを表し、MAKは、2-へプタノン(メチルアミルケトン)を表す。
 上記手順により、基板と基板表面に形成されたパターンとを有する評価用パターンウェハを得た。
<Pattern formation method (2): ArF exposure, organic solvent development (negative)>
A film thickness targeting the resist composition prepared above without providing an antireflection layer on a Si substrate (manufactured by Advanced Materials Technology) treated with hexamethyldisilazane (film thickness shown in Table 2). The coating was applied at a speed of 120 ° C. and baked (PBake; PB) for 60 seconds at a temperature of 120 ° C. to form an active light-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film (resist film) having each film thickness.
The space pattern width of the pattern formed after reduced projection exposure and development using an ArF excimer laser scanner (ASML, PAS5500 / 1500, wavelength 193 nm, NA 0.50) on the wafer on which the resist film is formed (hereinafter, simply space). Pattern exposure was performed through a mask having a line-and-space pattern such that the width (also referred to as width) is 500 nm and the pitch width is 1500 nm. Then, it was baked at a temperature of 115 ° C. for 60 seconds (Post Exposure Bake; PEB), developed with nBA or MAK for 30 seconds, rinsed with pure water, and then spin-dried. As a result, an isolated space pattern having a space width of 500 nm and a pitch width of 1500 nm was obtained.
In addition, nBA represents n-butyl acetate, and MAK represents 2-heptanone (methylamyl ketone).
By the above procedure, an evaluation pattern wafer having a substrate and a pattern formed on the surface of the substrate was obtained.
 膜厚は、上記と同様に測定した。 The film thickness was measured in the same manner as above.
<性能評価>
[解像性]
 縮小投影露光後のスペース幅500nm、ピッチ幅1500nm、において、スペース幅(遮光部)のマスクサイズを500nmから小さくしていき、スペースパターンが解像しているスペース幅の最小値を解像力として、解像性を評価した。
 スペースパターン幅の測定は走査型電子顕微鏡(SEM)(日立社製9380II)を用いた。解像力はその値が小さいほど良好であると判断した。
<Performance evaluation>
[Resolution]
At a space width of 500 nm and a pitch width of 1500 nm after reduced projection exposure, the mask size of the space width (light-shielding part) is reduced from 500 nm, and the minimum value of the space width in which the space pattern is resolved is used as the resolution. The image quality was evaluated.
A scanning electron microscope (SEM) (Hitachi 9380II) was used to measure the space pattern width. It was judged that the smaller the value, the better the resolution.
[レジストパターンにおけるクラック及びレジストパターンの剥がれ]
 上記評価用パターンウェハを欠陥評価装置KLA2360(KLA社製)で観察を行い、1ショット(shot)(すなわち、縦12mm、横6mmの長方形)内に形成されたパターンのクラック及びパターンハガレの個数を欠陥評価装置KLA2360にて確認した。
 上記形成されたパターンのクラック及びパターンハガレの個数とは、形成されたパターンのクラックの個数とパターンハガレの個数の合計である。
[Cracks in resist patterns and peeling of resist patterns]
The evaluation pattern wafer was observed with a defect evaluation device KLA2360 (manufactured by KLA), and the number of pattern cracks and pattern peeling formed in one shot (that is, a rectangle having a length of 12 mm and a width of 6 mm) was determined. It was confirmed by the defect evaluation device KLA2360.
The number of cracks and pattern peeling of the formed pattern is the total of the number of cracks of the formed pattern and the number of pattern peeling.
<感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物の調製>(EUV露光)
(実施例43)
 表2に示した各種成分を混合し、表2に記載した固形分濃度(質量%)となるように混合して溶液を得た。得られた溶液を、最初に孔径50nmのポリエチレン製フィルター、次に孔径10nmのナイロン製フィルター、最後に孔径3nmのポリエチレン製フィルターの順番で濾過することにより、感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物(レジスト組成物)を調製した。
 なお、レジスト組成物において、本実施例では、固形分とは、溶剤以外の全ての成分を意味する。
 なお、表において、溶剤以外の各成分の含有量(質量%)は、全固形分に対する含有比率を意味する。また、表には用いた溶剤の全溶剤に対する含有比率(質量%)を記載した。
 重合体(A)の大西パラメータも表2に示す。大西パラメータは、上述の方法より求めることができる。
<Preparation of Actinic Cheilitis or Radiation Sensitive Resin Composition> (EUV exposure)
(Example 43)
The various components shown in Table 2 were mixed and mixed so as to have the solid content concentration (mass%) shown in Table 2 to obtain a solution. The obtained solution is first filtered through a polyethylene filter having a pore size of 50 nm, then a nylon filter having a pore diameter of 10 nm, and finally a polyethylene filter having a pore diameter of 3 nm. A product (resist composition) was prepared.
In the resist composition, in this example, the solid content means all components other than the solvent.
In the table, the content (% by mass) of each component other than the solvent means the content ratio with respect to the total solid content. In addition, the content ratio (mass%) of the solvent used to the total solvent is shown in the table.
The Onishi parameters of the polymer (A) are also shown in Table 2. The Onishi parameter can be obtained by the above method.
<パターン形成方法(3):EUV露光、アルカリ現像(ポジ)>
 シリコンウェハ上にAL412(Brewer Science社製)を塗布し、205℃で60秒間ベークして、膜厚30nmの下層膜を形成した。その上に、表に示すレジスト組成物を塗布し、120℃で60秒間ベーク(PB)して、膜厚700nmのポジ型レジスト膜を形成した。
 このレジスト膜に対し、EUV露光装置(Exitech社製、Micro Exposure Tool、NA0.3、Quadrupol、アウターシグマ0.68、インナーシグマ0.36)を用いてパターン照射を行った。なお、レクチルとしては、ラインサイズ=40nmであり、且つライン:スペース=1:1であるマスクを用いた。
 露光後のレジスト膜を120℃で60秒間ベーク(PEB)した後、テトラメチルアンモニウムハイドロオキサイド水溶液(TMAH、2.38質量%)(TMAHaq)で30秒間現像し、次いで純水で30秒間リンスした。1500rpmの回転数で30秒間シリコンウェハを回転させ、更に、90℃で60秒間ベークすることにより、ピッチ80nm、ライン幅40nm(スペース幅40nm)のラインアンドスペースパターンを得た。
 上記手順により、基板と基板表面に形成されたパターンとを有する評価用パターンウェハを得た。
<Pattern formation method (3): EUV exposure, alkaline development (positive)>
AL412 (manufactured by Brewer Science) was applied onto a silicon wafer and baked at 205 ° C. for 60 seconds to form an underlayer film having a film thickness of 30 nm. The resist composition shown in the table was applied onto the resist composition and baked (PB) at 120 ° C. for 60 seconds to form a positive resist film having a film thickness of 700 nm.
The resist film was subjected to pattern irradiation using an EUV exposure apparatus (Micro Exposure Tool, NA0.3, Quadrupole, outer sigma 0.68, inner sigma 0.36, manufactured by Exitech). As the lectil, a mask having a line size of 40 nm and a line: space = 1: 1 was used.
The exposed resist film was baked (PEB) at 120 ° C. for 60 seconds, then developed with an aqueous solution of tetramethylammonium hydroxide (TMAH, 2.38% by mass) (TMAHaq) for 30 seconds, and then rinsed with pure water for 30 seconds. .. A silicon wafer was rotated at a rotation speed of 1500 rpm for 30 seconds and further baked at 90 ° C. for 60 seconds to obtain a line-and-space pattern having a pitch of 80 nm and a line width of 40 nm (space width of 40 nm).
By the above procedure, an evaluation pattern wafer having a substrate and a pattern formed on the surface of the substrate was obtained.
 膜厚は、上記と同様に測定した。 The film thickness was measured in the same manner as above.
<性能評価>
[解像性]
 縮小投影露光後のスペース幅50nm、ピッチ幅500nm、において、スペース幅(光透過部)のマスクサイズを50nmから小さくしていき、スペースパターンが解像しているスペース幅の最小値を解像力として、解像性を評価した。
 スペースパターン幅の測定は走査型電子顕微鏡(SEM)(日立社製9380II)を用いた。解像力はその値が小さいほど良好であると判断した。
<Performance evaluation>
[Resolution]
At a space width of 50 nm and a pitch width of 500 nm after reduced projection exposure, the mask size of the space width (light transmitting portion) is reduced from 50 nm, and the minimum value of the space width in which the space pattern is resolved is used as the resolving power. The resolution was evaluated.
A scanning electron microscope (SEM) (Hitachi 9380II) was used to measure the space pattern width. It was judged that the smaller the value, the better the resolution.
[レジストパターンにおけるクラック及びレジストパターンの剥がれ]
 上記評価用パターンウェハを欠陥評価装置KLA2360(KLA社製)で観察を行い、1ショット(shot)(すなわち、縦12mm、横6mmの長方形)内に形成されたパターンのクラック及びパターンハガレの個数を欠陥評価装置KLA2360にて確認した。
 上記形成されたパターンのクラック及びパターンハガレの個数とは、形成されたパターンのクラックの個数とパターンハガレの個数の合計である。
[Cracks in resist patterns and peeling of resist patterns]
The evaluation pattern wafer was observed with a defect evaluation device KLA2360 (manufactured by KLA), and the number of pattern cracks and pattern peeling formed in one shot (that is, a rectangle having a length of 12 mm and a width of 6 mm) was determined. It was confirmed by the defect evaluation device KLA2360.
The number of cracks and pattern peeling of the formed pattern is the total of the number of cracks of the formed pattern and the number of pattern peeling.
<感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物の調製>(KrF露光)
(比較例1、5)
 表2に示した各種成分を混合し、表2に記載した固形分濃度(質量%)となるように混合して溶液を得た。得られた液を、孔径0.1μmのポアサイズを有するUPE (ultra high molecular weight polyethylene)フィルターで濾過した。得られた感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物(レジスト組成物)を、比較例で使用した。
 なお、レジスト組成物において、本比較例では、固形分とは、溶剤以外の全ての成分を意味する。
 なお、表において、溶剤以外の各成分の含有量(質量%)は、全固形分に対する含有比率を意味する。また、表には用いた溶剤の全溶剤に対する含有比率(質量%)を記載した。
 重合体(A)の大西パラメータも表2に示す。大西パラメータは、上述の方法より求めることができる。
<Preparation of Actinic Cheilitis or Radiation Sensitive Resin Composition> (KrF exposure)
(Comparative Examples 1 and 5)
The various components shown in Table 2 were mixed and mixed so as to have the solid content concentration (mass%) shown in Table 2 to obtain a solution. The obtained liquid was filtered through a UPE (ultra high molecular weight polyethylene) filter having a pore size of 0.1 μm. The obtained actinic cheilitis or radiation-sensitive resin composition (resist composition) was used in Comparative Examples.
In the resist composition, in this comparative example, the solid content means all components other than the solvent.
In the table, the content (% by mass) of each component other than the solvent means the content ratio with respect to the total solid content. In addition, the content ratio (mass%) of the solvent used to the total solvent is shown in the table.
The Onishi parameters of the polymer (A) are also shown in Table 2. The Onishi parameter can be obtained by the above method.
<パターン形成方法(4):KrF露光、アルカリ水溶液現像(ポジ)>
 パターン形成方法(1)において、露光装置をArFエキシマレーザースキャナー(ASML製、PAS5500/1500,波長193nm、NA0.50)に代えて、KrFエキシマレーザースキャナー(ASML製、PAS5500/850C、NA=0.68、σ=0.60、波長248nm)を用いた以外は、パターン形成方法(1)と同様にしてパターンを形成して、基板と基板表面に形成されたパターンとを有する評価用パターンウェハを得た。
<Pattern formation method (4): KrF exposure, alkaline aqueous solution development (positive)>
In the pattern forming method (1), the exposure apparatus was replaced with an ArF excimer laser scanner (ASML, PAS5500 / 1500, wavelength 193 nm, NA0.50), and a KrF excimer laser scanner (ASML, PAS5500 / 850C, NA = 0. A pattern is formed in the same manner as in the pattern forming method (1) except that 68, σ = 0.60, wavelength 248 nm), and an evaluation pattern wafer having a substrate and a pattern formed on the substrate surface is obtained. Obtained.
 膜厚は、上記と同様に測定した。 The film thickness was measured in the same manner as above.
<性能評価>
 解像性、レジストパターンにおけるクラック及びレジストパターンの剥がれは、上記パターン形成方法(1)と同様に評価した。
<Performance evaluation>
The resolution, cracks in the resist pattern, and peeling of the resist pattern were evaluated in the same manner as in the above pattern forming method (1).
<感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物の調製>(i線露光)
(比較例12)
 表2に示した各種成分を混合し、表2に記載した固形分濃度(質量%)となるように混合して溶液を得た。得られた液を、孔径0.1μmのポアサイズを有するUPE (ultra high molecular weight polyethylene)フィルターで濾過した。得られた感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物(レジスト組成物)を、比較例で使用した。
 なお、レジスト組成物において、本比較例では、固形分とは、溶剤以外の全ての成分を意味する。
 なお、表において、溶剤以外の各成分の含有量(質量%)は、全固形分に対する含有比率を意味する。また、表には用いた溶剤の全溶剤に対する含有比率(質量%)を記載した。
 重合体(A)の大西パラメータも表2に示す。大西パラメータは、上述の方法より求めることができ。
<Preparation of Actinic Cheilitis or Radiation Sensitive Resin Composition> (i-ray exposure)
(Comparative Example 12)
The various components shown in Table 2 were mixed and mixed so as to have the solid content concentration (mass%) shown in Table 2 to obtain a solution. The obtained liquid was filtered through a UPE (ultra high molecular weight polyethylene) filter having a pore size of 0.1 μm. The obtained actinic cheilitis or radiation-sensitive resin composition (resist composition) was used in Comparative Examples.
In the resist composition, in this comparative example, the solid content means all components other than the solvent.
In the table, the content (% by mass) of each component other than the solvent means the content ratio with respect to the total solid content. In addition, the content ratio (mass%) of the solvent used to the total solvent is shown in the table.
The Onishi parameters of the polymer (A) are also shown in Table 2. Onishi parameters can be obtained by the above method.
<パターン形成方法(5):i線露光、アルカリ水溶液現像(ポジ)>
 パターン形成方法(1)において、露光装置をArFエキシマレーザースキャナー(ASML製、PAS5500/1500,波長193nm、NA0.50)に代えて、i線エキシマレーザースキャナー(CANON FPA-3000i5+、波長365nm)を用いた以外は、パターン形成方法(1)と同様にしてパターンを形成して、基板と基板表面に形成されたパターンとを有する評価用パターンウェハを得た。
<Pattern formation method (5): i-line exposure, alkaline aqueous solution development (positive)>
In the pattern forming method (1), an i-line excimer laser scanner (CANON FPA-3000i5 +, wavelength 365 nm) is used instead of the ArF excimer laser scanner (ASML, PAS5500 / 1500, wavelength 193 nm, NA0.50). A pattern was formed in the same manner as in the pattern forming method (1), except that a pattern wafer for evaluation having a substrate and a pattern formed on the surface of the substrate was obtained.
 膜厚は、上記と同様に測定した。 The film thickness was measured in the same manner as above.
<性能評価>
 解像性、レジストパターンにおけるクラック及びレジストパターンの剥がれは、上記パターン形成方法(1)と同様に評価した。
<Performance evaluation>
The resolution, cracks in the resist pattern, and peeling of the resist pattern were evaluated in the same manner as in the above pattern forming method (1).
 得られた評価結果を表2に示す。なお、「レジストパターンにおけるクラック及びレジストパターンの剥がれ」は「クラック」と記載した。 Table 2 shows the obtained evaluation results. In addition, "crack in resist pattern and peeling of resist pattern" was described as "crack".
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000064

 
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000064

 
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000065

 
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000065

 
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000066
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000066
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000067
 
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000067
 
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000068
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000068
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000069
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000069
 表2の結果により、本発明のパターン形成方法によれば、厚膜(700nm以上の厚さを有する)の感活性光線性感放射線性膜からパターンを形成する場合において、解像性に優れ、かつレジストパターンにおけるクラック及びレジストパターンの剥がれを抑制できることがわかる。
 参考例1は、薄膜(500nm)であったため、感活性光線性感放射線性膜からパターンを形成する場合において、解像性に優れ、かつレジストパターンにおけるクラック及びレジストパターンの剥がれを抑制できたが、膜厚が700nmとなると、比較例2に示されるように本発明の効果が得られなかった。
According to the results of Table 2, according to the pattern forming method of the present invention, when a pattern is formed from a thick film (having a thickness of 700 nm or more), a sensitive ray-sensitive radiation-sensitive film, the resolution is excellent and the pattern is formed. It can be seen that cracks in the resist pattern and peeling of the resist pattern can be suppressed.
Since Reference Example 1 was a thin film (500 nm), it was possible to suppress cracks and peeling of the resist pattern in the resist pattern while having excellent resolution when forming a pattern from the sensitive light-sensitive radiation-sensitive film. When the film thickness was 700 nm, the effect of the present invention could not be obtained as shown in Comparative Example 2.
 本発明によれば、厚膜(700nm以上の厚さを有する)の感活性光線性感放射線性膜からパターンを形成する場合において、解像性に優れ、かつレジストパターンにおけるクラック及びレジストパターンの剥がれを抑制可能な感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物を用いたパターン形成方法、電子デバイスの製造方法、及び感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物を提供することができる。 According to the present invention, when a pattern is formed from a thick film (having a thickness of 700 nm or more), an actinic light-sensitive radiation-sensitive film, the resolution is excellent, and cracks in the resist pattern and peeling of the resist pattern are prevented. It is possible to provide a pattern forming method using a suppressable actinic or radiation-sensitive resin composition, a method for producing an electronic device, and an actinic or radiation-sensitive resin composition.
 本発明を詳細にまた特定の実施態様を参照して説明したが、本発明の精神と範囲を逸脱することなく様々な変更や修正を加えることができることは当業者にとって明らかである。
 なお、本出願は、2020年2月27日出願の日本特許出願(特願2020-32445)、及び2020年8月14日出願の日本特許出願(特願2020-136960)に基づくものであり、その内容はここに参照として取り込まれる。
Although the present invention has been described in detail and with reference to specific embodiments, it will be apparent to those skilled in the art that various changes and modifications can be made without departing from the spirit and scope of the invention.
This application is based on a Japanese patent application filed on February 27, 2020 (Japanese Patent Application No. 2020-32445) and a Japanese patent application filed on August 14, 2020 (Japanese Patent Application No. 2020-136960). Its contents are included here as a reference.

Claims (20)

  1. (i)感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物によって膜厚700nm以上の感活性光線性又は感放射線性膜を形成する工程、
    (ii)前記感活性光線性又は感放射線性膜に波長200nm以下の活性光線又は放射線を照射する工程、及び、
    (iii)前記波長200nm以下の活性光線又は放射線が照射された感活性光線性又は感放射線性膜を、現像液を用いて現像する工程、
    を有するパターン形成方法であって、
     前記感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物は、(A)酸分解性基を有する重合体、及び(B)光酸発生剤を含有し、
     前記(A)重合体は親水基を有する繰り返し単位を有し、前記(A)重合体の重量平均分子量が8000以下である、パターン形成方法。
    (I) A step of forming an actinic cheilitis or radiation-sensitive film having a film thickness of 700 nm or more with an actinic cheilitis or radiation-sensitive resin composition.
    (Ii) A step of irradiating the active light or radiation sensitive film with active light or radiation having a wavelength of 200 nm or less, and
    (Iii) A step of developing a sensitive light-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film irradiated with active light or radiation having a wavelength of 200 nm or less using a developing solution.
    It is a pattern forming method having
    The actinic light-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition contains (A) a polymer having an acid-degradable group and (B) a photoacid generator.
    A pattern forming method, wherein the polymer (A) has a repeating unit having a hydrophilic group, and the weight average molecular weight of the polymer (A) is 8000 or less.
  2.  前記(B)光酸発生剤が下記一般式(ZI-3)で表される化合物又は下記一般式(ZI-4)で表される化合物を含む、請求項1に記載のパターン形成方法。
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000001

     上記一般式(ZI-3)中、
    は、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、アルコキシ基、シクロアルコキシ基、アリール基、又はアルケニル基を表す。
    及びRは、各々独立に、水素原子、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、アルコキシ基、シクロアルコキシ基、又はアリール基を表す。RとRが互いに連結して環を形成してもよい。
    とRは、互いに連結して環を形成してもよい。
    及びRは、各々独立に、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、アルケニル基、アリール基、2-オキソアルキル基、2-オキソシクロアルキル基、アルコキシカルボニルアルキル基、又はアルコキシカルボニルシクロアルキル基を表す。RとRが互いに連結して環を形成してもよく、この環構造は酸素原子、窒素原子、硫黄原子、ケトン基、エーテル結合、エステル結合、アミド結合を含んでいてもよい。
    は、アニオンを表す。
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000002

     一般式(ZI-4)中、
     lは0~2の整数を表す。
     rは0~8の整数を表す。
     R13は水素原子、フッ素原子、水酸基、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、アルコキシ基、又はアルコキシカルボニル基を表す。
     R14は、水酸基、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、アルコキシ基、アルコキシカルボニル基、アルキルカルボニル基、アルキルスルホニル基、又はシクロアルキルスルホニル基を表す。R14は、複数存在する場合は、複数のR14は、互いに同一であっても異なっていてもよい。
     R15は各々独立して、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基又はナフチル基を表す。2つのR15が互いに結合して環を形成してもよい。2つのR15が互いに結合して環を形成するとき、この環構造は酸素原子、窒素原子、硫黄原子、ケトン基、エーテル結合、エステル結合、アミド結合を含んでいてもよい。
     Xは、アニオンを表す。
    The pattern forming method according to claim 1, wherein the (B) photoacid generator comprises a compound represented by the following general formula (ZI-3) or a compound represented by the following general formula (ZI-4).
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000001

    In the above general formula (ZI-3),
    R 1 represents an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an alkoxy group, a cycloalkoxy group, an aryl group, or an alkenyl group.
    R 2 and R 3 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an alkoxy group, a cycloalkoxy group, or an aryl group. R 2 and R 3 may be connected to each other to form a ring.
    R 1 and R 2 may be connected to each other to form a ring.
    RX and Ry independently represent an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an alkenyl group, an aryl group, a 2-oxoalkyl group, a 2-oxocycloalkyl group, an alkoxycarbonylalkyl group, or an alkoxycarbonylcycloalkyl group. .. RX and R y may be linked to each other to form a ring, and this ring structure may contain an oxygen atom, a nitrogen atom, a sulfur atom, a ketone group, an ether bond, an ester bond, and an amide bond.
    Z - represents an anion.
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000002

    In the general formula (ZI-4),
    l represents an integer of 0 to 2.
    r represents an integer from 0 to 8.
    R 13 represents a hydrogen atom, a fluorine atom, a hydroxyl group, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an alkoxy group, or an alkoxycarbonyl group.
    R 14 represents a hydroxyl group, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an alkoxy group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, an alkylcarbonyl group, an alkylsulfonyl group, or a cycloalkylsulfonyl group. R 14 is, if there are two or more, plural R 14 may being the same or different.
    Each of R 15 independently represents an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group or a naphthyl group. Bonded to two R 15 each other may form a ring. When two R 15 are combined to form a ring together, the ring structure is an oxygen atom, a nitrogen atom, a sulfur atom, a ketone group, an ether bond, an ester bond, or an amide bond.
    X - represents an anion.
  3.  前記Z又は前記Xが、下記一般式(A1)~(A3)のいずれかで表されるアニオンである請求項2に記載のパターン形成方法。
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000003

     上記一般式(A1)中、
    21、R22は、各々独立に、水素原子、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、フッ素原子、フッ素原子で置換されたアルキル基、又はフッ素原子で置換されたシクロアルキル基を表す。ただし、R21、R22の少なくとも一つは、フッ素原子、フッ素原子で置換されたアルキル基、フッ素原子で置換されたシクロアルキル基である。
    Lは単結合又は2価の連結基を表す。
    Xは有機基を表す。
     上記一般式(A2)中、
    23は、水素原子、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、フッ素原子、-C(=O)-Rx、又は-S(=O)-Rxを表す。Rxは有機基を表す。
    24は水素原子、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、又はフッ素原子を表す。
    は、-C(=O)-又は-S(=O)-を表す。
    23とR24は互いに結合して環を形成していてもよい。
     上記一般式(A3)中、
    25、R26、R27は、各々独立に、水素原子、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、又はフッ素原子を表す。
    ~Aは、各々独立に、-C(=O)-又は-S(=O)-を表す。
    25、R26、R27の少なくとも2つが互いに結合して環を形成してもよい。
    Wherein Z - or the wherein X - pattern forming method according to claim 2, wherein the anion represented by any one of the following formulas (A1) ~ (A3).
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000003

    In the above general formula (A1),
    R 21 and R 22 independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, a fluorine atom, an alkyl group substituted with a fluorine atom, or a cycloalkyl group substituted with a fluorine atom. However, at least one of R 21 and R 22 is a fluorine atom, an alkyl group substituted with a fluorine atom, or a cycloalkyl group substituted with a fluorine atom.
    L represents a single bond or a divalent linking group.
    X represents an organic group.
    In the above general formula (A2),
    R 23 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, a fluorine atom, -C (= O) -Rx, or -S (= O) 2- Rx. Rx represents an organic group.
    R 24 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, or a fluorine atom.
    A 1 represents -C (= O)-or -S (= O) 2- .
    R 23 and R 24 may be coupled to each other to form a ring.
    In the above general formula (A3),
    R 25 , R 26 , and R 27 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, or a fluorine atom.
    A 2 to A 4 independently represent -C (= O)-or -S (= O) 2-.
    At least two of R 25 , R 26 , and R 27 may be combined with each other to form a ring.
  4.  前記(A)重合体の大西パラメータが4.2以下である、請求項1~3のいずれか1項に記載のパターン形成方法。 The pattern forming method according to any one of claims 1 to 3, wherein the Onishi parameter of the polymer (A) is 4.2 or less.
  5.  前記(A)重合体は親水基を有する繰り返し単位を2種以上有し、かつ上記繰り返し単位はそれぞれ異なる、請求項1~4のいずれか1項に記載のパターン形成方法。 The pattern forming method according to any one of claims 1 to 4, wherein the polymer (A) has two or more types of repeating units having a hydrophilic group, and the repeating units are different from each other.
  6.  前記(A)重合体は親水基を有する繰り返し単位を3種以上有し、かつ上記繰り返し単位はそれぞれ異なる、請求項5に記載のパターン形成方法。 The pattern forming method according to claim 5, wherein the polymer (A) has three or more types of repeating units having a hydrophilic group, and the repeating units are different from each other.
  7.  前記親水基を有する繰り返し単位は、カルボキシ基又は水酸基を有する繰り返し単位を含む、請求項1~6のいずれか1項に記載のパターン形成方法。 The pattern forming method according to any one of claims 1 to 6, wherein the repeating unit having a hydrophilic group includes a repeating unit having a carboxy group or a hydroxyl group.
  8.  前記親水基を有する繰り返し単位は、カルボキシ基を有する繰り返し単位を含む、請求項1~7のいずれか1項に記載のパターン形成方法。 The pattern forming method according to any one of claims 1 to 7, wherein the repeating unit having a hydrophilic group includes a repeating unit having a carboxy group.
  9.  前記(A)重合体が、カルボキシ基を有する繰り返し単位と水酸基を有する繰り返し単位をそれぞれ1種以上有する、請求項1~8のいずれか1項に記載のパターン形成方法。 The pattern forming method according to any one of claims 1 to 8, wherein the polymer (A) has at least one repeating unit having a carboxy group and one or more repeating units having a hydroxyl group.
  10.  前記カルボキシ基を有する繰り返し単位が、下記一般式(1)で表される繰り返し単位である、請求項9に記載のパターン形成方法。
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000004

     上記一般式(1)中、
    31は水素原子、又はアルキル基を表す。
    31は単結合又は(r+1)価の連結基を表す。
    Yはカルボキシ基を表す。
    rは、1以上の整数を表す。
    The pattern forming method according to claim 9, wherein the repeating unit having a carboxy group is a repeating unit represented by the following general formula (1).
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000004

    In the above general formula (1),
    R 31 represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group.
    A 31 represents a single bond or a (r + 1) valent linking group.
    Y represents a carboxy group.
    r represents an integer of 1 or more.
  11.  前記水酸基を有する繰り返し単位が、下記一般式(2)で表される繰り返し単位である、請求項9又は10に記載のパターン形成方法。
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000005

     上記一般式(2)中、
    41は水素原子、又はアルキル基を表す。
    41は単結合又は(s+1)価の連結基を表す。但し、A41は、芳香環を有さない。
    Zは水酸基を表す。
    sは1以上の整数を表す。
    The pattern forming method according to claim 9 or 10, wherein the repeating unit having a hydroxyl group is a repeating unit represented by the following general formula (2).
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000005

    In the above general formula (2),
    R 41 represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group.
    A 41 represents a single bond or (s + 1) valent linking group. However, A 41 does not have an aromatic ring.
    Z represents a hydroxyl group.
    s represents an integer of 1 or more.
  12.  前記(A)重合体の重量平均分子量が7000以下である、請求項1~11のいずれか1項に記載のパターン形成方法。 The pattern forming method according to any one of claims 1 to 11, wherein the weight average molecular weight of the polymer (A) is 7,000 or less.
  13.  前記(A)重合体の重量平均分子量が6000以下である、請求項1~12のいずれか1項に記載のパターン形成方法。 The pattern forming method according to any one of claims 1 to 12, wherein the weight average molecular weight of the polymer (A) is 6000 or less.
  14.  前記(B)光酸発生剤が、下記一般式(ZI-3)で表される化合物2種の混合物である、請求項1~13のいずれか1項に記載のパターン形成方法。
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000006

     上記一般式(ZI-3)中、
    は、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、アルコキシ基、シクロアルコキシ基、アリール基、又はアルケニル基を表す。
    及びRは、各々独立に、水素原子、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、アルコキシ基、シクロアルコキシ基、又はアリール基を表す。RとRが互いに連結して環を形成してもよい。
    とRは、互いに連結して環を形成してもよい。
    及びRは、各々独立に、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、アルケニル基、アリール基、2-オキソアルキル基、2-オキソシクロアルキル基、アルコキシカルボニルアルキル基、又はアルコキシカルボニルシクロアルキル基を表す。RとRが互いに連結して環を形成してもよく、この環構造は酸素原子、窒素原子、硫黄原子、ケトン基、エーテル結合、エステル結合、アミド結合を含んでいてもよい。
    は、下記一般式(A1)~(A3)のいずれかで表されるアニオンを表す。
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000007

     上記一般式(A1)中、
    21、R22は、各々独立に、水素原子、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、フッ素原子、フッ素原子で置換されたアルキル基、又はフッ素原子で置換されたシクロアルキル基を表す。ただし、R21、R22の少なくとも一つは、フッ素原子、フッ素原子で置換されたアルキル基、フッ素原子で置換されたシクロアルキル基である。
    Lは単結合又は2価の連結基を表す。
    Xは有機基を表す。
     上記一般式(A2)中、
    23は、水素原子、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、フッ素原子、-C(=O)-Rx、又は-S(=O)-Rxを表す。Rxは有機基を表す。
    24は水素原子、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、又はフッ素原子を表す。
    は、-C(=O)-又は-S(=O)-を表す。
    23とR24は互いに結合して環を形成していてもよい。
     上記一般式(A3)中、
    25、R26、R27は、各々独立に、水素原子、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、又はフッ素原子を表す。
    ~Aは、各々独立に、-C(=O)-又は-S(=O)-を表す。
    25、R26、R27の少なくとも2つが互いに結合して環を形成してもよい。
    The pattern forming method according to any one of claims 1 to 13, wherein the (B) photoacid generator is a mixture of two compounds represented by the following general formula (ZI-3).
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000006

    In the above general formula (ZI-3),
    R 1 represents an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an alkoxy group, a cycloalkoxy group, an aryl group, or an alkenyl group.
    R 2 and R 3 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an alkoxy group, a cycloalkoxy group, or an aryl group. R 2 and R 3 may be connected to each other to form a ring.
    R 1 and R 2 may be connected to each other to form a ring.
    RX and Ry independently represent an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an alkenyl group, an aryl group, a 2-oxoalkyl group, a 2-oxocycloalkyl group, an alkoxycarbonylalkyl group, or an alkoxycarbonylcycloalkyl group. .. RX and R y may be linked to each other to form a ring, and this ring structure may contain an oxygen atom, a nitrogen atom, a sulfur atom, a ketone group, an ether bond, an ester bond, and an amide bond.
    Z represents an anion represented by any of the following general formulas (A1) to (A3).
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000007

    In the above general formula (A1),
    R 21 and R 22 independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, a fluorine atom, an alkyl group substituted with a fluorine atom, or a cycloalkyl group substituted with a fluorine atom. However, at least one of R 21 and R 22 is a fluorine atom, an alkyl group substituted with a fluorine atom, or a cycloalkyl group substituted with a fluorine atom.
    L represents a single bond or a divalent linking group.
    X represents an organic group.
    In the above general formula (A2),
    R 23 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, a fluorine atom, -C (= O) -Rx, or -S (= O) 2- Rx. Rx represents an organic group.
    R 24 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, or a fluorine atom.
    A 1 represents -C (= O)-or -S (= O) 2- .
    R 23 and R 24 may be coupled to each other to form a ring.
    In the above general formula (A3),
    R 25 , R 26 , and R 27 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, or a fluorine atom.
    A 2 to A 4 independently represent -C (= O)-or -S (= O) 2-.
    At least two of R 25 , R 26 , and R 27 may be combined with each other to form a ring.
  15.  前記(B)光酸発生剤が、上記一般式(ZI-3)で表される化合物2種の混合物であり、活性光線又は放射線の照射により2種の酸を発生し、これら2種の酸の25℃における酸解離定数pKa値が0.5以上異なる、請求項14に記載のパターン形成方法。 The photoacid generator (B) is a mixture of two compounds represented by the general formula (ZI-3), and two acids are generated by irradiation with active light or radiation, and these two acids are generated. The pattern forming method according to claim 14, wherein the acid dissociation constant pKa value at 25 ° C. is different by 0.5 or more.
  16.  前記(B)光酸発生剤の含有量が、前記感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物の全固形分を基準として、6質量%以下である、請求項1~15のいずれか1項に記載のパターン形成方法。 Any one of claims 1 to 15, wherein the content of the photoacid generator (B) is 6% by mass or less based on the total solid content of the actinic light-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition. The pattern forming method described in 1.
  17.  前記感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物が(D)酸拡散制御剤を含み、前記(D)酸拡散制御剤の含有量が、前記(B)光酸発生剤の含有量に対して、モル比で0.40以下である、請求項1~16のいずれか1項に記載のパターン形成方法。 The actinic light-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition contains (D) an acid diffusion control agent, and the content of the (D) acid diffusion control agent is relative to the content of the (B) photoacid generator. The pattern forming method according to any one of claims 1 to 16, wherein the molar ratio is 0.40 or less.
  18.  前記現像液がアルカリ現像液である、請求項1~17のいずれか1項に記載のパターン形成方法。 The pattern forming method according to any one of claims 1 to 17, wherein the developer is an alkaline developer.
  19.  請求項1~18のいずれか1項に記載のパターン形成方法を含む、電子デバイスの製造方法。 A method for manufacturing an electronic device, which comprises the pattern forming method according to any one of claims 1 to 18.
  20. (i)感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物によって膜厚700nm以上の感活性光線性又は感放射線性膜を形成する工程、
    (ii)前記感活性光線性又は感放射線性膜に波長200nm以下の活性光線又は放射線を照射する工程、及び、
    (iii)前記波長200nm以下の活性光線又は放射線が照射された感活性光線性又は感放射線性膜を、現像液を用いて現像する工程、
    を有するパターン形成方法に用いられる感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物であって、
     前記感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物は、(A)酸分解性基を有する重合体、及び(B)光酸発生剤を含有し、
     前記(A)重合体は親水基を有する繰り返し単位を有し、前記(A)重合体の重量平均分子量が8000以下である、感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物。
    (I) A step of forming an actinic cheilitis or radiation-sensitive film having a film thickness of 700 nm or more with an actinic cheilitis or radiation-sensitive resin composition.
    (Ii) A step of irradiating the active light or radiation sensitive film with active light or radiation having a wavelength of 200 nm or less, and
    (Iii) A step of developing a sensitive light-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film irradiated with active light or radiation having a wavelength of 200 nm or less using a developing solution.
    A sensitive light-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition used in a pattern forming method having the above.
    The actinic light-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition contains (A) a polymer having an acid-degradable group and (B) a photoacid generator.
    The (A) polymer has a repeating unit having a hydrophilic group, and the weight average molecular weight of the (A) polymer is 8000 or less, which is an actinic light-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition.
PCT/JP2021/005775 2020-02-27 2021-02-16 Pattern formation method, method for producing electronic device, and actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition WO2021172111A1 (en)

Priority Applications (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN202180009570.5A CN114945868A (en) 2020-02-27 2021-02-16 Pattern forming method, method for manufacturing electronic device, and actinic-ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition
JP2022503285A JP7336018B2 (en) 2020-02-27 2021-02-16 Pattern forming method, electronic device manufacturing method, and actinic ray- or radiation-sensitive resin composition

Applications Claiming Priority (4)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2020-032445 2020-02-27
JP2020032445 2020-02-27
JP2020136960 2020-08-14
JP2020-136960 2020-08-14

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2021172111A1 true WO2021172111A1 (en) 2021-09-02

Family

ID=77491502

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/JP2021/005775 WO2021172111A1 (en) 2020-02-27 2021-02-16 Pattern formation method, method for producing electronic device, and actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition

Country Status (4)

Country Link
JP (1) JP7336018B2 (en)
CN (1) CN114945868A (en)
TW (1) TW202132374A (en)
WO (1) WO2021172111A1 (en)

Cited By (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN114957054A (en) * 2022-06-09 2022-08-30 宁波南大光电材料有限公司 Preparation method of diaryl sulfoxide, halogenated triaryl sulfonium salt and photoacid generator

Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JPH0973173A (en) * 1995-06-28 1997-03-18 Fujitsu Ltd Resist material and resist pattern forming method
WO2019064961A1 (en) * 2017-09-29 2019-04-04 富士フイルム株式会社 Photosensitive resin composition, resist film, method for forming pattern, and method for producing electronic device
JP2019139233A (en) * 2018-02-14 2019-08-22 住友化学株式会社 Compound, resist composition, and method for producing resist pattern
WO2019167481A1 (en) * 2018-02-28 2019-09-06 富士フイルム株式会社 Actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film, pattern-forming method, and electronic device manufacturing method

Patent Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JPH0973173A (en) * 1995-06-28 1997-03-18 Fujitsu Ltd Resist material and resist pattern forming method
WO2019064961A1 (en) * 2017-09-29 2019-04-04 富士フイルム株式会社 Photosensitive resin composition, resist film, method for forming pattern, and method for producing electronic device
JP2019139233A (en) * 2018-02-14 2019-08-22 住友化学株式会社 Compound, resist composition, and method for producing resist pattern
WO2019167481A1 (en) * 2018-02-28 2019-09-06 富士フイルム株式会社 Actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film, pattern-forming method, and electronic device manufacturing method

Cited By (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN114957054A (en) * 2022-06-09 2022-08-30 宁波南大光电材料有限公司 Preparation method of diaryl sulfoxide, halogenated triaryl sulfonium salt and photoacid generator

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
JP7336018B2 (en) 2023-08-30
TW202132374A (en) 2021-09-01
JPWO2021172111A1 (en) 2021-09-02
CN114945868A (en) 2022-08-26

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
JP7017564B2 (en) A method for producing a sensitive light-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, a resist film, a pattern forming method, and an electronic device.
JP7076570B2 (en) Sensitive ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, resist film, pattern forming method, manufacturing method of electronic device
JP6997803B2 (en) Sensitive ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, resist film, pattern forming method, electronic device manufacturing method, compound
JP6818600B2 (en) Actinic light-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, resist film, pattern forming method, manufacturing method of electronic device
JPWO2019054311A1 (en) Actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, resist film, pattern forming method, and electronic device manufacturing method
JP6833053B2 (en) Photosensitive resin composition, resist film, pattern forming method and manufacturing method of electronic device
JP6780092B2 (en) Actinic light-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, resist film, pattern forming method, manufacturing method of electronic device
JP7212029B2 (en) Actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, resist film, pattern forming method, electronic device manufacturing method
JP7076473B2 (en) Sensitive ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, resist film, pattern forming method, electronic device manufacturing method, compound
JP6925429B2 (en) Photosensitive resin composition, resist film, pattern forming method and manufacturing method of electronic device
JP7210364B2 (en) PATTERN FORMATION METHOD, ION IMPLANTATION METHOD, AND ELECTRONIC DEVICE MANUFACTURING METHOD
JP6979514B2 (en) A method for producing a sensitive light-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, a sensitive light-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film, a pattern forming method, and an electronic device.
JP7336018B2 (en) Pattern forming method, electronic device manufacturing method, and actinic ray- or radiation-sensitive resin composition
JPWO2020066485A1 (en) Actinic light-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, resist film, pattern forming method, manufacturing method of electronic device
JP6967655B2 (en) A method for producing a sensitive light-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, a sensitive light-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film, a pattern forming method, and an electronic device.
JP7084995B2 (en) Sensitive ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, resist film, pattern forming method, electronic device manufacturing method, resin
WO2022024856A1 (en) Active-ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, method for manufacturing electronic device, and compound
JPWO2020105523A1 (en) Actinic light-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, resist film, pattern forming method, manufacturing method of electronic device
JPWO2020129476A1 (en) Actinic light-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, resist film, pattern forming method, and manufacturing method of electronic device
JPWO2019167451A1 (en) Sensitive light-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, sensitive light-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film, pattern forming method, manufacturing method of electronic device
JP6967661B2 (en) A method for producing a sensitive light-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, a sensitive light-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film, a pattern forming method, and an electronic device.
WO2020203246A1 (en) Method for producing active light sensitive or radiation sensitive resin composition, pattern forming method, and method for producing electronic device
WO2020202944A1 (en) Active light-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, active light-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin film, pattern-forming method, and electronic device production method
WO2021039654A1 (en) Active-ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, active-ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film, pattern formation method, and electronic device manufacturing method
WO2021065549A1 (en) Actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film, method for forming pattern, and method for producing electronic device

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 21759978

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2022503285

Country of ref document: JP

Kind code of ref document: A

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 21759978

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1